Form S-4/A
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 19, 2013

Registration No. 333-189243

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 1

to

Form S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

GIBRALTAR INDUSTRIES, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   3310   13-1445150

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

See Table of Co-Registrants

 

Kenneth W. Smith

Senior Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

3556 Lake Shore Road

Buffalo, New York 14219

Tel: (716) 826-6500

Fax: (716) 826-1589

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone

Number Including Area Code, of Agent For Service)

 

Copies to:

Michael E. Storck, Esq.

Lippes Mathias Wexler Friedman LLP

665 Main Street, Suite 300

Buffalo, New York 14203

Tel: (716) 853-5100

Fax: (716) 853-5199

Approximate Date of Commencement of Proposed Offer to the Public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If the securities being registered are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box.  ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), check the following box and list the Securities Act Registration Statement number of the earlier effective Registration Statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act Registration Statement number of the earlier effective Registration Statement for the same offering.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   x
Non-accelerated filer   ¨  (do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the appropriate rule provision relied upon in conducting this transaction:

Exchange Act Rule 13e-4(i) (Cross-Border Issuer Tender Offer)  ¨

Exchange Act Rule 14d-1(d) (Cross-Border Third-Party Tender Offer)  ¨

 

 

The Registrants hereby amend this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrants shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Table of Co-Registrants

 

Exact Name of Co-Registrant as

Specified in its Charter*

  State or Other
Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or
Organization
  Primary Standard
Industrial Classification
Code Number
    I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number
 

AIR VENT INC.

  Delaware     3444        37-1016691   

ALABAMA METAL INDUSTRIES CORPORATION

  Delaware     3469        63-0003325   

AMICO HOLDING COMPANY, INC.

  Delaware     3469        27-5247345   

APPLETON SUPPLY COMPANY, INC.

  Delaware     3444        16-1546329   

CONSTRUCTION METALS, LLC.

  California     3444        33-0467847   

DIAMOND PERFORATED METALS, INC.

  California     3469        95-2909372   

D.S.B. HOLDING CORP.

  Delaware     3061        26-3051524   

FLORENCE CORPORATION

  Illinois     3469        36-1085808   

FLORENCE CORPORATION OF KANSAS

  Kansas     3469        37-1461281   

GSC FLIGHT SERVICES CORP.

  New York     3316        16-1520608   

GIBRALTAR STEEL CORPORATION OF NEW YORK

  New York     3316        16-0991536   

NOLL/NORWESCO, LLC.

  Delaware     3444        20-8637600   

PACIFIC AWARD METALS, INC.

  California     3444        33-0963324   

SEA SAFE, INC.

  Louisiana     3469        72-0849427   

SEISMIC ENERGY PRODUCTS, INC.

  Delaware     3061        45-4762751   

SOLAR GROUP, INC.

  Delaware     3444        16-1544663   

SOUTHEASTERN METALS MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

  Florida     3444        59-1025796   

THE D.S. BROWN COMPANY

  Ohio     3061        26-2823744   

 

* The address and telephone number of the principal executive offices of each of the co-registrants is c/o Gibraltar Industries, Inc., 3556 Lake Shore Road, P.O. Box 2028, Buffalo, New York 14219, (716) 826-6500.


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JULY 19, 2013

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

$210,000,000

 

LOGO

Gibraltar Industries, Inc.

Offer to exchange all outstanding 6.25% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2021 for a like principal amount of 6.25% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2021, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

 

The Exchange Offer:

 

   

We will exchange all original notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn for an equal principal amount of new notes. In this prospectus, we refer to the currently outstanding notes as “original notes” and the newly issued, registered notes as the “new notes.” Collectively, we refer to the original notes and the new notes as the “notes.”

 

   

We are relying on the position of the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission stated in certain interpretive letters to third parties that the new notes will be freely tradable, except in certain limited circumstances described below with respect to broker-dealers. See “Plan of Distribution.”

 

   

You may withdraw any tender of the original notes at any time prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.

 

   

The exchange offer will expire at 12:00 a.m., New York time, on August     , 2013, unless we extend the exchange offer.

The New Notes:

 

   

The new notes will bear interest at 6.25% per annum, will mature on February 1, 2021 and will have other terms substantially identical to the terms of the original notes, which were issued in a private placement on January 31, 2013, except that the new notes will not contain terms with respect to restrictions on transfer and will not be entitled to certain registration rights applicable to the original notes.

 

   

We do not intend to apply for listing of the new notes on any securities exchange or inclusion of the new notes in any automated quotation system. An active trading market for the new notes may not exist following the completion of the exchange offer.

The Guarantees:

 

   

Upon issuance, our obligations under the new notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by certain of our subsidiaries on an unsecured senior subordinated basis.

Dealers:

 

   

Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account in the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver to any prospective purchaser a prospectus in connection with any resale of those new notes.

 

   

We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the consummation of this exchange offer, we will make this prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with the resale of new notes. See “Plan of Distribution.”

 

 

See “Risk Factors,” beginning on page 10, for a discussion of some factors that should be considered by holders in connection with a decision to tender original notes in the exchange offer.

Neither the United States Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed on the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is July     , 2013


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

     ii   

INDUSTRY DATA

     ii   

SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     10   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     19   

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA OF OUR COMPANY

     21   

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

     23   

DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW NOTES

     35   

DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

     93   

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     95   

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

     97   

LEGAL MATTERS

     101   

EXPERTS

     101   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     102   

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

     103   

 

 

This prospectus incorporates important business and financial information about us that is not included in or delivered with this prospectus and this information is available without charge to each person to whom a copy of this prospectus has been delivered, upon written or oral request, to Gibraltar Industries, Inc., Chief Financial Officer, 3556 Lake Shore Road, P.O. Box 2028, Buffalo, New York 14219 or (716) 826-6500.

To obtain timely delivery of any of our filings, agreements or other documents, you must make your request to us no later than August         , 2013, which is five business days before the expiration date of the exchange offer.

 

i


Table of Contents

YOU SHOULD RELY ONLY ON THE INFORMATION CONTAINED OR INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE IN THIS PROSPECTUS OR IN THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL WE ARE SUPPLYING IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXCHANGE OFFER. WE HAVE NOT AUTHORIZED ANYONE TO PROVIDE YOU WITH INFORMATION OTHER THAN THIS PROSPECTUS. IF ANYONE PROVIDES YOU WITH DIFFERENT OR INCONSISTENT INFORMATION, YOU SHOULD NOT RELY ON IT. YOU SHOULD ASSUME THAT THE INFORMATION APPEARING IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS ACCURATE ONLY AS OF THE DATE ON THE FRONT COVER OF THIS PROSPECTUS. OUR BUSINESS, FINANCIAL CONDITION, RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND PROSPECTS MAY HAVE CHANGED SINCE THAT DATE. THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER TO EXCHANGE THE ORIGINAL NOTES FOR THE NEW NOTES, AND IT IS NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO EXCHANGE THE ORIGINAL NOTES FOR THE NEW NOTES, IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS NOT PERMITTED.

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

We make “forward-looking statements” throughout this prospectus. Whenever you read a statement that is not solely a statement of historical fact (such as when we state that we “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate” or “plan” that an event will occur, and other similar statements), you should understand that our expectations may not be correct, although we believe they are reasonable, and that our plans may change. We do not assure that the events described in this prospectus will happen as described or that any positive trends noted in the prospectus will occur or will continue. The forward-looking information contained in this prospectus is generally located under the section headings “Summary” and “Risk Factors,” but may be found in other locations as well such as our filings with the SEC, including “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and other items contained in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 2012 fiscal year and our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended March 31, 2013, which we have incorporated herein by reference. These forward-looking statements generally relate to our strategies, plans, objectives and expectations for future operations and are based upon our current plans and beliefs or estimates of future results or trends.

Forward-looking statements regarding our present plans, beliefs or expectations for new product and service offerings, capital expenditures, sales, cost-saving strategies, growth, and business strategies involve risks and uncertainties relative to return expectations and related allocation of resources, and changing economic or competitive conditions, as well as the negotiation of agreements with third parties, which could cause actual results to differ from present plans or expectations, and such differences could be material. Similarly, forward-looking statements regarding our present plans, expectations and beliefs for operating results and cash flow involve risks and uncertainties relative to these and other factors, such as the ability to increase revenue, to diversify the revenue stream and/or to achieve cost reductions (and other factors discussed under the section entitled “Risk Factors” or elsewhere in this prospectus), which also would cause actual results to differ from present plans materially. You should read this prospectus in its entirety and with the understanding that actual results in the future may be materially different from what we presently expect. We will not update these forward-looking statements, even if our situation or expectations change in the future.

INDUSTRY DATA

In this prospectus we refer to industry data obtained from third party sources. While we cannot always confirm data from independent sources, we believe that the industry data contained in this prospectus comes from reliable sources.

 

ii


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

This summary highlights information that we believe is especially important concerning our business, this exchange offer and the new notes. It does not contain all of the information that may be important to you and to your investment decision to tender your original notes. The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus (including the documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus). You should carefully read this entire prospectus and should consider, among other things, the matters described in the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” and in our “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and consolidated financial statements and the related notes contained in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 and in our “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and unaudited financial statements and related notes contained in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended March 31, 2013, each of which we incorporate in this prospectus by reference, before making any decision to tender your original notes. In this prospectus, unless indicated otherwise, “the Company,” “Gibraltar,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Gibraltar Industries, Inc., the issuer of the new notes, and its subsidiaries.

Our Company

Gibraltar is a leading manufacturer and distributor of products for the building and industrial markets. Our products provide structural and architectural enhancements for residential homes, low-rise retail, other commercial and professional buildings, industrial plants, bridges and a wide-variety of other structures. These products include ventilation products, mail storage solutions including mailboxes and package delivery products, rain dispersion products and accessories, bar grating, expanded metal, metal lath and expansion joints and structural bearings. We believe Gibraltar has strong brand recognition in these product categories which provides us with product leadership positions. We serve customers throughout North America and Europe, including major home improvement retailers, distributors and contractors. As of March 31, 2013, we operated 44 facilities in 21 states, Canada, England and Germany, giving us a broad platform for just-in-time delivery and support to our customers. Our common stock is trading on the NASDAQ under the ticker symbol “ROCK.” We had consolidated net sales and consolidated net income for the twelve months ended March 31, 2013 of $794.7 million and $7.4 million, respectively.

Our customers are located throughout the United States, Canada, Europe and Central America, principally in the home improvement; residential, commercial and industrial construction; highway construction; building materials; and architectural industries. Major customers include The Home Depot, other big box retailers, national building products wholesalers, industrial equipment manufacturers and contractors.

We sell our products both domestically and internationally, with 12% of our sales originating outside the United States during the first three months of 2013. Through acquisitions and strong organic growth we have created a building products business that now offers more than 32,000 products, many of which are market leaders.

Gibraltar Industries, Inc. is a Delaware corporation. Our principal executive offices are located at 3556 Lake Shore Road, P.O. Box 2028, Buffalo, New York 14219 and our telephone number at that address is (716) 826-6500. Our website is located at http://www.gibraltar1.com. Our website and the information contained on our website is not part of this prospectus, and you should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus when making a decision as to whether to tender your original notes.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

The Exchange Offer

On January 31, 2013, we completed a private offering of our 6.25% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2021. In connection with the issuance of the original notes, we entered into a registration rights agreement, dated as of January 31, 2013, among the Company, the Guarantors (as defined in “Description of New Notes — Certain Definitions”) and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (“J.P. Morgan”), KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc., HSBC Securities(USA) Inc. and RBS Securities Inc., in their capacity as the initial purchasers, in which we agreed to deliver to you this prospectus and complete the exchange offer. Until the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part is declared effective by the SEC or if the exchange offer is not consummated by July 30, 2013, then additional interest will be payable on the original notes until such effectiveness and confirmation is complete. In the exchange offer, you are entitled to exchange your original notes for new notes which are identical in all material respects to the original notes except that:

 

   

the new notes have been registered under the Securities Act,

 

   

the new notes are not entitled to registration rights under the registration rights agreement, and

 

   

the contingent interest rate provisions of the registration rights agreement that depend on the consummation of the exchange offer and/or effectiveness of the registration statement will no longer be applicable following consummation of the exchange offer.

 

General

We are offering to exchange up to $210.0 million aggregate principal amount of new 6.25% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2021 for a like principal amount up to $210.0 million aggregate principal amount of outstanding 6.25% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2021 that were issued January 31, 2013 in a private placement.

 

  Outstanding original notes may be exchanged only in denominations of $2,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000.

 

Expiration Date

12:00 a.m., New York time, on August    , 2013, unless we extend the exchange offer. We do not currently intend to extend the expiration date, although we reserve the right to do so. In the event of any material amendment of the terms of the exchange offer, including a material waiver of a material condition of the exchange offer, we will extend the offer period if necessary so that at least five business days remain in the offer following notice of the material change. If extended, the term “expiration date” will mean the latest date and time to which the exchange offer is extended.

 

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

The exchange offer is conditioned upon some customary conditions that we may waive and upon compliance with applicable securities laws. See “The Exchange Offer-Conditions to the Exchange Offer.”

 

Procedures for Participating in the Exchange Offer

If you wish to participate in the exchange offer, you must complete, sign and date an original or facsimile of the accompanying letter of transmittal in accordance with the instructions contained in this prospectus and the letter of transmittal, and send the letter of transmittal or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal and the original notes you wish to exchange and any other required documentation to the exchange agent at the address set forth on the cover page of the letter of transmittal. These materials must be received by the exchange agent prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.

 

 

2


Table of Contents
 

By executing or agreeing to be bound by the letter of transmittal, you will represent to us and agree that, among other things:

 

   

the new notes to be issued to you in the exchange offer are being acquired in the ordinary course of your business;

 

   

you have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, or any intention to participate, in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the new notes to be issued to you in the exchange;

 

   

you are not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act) of Gibraltar Industries, Inc. or a guarantor;

 

   

if you are a broker-dealer, you did not purchase your original notes directly from us for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or any other available exemption from registration;

 

   

if you are a broker-dealer that will receive new notes for your own account in exchange for original notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the new notes; and

 

   

you are not acting on behalf of any persons or entities that could not truthfully make the foregoing representations.

 

  See “The Exchange Offer — Procedures for Tendering” and “— Resale of the New Notes.”

 

  If you hold original notes through The Depository Trust Company, or DTC, in the form of book-entry interests, and wish to participate in the exchange offer, you must cause the book-entry transfer of the original notes to the exchange agent’s account at DTC, and the exchange agent must receive a confirmation of book-entry transfer and either:

 

   

a completed letter of transmittal; or

 

   

an agent’s message transmitted pursuant to DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program, by which each tendering holder will agree to be bound by the letter of transmittal.

 

  See “The Exchange Offer — Book-Entry Transfers; Tender of Notes Using DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program.”

 

Resale of the New Notes

Based on interpretations by the staff of the SEC, as set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties unrelated to us, we believe that the new notes may be offered for sale, resold or otherwise transferred by you without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, provided that you can make the representations that appear above under “The Exchange Offer “Procedures for Participating in the Exchange Offer.” Any holder of original notes who cannot make these representations may not rely on the staff’s interpretations discussed above or participate in the exchange offer and must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in order to resell the original notes.

 

 

3


Table of Contents
  If you are a broker-dealer that has received new notes for your own account in exchange for original notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, you must represent and agree in the letter of transmittal that you will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the new notes. Such a broker-dealer may use this prospectus to resell the new notes. We have agreed that for a period of up to 180 days after the date on which the exchange offer is consummated, we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any such broker-dealer that requests copies of this prospectus in the letter of transmittal for use in connection with any such resale.

 

  The SEC has not considered this exchange offer in the context of a no-action letter, and we cannot be sure that the staff of the SEC would make a similar determination with respect to this exchange offer as it did in the no-action letters to the unrelated persons upon which we are relying. See “The Exchange Offer — Resale of the New Notes.”

 

Special Procedures for Beneficial Owners

If you are a beneficial owner of original notes that are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee, and you wish to tender those original notes in the exchange offer, you should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct the registered holder to tender those original notes on your behalf. If you wish to tender on your own behalf, you must, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering your original notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the original notes in your name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time and may not be able to be completed prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. See “The Exchange Offer — Procedures for Tendering.”

 

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

If you wish to tender your original notes and your original notes are not immediately available or you cannot deliver your original notes, the applicable letter of transmittal or any other required documents, or you cannot comply with the procedures for transfer of book-entry interests prior to the expiration of the exchange offer, you may tender your original notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in this prospectus under “The Exchange Offer — Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.”

 

Acceptance of Original Notes and Delivery of New Notes

Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the condition to the exchange offer as discussed above, we will accept for exchange any and all original notes validly tendered and not properly withdrawn prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. The new notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer will be issued and delivered promptly following the expiration of the exchange offer. We will return to you any original notes not accepted for exchange for any reason without expense to you promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer. See “The Exchange Offer — Acceptance of Tendered Original Notes.”

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Withdrawal Rights

You may withdraw your tender of original notes at any time before the exchange offer expires. Any original notes not accepted for exchange for any reason will be returned without expense to the tendering holder promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

 

Failure to Exchange Will Affect You Adversely

If you are eligible to participate in the exchange offer and you do not tender your original notes, you will not have any further exchange or registration rights and you will continue to be restricted from transferring your original notes. Accordingly, the liquidity of the original notes will be adversely affected.

 

Federal Income Tax Considerations

The exchange of the original notes for the new notes pursuant to the exchange offer will not be a taxable event for United States federal income tax purposes. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.”

 

Exchange Agent

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., trustee under the indenture under which the new notes will be issued, is serving as exchange agent. The address and telephone number of the exchange agent are set forth in the section of this prospectus entitled “The Exchange Offer — Exchange Agent.”

 

Use of Proceeds

We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

THE NEW NOTES

The summary below describes the principal terms of the new notes. Certain of the terms and conditions described below are subject to important limitations and exceptions. The “Description of the New Notes” section of this prospectus contains a more detailed description of the terms and conditions of the new notes.

 

Issuer

Gibraltar Industries, Inc.

 

Securities offered

The form and terms of the new notes will be the same as the form and terms of the original notes except that:

 

   

the new notes have been registered under the Securities Act,

 

   

the new notes are not entitled to exchange or registration rights under the registration rights agreement, and

 

   

the contingent interest rate provisions of the registration rights agreement that depend on the consummation of the exchange offer and/or effectiveness of the registration statement will no longer be applicable following consummation of the exchange offer.

 

  The new notes evidence the same debt as the original notes. They will be entitled to the benefits of the indenture governing the original notes and will be treated under the indenture as a single class with the original notes.

 

Maturity Date

February 1, 2021.

 

Interest

The notes bear cash interest at the rate of 6.25% per annum (calculated using a 360-day year). Interest on the new notes will accrue (A) from the later of: (i) the last date on which interest was paid on the original notes tendered in exchange therefore; or (ii) if the original notes are surrendered for exchange on a date in a period which includes the record date for an interest payment date to occur on or after the date of such exchange and as to which interest will be paid, the date of such interest payment date; or (B) if no interest has been paid on such original notes, from January 31, 2013, the date the original notes were issued, or the issue date.

 

Payment Frequency

Interest is payable every six months on February 1 and August 1.

 

First Payment

Interest is payable commencing August 1, 2013.

 

Subsidiary Guarantees

The new notes will be guaranteed on a senior unsecured subordinated basis by all of our existing and future direct and indirect subsidiaries that guarantee our revolving credit facility or our other indebtedness or indebtedness of the subsidiary guarantors. Under certain circumstances, subsidiary guarantors may be released from their note guarantees without the consent of the holders of notes. See “Description of New Notes — Subsidiary Guarantees.”

 

 

6


Table of Contents
  For the three months ended March 31, 2013, our non-guarantor subsidiaries:

 

   

represented approximately 12% of our net sales; and

 

   

represented approximately 15% of our operating income; and

 

  As of March 31, 2013, our non-guarantor subsidiaries:

 

   

represented 8% of our total assets; and

 

   

had $14.6 million of our total liabilities, including trade payables but excluding intercompany liabilities.

 

Absence of Public Market for the Notes

We do not intend to apply for listing of the new notes on any securities exchange or inclusion of the new notes in any automated quotation system. An active trading market for the new notes may not exist following the completion of the exchange offer.

 

Ranking

The new notes and the new note guarantees will be our and the subsidiary guarantors’ unsecured senior subordinated obligations and will:

 

   

rank behind all of our and the guarantors’ existing and future senior debt, whether or not secured;

 

   

rank equally with all our and the guarantors’ existing and future unsecured senior subordinated obligations that do not expressly provide that they are subordinated to the notes; and

 

   

be structurally subordinated to all of the existing and future liabilities (including trade payables) of each of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the notes.

 

  As of March 31, 2013:

 

   

we had approximately $214.4 million of total indebtedness (including the original notes), none of which ranked equally with the original notes (or would be ranked equally with the new notes) or was subordinated to the original notes (or would be subordinated to the new notes);

 

   

we had no borrowings and $13.6 million of letters of credit outstanding under our revolving credit facility, all of which, together with any future borrowings under the revolving credit facility, was secured by trade receivables, inventory, personal property, equipment and certain real property of the borrowers and the guarantors, and to which the notes would have been subordinated;

 

   

we had commitments available to be borrowed under the revolving credit facility of $135.0 million (after giving effect to $13.6 million of outstanding letters of credit) and the maximum availability under the revolving credit facility, subject to the borrowing base, may be increased by up to $50.0 million, subject to certain conditions; and

 

 

7


Table of Contents
   

our non-guarantor subsidiaries had approximately $14.6 million of total liabilities (including trade payables), all of which would have been structurally senior to the notes.

 

  Because the borrowing capacity under the revolving credit facility depends, in part, on trade receivables, inventory and other assets that fluctuate from time to time, the available commitment amount may not reflect actual borrowing capacity. As of March 31, 2013, our borrowing capacity under the revolving credit facility was approximately $135.0 million after giving effect to $13.6 million of outstanding letters of credit.

 

Optional Redemption

The notes will be redeemable at our option, in whole or in part, at any time on or after February 1, 2017, at the redemption prices set forth in this prospectus, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.

 

  At any time prior to February, 2016, we may redeem up to 35% of the original principal amount of the notes with the proceeds of certain equity offerings at a redemption price of 106.25% of the principal amount of the notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.

 

  At any time prior to February 1, 2017, we may also redeem some or all of the notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption plus a “make-whole premium.” See “Description of New Notes — Optional Redemption.”

 

Change of Control Offer

Upon the occurrence of specific kinds of changes of control, you will have the right, as holders of the notes, to cause us to repurchase some or all of your notes at 101% of their face amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the repurchase date. See “Description of New Notes — Change of Control.”

 

Asset Disposition Offer

If we or our restricted subsidiaries sell assets, under certain circumstances, we or our restricted securities will be required to use the net proceeds to make an offer to purchase notes at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to the repurchase date. See “Description of New Notes — Certain Covenants — Limitations on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock.”

 

Covenants

We will issue the new notes under an indenture with The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, that we executed and delivered on January 31, 2013. The indenture will, among other things, limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:

 

   

incur additional indebtedness and guarantee indebtedness;

 

   

pay dividends or make other distributions or repurchase or redeem our capital stock;

 

 

8


Table of Contents
   

prepay, redeem or repurchase certain debt;

 

   

issue certain preferred stock or similar equity securities;

 

   

make loans and investments;

 

   

sell assets;

 

   

incur liens;

 

   

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

   

enter into agreements restricting our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends; and

 

   

consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets.

 

  These covenants will be subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications. For more details, see “Description of New Notes.”

Risk Factors

In evaluating whether to participate in the exchange offer, you should carefully consider, along with the other information in this prospectus, the specific factors set forth under “Risk Factors” for certain risks related to an investment in the new notes or which we incorporate by reference into this prospectus, including risks related to the Company’s business.

Where You Can Find Additional Information

This prospectus incorporates business and financial information about us that is not included in or delivered with the prospectus. Refer to the section of this prospectus entitled “Where You Can Find Additional Information” to learn how to obtain this information free of charge.

In order to obtain timely delivery, you must request documents from us no later than August         , 2013, which is five business days before the expiration of the exchange offer.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

In addition to the other information set forth in this prospectus and in our filings with the SEC that we incorporate herein by reference, including under the heading “Risk Factors” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, you should carefully consider the following risks before tendering original notes in exchange for new notes. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and/or operating results could be materially adversely affected, which, in turn, could adversely affect our ability to pay interest and/or principal on the notes. The value of the notes could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to the Notes

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the notes.

We have, and after the offering will continue to have, a significant amount of indebtedness. As of March 31, 2013, our total debt was approximately $214.4 million, and we and our subsidiary, Gibraltar Steel Corporation of New York, had unused commitments of $135.0 million under our revolving credit facility (after giving effect to $13.6 million of outstanding letters of credit).

Subject to the limits contained in the credit agreement governing our revolving credit facility, the indenture that governs the notes and our other debt instruments, we may be able to incur substantial additional debt from time to time to finance working capital, capital expenditures, investments or acquisitions or for other purposes. If we do so, the risks related to our high level of debt could intensify. Specifically, our high level of debt could have important consequences to the holders of the notes, including the following:

 

   

making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the notes and our other debt;

 

   

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other general corporate requirements;

 

   

requiring a substantial portion of our cash flows to be dedicated to debt service payments instead of other purposes, thereby reducing the amount of cash flows available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;

 

   

increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

 

   

exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates as certain of our borrowings, including borrowings under the revolving credit facility, are at variable rates of interest;

 

   

limiting our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in the industry in which we compete;

 

   

placing us at a disadvantage compared to other, less leveraged competitors; and

 

   

increasing our cost of borrowing.

There are limitations on our ability to incur the full $200.0 million of commitments under our revolving credit facility. Our availability will be limited to the lesser of $200.0 million and a borrowing base determined by reference to portions of the receivables, inventories and real property, plant and equipment of our significant domestic subsidiaries. The borrowing base is calculated on a monthly (or more frequent under certain circumstances) valuation of our receivables, inventories and real property, plant and equipment. As a result, our access to credit under the revolving credit facility will potentially be subject to significant fluctuation, depending on the value of the applicable borrowing base eligible assets as of any measurement date. Our borrowing capacity under the revolving credit facility, as of March 31, 2013, was approximately $135.0 million, after giving effect to $13.6 million of outstanding letters of credit, and the maximum availability under the revolving credit facility, subject to the borrowing base, may be increased by up to $50.0 million, subject to certain conditions. Because the borrowing capacity under the revolving credit facility will depend, in part, on inventory, accounts receivable and other assets that fluctuate from time to time, such amount may not reflect actual borrowing capacity.

 

10


Table of Contents

In addition, the indenture governs the notes and the credit agreement governing our revolving credit facility contain restrictive covenants that limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term best interest. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all our debt.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness, including the notes, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on or refinance our debt obligations, including the notes, depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which are subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business, legislative, regulatory and other factors beyond our control. We may be unable to maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, including the notes.

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we could face substantial liquidity problems and could be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures or to dispose of material assets or operations, seek additional debt or equity capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness, including the notes. We may not be able to effect any such alternative measures, if necessary, on commercially reasonable terms or at all and, even if successful, those alternative actions may not allow us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. The credit agreement governing the revolving credit facility and the indenture that governs the notes restrict our ability to dispose of assets and use the proceeds from those dispositions and may also restrict our ability to raise debt or equity capital to be used to repay other indebtedness when it becomes due. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions or to obtain proceeds in an amount sufficient to meet any debt service obligations then due. See “Description of New Notes” and “Description of Certain Other Indebtedness”.

In addition, we conduct a substantial portion of our operations through our subsidiaries, certain of which in the future may not be guarantors of the notes or our other indebtedness. Accordingly, repayment of our indebtedness, including the notes, is dependent on the generation of cash flow by our subsidiaries and their ability to make such cash available to us, by dividend, debt repayment or otherwise. Unless they are guarantors of the notes or our other indebtedness, our subsidiaries do not have any obligation to pay amounts due on the notes or our other indebtedness or to make funds available for that purpose. Our subsidiaries may not be able to, or may not be permitted to, make distributions to enable us to make payments in respect of our indebtedness, including the notes. Each subsidiary is a distinct legal entity, and, under certain circumstances, legal and contractual restrictions may limit our ability to obtain cash from our subsidiaries. While the indenture that governs the notes and the credit agreement governing the revolving credit facility limits the ability of our subsidiaries to incur consensual restrictions on their ability to pay dividends or make other intercompany payments to us, these limitations are subject to qualifications and exceptions. In the event that we do not receive distributions from our subsidiaries, we may be unable to make required principal and interest payments on our indebtedness, including the notes.

Our inability to generate sufficient cash flows to satisfy our debt obligations, or to refinance our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all, would materially and adversely affect our financial position and results of operations and our ability to satisfy our obligations under the notes.

If we cannot make scheduled payments on our debt, we will be in default and holders of the notes could declare all outstanding principal and interest to be due and payable, the lenders under the revolving credit facility could terminate their commitments to loan money, our secured lenders could foreclose against the assets securing their borrowings and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. All of these events could result in your losing your investment in the notes.

 

11


Table of Contents

Your right to receive payments on the notes and the guarantees will be subordinated to the borrowings under our revolving credit facility and possibly all of our and our subsidiary guarantors’ future borrowings.

The notes and the guarantees rank behind all of our and our subsidiary guarantors’ existing and future senior indebtedness, including our revolving credit facility. In addition, our revolving credit facility and the indenture that governs the notes permit us to incur substantial additional indebtedness, including senior indebtedness that ranks in priority to the notes, in the future. For example, our principal operating subsidiary, Gibraltar Steel Corporation of New York, is a borrower under the revolving credit facility, and the full amount of the commitments under that facility may be borrowed by that subsidiary.

As a result of this subordination, upon any distribution to our creditors or the creditors of the subsidiary guarantors in a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization or similar proceeding relating to us or the subsidiary guarantors or our or their property, the holders of our senior debt, the senior debt of the subsidiary guarantors and any debt of our non-guarantor subsidiaries will be entitled to be paid in full and in cash before any payment may be made with respect to the notes or the subsidiary guarantees.

All payments on the notes and the subsidiary guarantees will be blocked in the event of a payment default on our senior indebtedness and may be blocked for up to 179 consecutive days in the event of certain non-payment defaults on designated senior indebtedness.

In the event of a bankruptcy or similar proceeding relating to us or the subsidiary guarantors, holders of the notes will participate with the trade creditors and all holders of our and the subsidiary guarantors’ senior subordinated indebtedness in the assets remaining after we and the subsidiary guarantors have paid all of our and their senior indebtedness. However, because the indenture requires that amounts otherwise payable to holders of the notes in a bankruptcy or similar proceeding be paid to holders of senior indebtedness instead, holders of the notes may receive less, ratably, than holders of trade payables or other unsecured, unsubordinated creditors in any such proceeding. In any of these cases, we and the subsidiary guarantors may not have sufficient funds to pay all of our creditors, and holders of the notes may receive less, ratably, than the holders of senior indebtedness and holders of other indebtedness and trade payables.

The notes and the guarantees are subordinated to $4.4 million of senior indebtedness as of March 31, 2013. In addition, at March 31, 2013, we and Gibraltar Steel Corporation of New York had $135.0 million available for borrowings under our revolving credit facility, all of which would have been secured if borrowed. As of March 31, 2013, the notes and the subsidiary guarantees were structurally subordinated to $14.6 million of liabilities of our non-guarantor subsidiaries. Our revolving credit facility allows us, subject to certain conditions, to request additional financing from the lenders to increase the revolving credit facility to $250 million. We are, subject to some limitations, permitted to borrow substantial additional indebtedness, including senior indebtedness, in the future under the terms of the indenture and our revolving credit facility.

Despite our current level of indebtedness, we and our subsidiaries may still be able to incur substantially more debt. This could further exacerbate the risks to our financial condition described above.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. Although the indenture that governs the notes and the credit agreement governing our revolving credit facility contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and the additional indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. If we incur any additional indebtedness that ranks equally with the notes, subject to collateral arrangements, the holders of that debt will be entitled to share ratably with you in any proceeds distributed in connection with any insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or other winding up of our Company. This may have the effect of reducing the amount of proceeds paid to you. These restrictions also will not prevent us from incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness. In addition, as of March 31, 2013, our revolving credit facility provided us and our subsidiary, Gibraltar Steel Corporation of New York, with unused commitments of $135.0 million (after giving effect to $13.6 million of outstanding letters of credit),

 

12


Table of Contents

which could increase by $50 million, subject to certain conditions. All of those borrowings would be secured indebtedness. If new debt is added to our current debt levels, the related risks that we and the subsidiary guarantors now face could intensify. See “Description of New Notes” and “Description of Other Indebtedness”.

The terms of the credit agreement governing our revolving credit facility and the indenture that governs the notes restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes or to take certain actions.

The indenture that governs the notes and the credit agreement governing our revolving credit facility contain a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and may limit our ability to engage in acts that may be in our long-term best interest, including restrictions on our ability to:

 

   

incur additional indebtedness and guarantee indebtedness;

 

   

pay dividends or make other distributions or repurchase or redeem capital stock;

 

   

prepay, redeem or repurchase certain debt;

 

   

issue certain preferred stock or similar equity securities;

 

   

make loans and investments;

 

   

sell assets;

 

   

incur liens;

 

   

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

   

enter into agreements restricting our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends; and

 

   

consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets.

In addition, the restrictive covenants in the credit agreement governing our revolving credit facility include a requirement to maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.25 to 1.00. Our ability to meet this financial ratio can be affected by events beyond our control, and we may be unable to meet it. You should read the discussions under the headings “Description of New Notes — Certain Covenants” and “Description of Other Indebtedness” for further information about these covenants.

A breach of the covenants or restrictions under the indenture that governs the notes or under the credit agreement governing our revolving credit facility could result in an event of default under the applicable indebtedness. Such a default may allow the creditors to accelerate the related debt and may result in the acceleration of any other debt to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies. In addition, an event of default under the credit agreement governing our revolving credit facility would permit the lenders under our revolving credit facility to terminate all commitments to extend further credit under that facility. Furthermore, if we were unable to repay the amounts due and payable under our revolving credit facility, those lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. In the event our lenders or noteholders accelerate the repayment of our borrowings, we and our subsidiaries may not have sufficient assets to repay that indebtedness. As a result of these restrictions, we may be:

 

   

limited in how we conduct our business;

 

   

unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to operate during general economic or business downturns; or

 

   

unable to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities.

These restrictions may affect our ability to grow in accordance with our strategy. In addition, our financial results, our substantial indebtedness and our credit ratings could adversely affect the availability and terms of our financing.

 

13


Table of Contents

The notes will be effectively subordinated to our and our subsidiary guarantors’ indebtedness under the revolving credit facility and any other secured indebtedness of our Company to the extent of the value of the property securing that indebtedness.

The notes will not be secured by any of our or our subsidiary guarantors’ assets. As a result, the notes and the subsidiary guarantees will be effectively subordinated to our and our subsidiary guarantors’ indebtedness under the revolving credit facility with respect to the assets that secure that indebtedness. As of March 31, 2013, we had $13.6 million in letters of credit outstanding under our revolving credit facility, resulting in total unused availability of approximately $135.0 million. The maximum availability under the revolving credit facility, subject to the borrowing base, may be increased by up to $50.0 million subject to certain conditions. In addition, we may incur additional secured debt in the future. The effect of this subordination is that upon a default in payment on, or the acceleration of, any of our secured indebtedness, or in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, dissolution or reorganization of our Company or the subsidiary guarantors, the proceeds from the sale of assets securing our secured indebtedness will be available to pay obligations on the notes only after all indebtedness under the revolving credit facility and that other secured debt has been paid in full. As a result, the holders of the notes may receive less, ratably, than the holders of secured debt in the event of our or our subsidiary guarantors’ bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, dissolution or reorganization.

The notes will be structurally subordinated to all obligations of our existing and future subsidiaries that are not and do not become guarantors of the notes.

The notes will be guaranteed by each of our existing and subsequently acquired or organized subsidiaries that guarantee the revolving credit facility or that, in the future, guarantee our other indebtedness or indebtedness of another subsidiary guarantor. Except for such subsidiary guarantors of the notes, our subsidiaries, including all of our non-domestic subsidiaries, will have no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to pay amounts due under the notes or to make any funds available to pay those amounts, whether by dividend, distribution, loan or other payment. The notes and guarantees will be structurally subordinated to all indebtedness and other obligations of any non-guarantor subsidiary such that in the event of insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or other winding up of any subsidiary that is not a guarantor, all of that subsidiary’s creditors (including trade creditors) would be entitled to payment in full out of that subsidiary’s assets before we would be entitled to any payment.

In addition, the indenture that governs the notes, subject to some limitations, permits these subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness and does not contain any limitation on the amount of other liabilities, such as trade payables, that may be incurred by these subsidiaries.

For the three months ended March 31, 2013, our non-guarantor subsidiaries represented 12% of our net sales and 15% of our operating income respectively. As of March 31, 2013, our non-guarantor subsidiaries represented 8% of our total assets and had $14.6 million of total liabilities, including debt and trade payables but excluding intercompany liabilities.

The lenders under our revolving credit facility have the discretion to release any guarantors under the revolving credit facility in a variety of circumstances which will cause those guarantors to be released from their guarantees of the notes.

Our subsidiaries that provide, or will provide, subsidiary guarantees will be automatically released from those note guarantees upon the occurrence of certain events, including the following:

 

   

the designation of that subsidiary guarantor as an unrestricted subsidiary;

 

   

the release or discharge of any subsidiary guarantee or indebtedness that resulted in the creation of the guarantee of the notes by such subsidiary guarantor; or

 

   

the sale or other disposition, including the sale of substantially all the assets, of that subsidiary guarantor.

 

14


Table of Contents

If any note guarantee is released, no holder of the notes will have a claim as a creditor against that subsidiary, and the indebtedness and other liabilities, including trade payables and preferred stock, if any, whether secured or unsecured, of that subsidiary will be effectively senior to the claim of any holders of the notes. See “Description of New Notes — Subsidiary Guarantees.”

We conduct all of our operations through our subsidiaries which may affect our ability to make payments on the notes.

We derive all of our operating income from our subsidiaries. Substantially all of our assets are held by our direct and indirect subsidiaries. We rely on the earnings and cash flows of our subsidiaries, which are paid to us by our subsidiaries in the form of dividends and other payments or distributions, to meet our debt service obligations. The ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other payments or distributions to us will depend on their respective operating results and may be restricted by, among other things, the laws of their jurisdiction of organization (which may limit the amount of funds available for the payment of dividends and other distributions to us), the terms of existing and future indebtedness and other agreements of our subsidiaries, the revolving credit facility, the letter of credit facility, the terms of the indenture governing the notes, and the covenants of any future outstanding indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur.

We may not be able to repurchase the notes upon a change of control.

Upon the occurrence of specific kinds of change of control events, we will be required to offer to repurchase all outstanding notes at 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the purchase date. Additionally, under the revolving credit facility, a change of control (as defined therein) constitutes an event of default that permits the lenders to accelerate the maturity of borrowings under the credit agreement governing our revolving credit facility and the commitments to lend would terminate. The source of funds for any purchase of the notes and repayment of borrowings under our revolving credit facility would be our available cash or cash generated from our subsidiaries’ operations or other sources, including borrowings, sales of assets or sales of equity. We may not be able to repurchase the notes upon a change of control because we may not have sufficient financial resources to purchase all of the debt securities that are tendered upon a change of control and repay our other indebtedness that will become due. If we fail to repurchase the notes in that circumstance, we will be in default under the indenture that governs the notes. We may require additional financing from third parties to fund any such purchases, and we may be unable to obtain financing on satisfactory terms or at all. Further, our ability to repurchase the notes may be limited by law. In order to avoid the obligations to repurchase the notes and events of default and potential breaches of the credit agreement governing our revolving credit facility, we may have to avoid certain change of control transactions that would otherwise be beneficial to us.

In addition, certain important corporate events, such as leveraged recapitalizations, may not, under the indenture that governs the notes, constitute a “change of control” that would require us to repurchase the notes, even though those corporate events could increase the level of our indebtedness or otherwise adversely affect our capital structure, credit ratings or the value of the notes. See “Description of New Notes — Change of Control.”

The exercise by the holders of notes of their right to require us to repurchase the notes pursuant to a change of control offer could cause a default under the agreements governing our other indebtedness, including future agreements, even if the change of control itself does not, due to the financial effect of such repurchases on us. In the event a change of control offer is required to be made at a time when we are prohibited from purchasing notes, we could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibitions. If we do not obtain a consent or repay those borrowings, we will remain prohibited from purchasing notes. In that case, our failure to purchase tendered notes would constitute an event of default under the indenture which could, in turn, constitute a default under our other indebtedness. Finally, our ability to pay cash to the holders of notes upon a repurchase may be limited by our then existing financial resources.

 

15


Table of Contents

Holders of the notes may not be able to determine when a change of control giving rise to their right to have the notes repurchased has occurred following a sale of “substantially all” of our assets.

One of the circumstances under which a change of control may occur is upon the sale or disposition of “all or substantially all” of our assets. There is no precise established definition of the phrase “substantially all” under applicable law and the interpretation of that phrase will likely depend upon particular facts and circumstances. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of notes to require us to repurchase its notes as a result of a sale of less than all our assets to another person may be uncertain.

Federal and state fraudulent transfer laws may permit a court to void the notes and/or the subsidiary guarantees, and if that occurs, you may not receive any payments on the notes.

Federal and state fraudulent transfer and conveyance statutes may apply to the issuance of the notes and the incurrence of the subsidiary guarantees of the notes. Under federal bankruptcy law and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer or conveyance laws, which may vary from state to state, the notes or the note guarantees thereof could be voided as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance if we or any of the subsidiary guarantors, as applicable, (a) issued the notes or incurred the subsidiary guarantees with the intent of hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors or (b) received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration in return for either issuing the notes or incurring the subsidiary guarantees and, in the case of (b) only, one of the following is also true at the time thereof:

 

   

we or any of the subsidiary guarantors, as applicable, were insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of the issuance of the notes or the incurrence of the note guarantees;

 

   

the issuance of the notes or the incurrence of the note guarantees left us or any of the subsidiary guarantors, as applicable, with an unreasonably small amount of capital or assets to carry on the business;

 

   

we or any of the subsidiary guarantors intended to, or believed that we or such subsidiary guarantor would, incur debts beyond our or such subsidiary guarantor’s ability to pay as they mature; or

 

   

we or any of the subsidiary guarantors were a defendant in an action for money damages, or had a judgment for money damages docketed against us or the subsidiary guarantor if, in either case, the judgment is unsatisfied after final judgment.

As a general matter, value is given for a transfer or an obligation if, in exchange for the transfer or obligation, property is transferred or a valid antecedent debt is secured or satisfied. A court would likely find that a subsidiary guarantor did not receive reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for its note guarantee to the extent the subsidiary guarantor did not obtain a reasonably equivalent benefit directly or indirectly from the issuance of the notes.

We cannot be certain as to the standards a court would use to determine whether or not we or the subsidiary guarantors were insolvent at the relevant time or, regardless of the standard that a court uses, whether the notes or the note guarantees would be subordinated to our or any of our subsidiary guarantors’ other debt. In general, however, a court would deem an entity insolvent if:

 

   

the sum of its debts, including contingent and unliquidated liabilities, was greater than the fair saleable value of all of its assets;

 

   

the present fair saleable value of its assets was less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or

 

   

it could not pay its debts as they became due.

If a court were to find that the issuance of the notes or the incurrence of a note guarantee was a fraudulent transfer or conveyance, the court could void the payment obligations under the notes or that note guarantee, could subordinate the notes or that note guarantee to presently existing and future indebtedness of ours or of the related

 

16


Table of Contents

subsidiary guarantor or could require the holders of the notes to repay any amounts received with respect to that note guarantee. In the event of a finding that a fraudulent transfer or conveyance occurred, you may not receive any repayment on the notes. Further, the avoidance of the notes could result in an event of default with respect to our and our subsidiaries’ other debt that could result in acceleration of that debt.

Finally, as a court of equity, the bankruptcy court may subordinate the claims in respect of the notes to other claims against us under the principle of equitable subordination if the court determines that (1) the holder of notes engaged in some type of inequitable conduct, (2) the inequitable conduct resulted in injury to our other creditors or conferred an unfair advantage upon the holders of notes and (3) equitable subordination is not inconsistent with the provisions of the bankruptcy code.

There are significant restrictions on your ability to transfer or resell the new notes.

The original notes were offered and sold pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Therefore, you may transfer or resell the notes in the United States only in a transaction registered under or exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, and you may be required to bear the risk of your investment for an indefinite period of time. See “Transfer Restrictions.”

We have registered the exchange offer and the new notes with the SEC. The SEC, however, has broad discretion to declare any registration statement effective and may delay, defer or suspend the effectiveness of any registration statement for a variety of reasons. If issued hereunder, the new notes generally may be resold or otherwise transferred by each holder of the new notes with no need for further registration. However, the new notes will constitute a new issue of securities with no established trading market. An active trading market for the new notes may not develop, or, in the case of non-exchanging holders of the notes, the trading market for the original notes following the exchange offer may not continue.

Your ability to transfer the new notes may be limited by the absence of an active trading market and an active trading market may not develop for the new notes.

The new notes will be new issues of securities for which there is no established trading market. We do not intend to list the new notes on any national securities exchange or include the new notes in any automated quotation system. The initial purchasers have advised us that they intend to make a market in the new notes, if issued, as permitted by applicable laws and regulations. However, the initial purchasers are not obligated to make a market in the new notes and, if commenced, they may discontinue their market-making activities at any time without notice. In addition, market making activities may be limited during the exchange offer or while the effectiveness of a shelf registration statement is pending.

Therefore, an active market for the new notes may not develop or be maintained, which would adversely affect the market price and liquidity of the new notes. In that case, the holders of the new notes may not be able to sell their notes at a particular time or at a favorable price.

Even if an active trading market for the new notes does develop, there is no guarantee that it will continue. Historically, the market for non-investment grade debt has been subject to severe disruptions that have caused substantial volatility in the prices of securities similar to the new notes. The market, if any, for the notes may experience similar disruptions and any such disruptions may adversely affect the liquidity in that market or the prices at which you may sell your notes.

A lowering or withdrawal of the ratings assigned to our debt securities by rating agencies may increase our future borrowing costs and reduce our access to capital.

Our debt currently has a non-investment grade rating, and any rating assigned could be lowered or withdrawn entirely by a rating agency if, in that rating agency’s judgment, future circumstances relating to the basis of the rating, such as adverse changes, so warrant. Consequently, real or anticipated changes in our credit

 

17


Table of Contents

ratings will generally affect the market value of the notes. Credit ratings are not recommendations to purchase, hold or sell the notes. Additionally, credit ratings may not reflect the potential effect of risks relating to the structure or marketing of the notes.

Any future lowering of our ratings likely would make it more difficult or more expensive for us to obtain additional debt financing. If any credit rating initially assigned to the notes is subsequently lowered or withdrawn for any reason, you may not be able to resell your notes without a substantial discount.

 

18


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

This exchange offer is intended to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreement we entered into in connection with the offering of the original notes. We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer. As consideration for issuing the new notes, we will receive original notes with like original principal amounts. The form and terms of the new notes are the same as the form and terms of the original notes, except as otherwise described in this prospectus. The original notes surrendered in exchange for new notes will be retired and canceled and cannot be reissued. Accordingly, the issuance of the new notes will not result in any increase in our outstanding debt.

The net proceeds from the sale of the original notes, after deducting initial purchaser discounts and the offering expenses payable by us, were approximately $206.3 million. We used the net proceeds from the sale of the original notes, together with cash on hand, to tender for $204.0 million of 8% Senior Subordinated Notes due December 1, 2015 (“8% Notes”), and, to the extent holders of the 8% Notes did not participate in the tender offer, by redeeming and/or satisfying and discharging our obligations under the related indenture any remaining 8% Notes.

The following table sets forth the sources and uses of funds in connection with the sale of the original notes:

 

(Dollars in millions)

Sources

         

Uses

 

Original notes

   $ 210.0       Repayment 8% Notes(1)    $ 204.0   

Cash used from balance sheet

   $ 1.4       Fees and expenses(2)      7.4   
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total sources

   $ 211.4       Total uses    $ 211.4   
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

(1) We repaid amounts outstanding under outstanding 8% Notes under which interest accrues at a rate of 8% plus the amortization of the original issue discount of 1.675%.
(2) Includes a tender premium of $1.0 million and optional redemption fee of $2.2 million, and excludes accrued and unpaid interest of $3.2 million.

 

19


Table of Contents

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

The following table sets forth information regarding our ratio of earnings to fixed charges for each of the periods shown. For purposes of calculating this ratio, earnings consist of income before taxes plus fixed charges (excluding capitalized interest). Fixed charges include interest expense (including amortization of debt issuance costs), capitalized interest, the portion of operating rental expense that management believes is representative of the interest component of rent expense, and the interest on uncertain tax positions.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended December 31,      Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2008      2009      2010      2011      2012      2013  

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges(1)

     2.41         —           —           1.75         2.01         —     

 

(1) The dollar amount of the deficiency of earnings to fixed charges was $58.8 million in 2009, $92.4 million in 2010, and $5.8 million in the first quarter of 2013. For the purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of income before taxes plus fixed charges (excluding capitalized interest).

 

20


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA OF OUR COMPANY

The following table sets forth our selected historical financial data. We derived the selected historical statements of income and cash flows and other financial data for each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012 from our audited consolidated financial statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 incorporated by reference into this prospectus. We derived the selected historical statements of operations and cash flows and other financial data for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements for that year, which was reclassified by management to present the results of United Steel Products, the Processed Metal Products business, SCM Metal Products and the bath cabinet business as discontinued operations and are not included in this prospectus. The reclassification presented in our statement of income data for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 and the related balance sheet data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 were not required to be re-audited under applicable standards. We derived the summary historical statements of income and cash flows and other financial data for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 and the balance sheet data as of March 31, 2013 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013 incorporated by reference into this prospectus. The unaudited financial statements include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring accruals, which we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and results of operations for these periods. Operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year ended December 31, 2013.

Our unaudited financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as our audited financial statements and, in our opinion, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of this data in all material respects. The results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year.

You should read the selected historical financial data set forth below in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation,” and our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes, each included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation,” and our unaudited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included in the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013 incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

 

(Dollars in thousands)

  Fiscal year ended December 31,     Three months ended
March 31,
 
  2008     2009     2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  
                                  (unaudited)  

Statement of operations data:

             

Net sales

  $ 917,476      $ 639,076      $ 637,454      $ 766,607      $ 790,058      $ 192,171      $ 196,801   

Cost of sales

    734,703        519,348        533,586        621,492        640,498        156,690        160,624   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    182,773        119,728        103,868        145,115        149,560        35,481        36,177   

Selling, general and administrative expense

    120,432        96,691        99,546        108,957        104,671        28,458        30,981   

Intangible asset impairment

    —          60,098        76,964        —          4,628        —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    62,341        (37,061     (72,642     36,158        40,261        7,023        5,196   

Other (income) loss

    (724     (311     (77     (90     (488     (31     (66

Interest expense

    23,820        21,433        19,714        19,363        18,582        4,674        11,160   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before taxes

    39,245        (58,183     (92,279     16,885        22,167        2,380        (5,898

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    14,723        (18,611     (16,923     7,669        9,517        931        (2,255
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

21


Table of Contents

(Dollars in thousands)

  Fiscal year ended December 31,     Three months ended
March 31,
 
  2008     2009     2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  
                                  (unaudited)  

Income (loss) from continuing operations

    24,522        (39,572     (75,356     9,216        12,650        1,449        (3,643

Discontinued operations, net of taxes(1)

    (454     (12,453     (15,712     7,307        (5     (87     (4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ 24,068      $ (52,025   $ (91,068   $ 16,523      $ 12,645      $ 1,362      $ (3,647
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Selected ratios:

             

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(2)

    2.41        —          —          1.75        2.01        1.46        —     

Balance sheet data (at end of period):

           

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 11,308      $ 23,596      $ 60,866      $ 54,117      $ 48,028      $ 35,327      $ 30,288   

Total assets

    1,146,359        974,942        810,890        872,055        883,674        874,178        891,531   

Working capital(3)

    223,028        143,109        142,259        140,430        149,653        150,229        161,972   

Long-term obligations(4)

    452,671        337,700        269,919        283,695        289,267        287,223        301,754   

Total debt

    356,372        257,282        207,197        207,163        207,803        207,253        214,423   

Shareholders’ equity

    568,487        528,226        440,853        459,936        476,822        463,791        470,865   

 

(1) Attributable to the divestitures of USP, the Processed Metal Products business, SCM Metal Products and the bath cabinet manufacturing business.
(2) The dollar amount of the deficiency of earnings to fixed charges was $58.8 million in 2009, $92.4 million in 2010, and $5.8 million in the first quarter of 2013. For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of income before taxes plus fixed charges (excluding capitalized interest). Fixed charges include interest expense (including amortization of debt issuance costs), capitalized interest, the portion of operating rental expense that management believes is representative of the interest component of rent expense, and the interest on uncertain tax positions.
(3) Working capital is current assets minus current liabilities.
(4) Long-term obligations are the sum of long-term debt, deferred income taxes, other non-current liabilities, and long-term liabilities of discontinued operations.

 

22


Table of Contents

EXCHANGE OFFER

Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offer

We are offering to issue our 6.25% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2021, which have been registered under the Securities Act, or the new notes, in exchange for a like principal amount of 6.25% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2021, which have not been so registered, or the original notes.

We sold the original notes on January 31, 2013 to J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc., HSBC Securities(USA) Inc. and RBS Securities Inc., as the initial purchasers in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The initial purchasers of the original notes subsequently resold them to qualified institutional buyers in reliance on Rule 144A and to persons outside of the United States in reliance on Regulation S, in each case under the Securities Act.

In connection with the sale of original notes to the initial purchasers, the holders of the original notes became entitled to the benefits of a registration rights agreement dated January 31, 2013 among the Company, the guarantors and the initial purchasers.

Under the registration rights agreement, we became obligated to use our reasonable best efforts to file a registration statement in connection with an exchange offer, to cause that registration statement to become effective by July 30, 2013, to complete the exchange offer within 60 days of the effective date of that registration statement, and to cause that registration statement to remain effective for 180 days after the completion of the exchange offer. The exchange offer being made by this prospectus, if consummated within these required time periods, will satisfy these obligations under the registration rights agreement.

The term “holder” with respect to the exchange offer means any person in whose name original notes are registered on our books, any other person who has obtained a properly completed assignment from the registered holder or any DTC participant whose original notes are held of record by DTC. At the date of this prospectus, the sole holder of original notes is DTC. This prospectus and the letter of transmittal are being sent to all registered holders of the original notes. There will be no fixed record date for determining registered holders of the original notes entitled to participate in the exchange offer.

Following the completion of the exchange offer, holders of the original notes who were eligible to participate in the exchange offer, but who do not tender their original notes, will have no further rights under the registration rights agreement. In that case, your original notes will continue to be subject to restrictions on transfer under the Securities Act.

Shelf Registration and Additional Interest

Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, we may be required to file a shelf registration statement to permit certain holders of “Registrable Notes” (as defined below), who were not eligible to participate in the exchange offer to resell the registrable notes periodically without being limited by the transfer restrictions.

We will only be required to file a shelf registration statement if:

 

   

we are not permitted by applicable law or by the staff of the SEC to effect the exchange offer as contemplated by the registration rights agreement;

 

   

the registration statement relating to the exchange offer is not declared effective by July 30, 2013; or

 

   

such registration is requested by any initial purchaser of the original notes, if such initial purchaser holds original notes ineligible to be exchanged for new notes in the exchange offer.

 

23


Table of Contents

If a shelf registration statement is required, we will use our reasonable best efforts to:

 

   

file the shelf registration statement with the SEC as soon as practicable after we are required to do so and cause the shelf registration statement to be declared effective by the SEC; and

 

   

keep the shelf registration statement continuously effective until                     , 2014, or if earlier, until all the registrable notes covered by the shelf registration statement are (i) sold thereunder, (ii) become eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or (iii) cease to be registrable notes.

We will file a shelf registration statement upon the request of any holder of the notes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, we may, by notice to holders of registrable notes, suspend the availability of a shelf registration statement and the use of the related prospectus, if:

 

   

such action is required by the SEC or a state securities authority; or

 

   

the happening of any event that makes any statement made in the shelf registration statement or the related prospectus untrue in any material respect or requires changes in order to make the statements made not misleading.

The period for which we are obligated to keep the shelf registration statement continuously effective will be extended by the period of such suspension.

Each holder of registrable notes will be required to discontinue disposition of registrable notes pursuant to the shelf registration statement upon receipt from us of notice of any events described in the preceding paragraph or certain other events specified in the registration rights agreement.

A holder who sells registrable notes pursuant to the shelf registration statement will be required to furnish information about itself as we may reasonably require, be named as a selling security holder in the prospectus and deliver a copy of the prospectus to purchasers. If we are required to file a shelf registration statement, we will provide to each holder of the notes copies of the prospectus that is a part of the shelf registration statement and notify each of these holders when the shelf registration statement becomes effective. These holders will be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act in connection with those sales and will be bound by the provisions of the registration rights agreement which are applicable to these holders (including certain indemnification obligations).

If the exchange offer has not been completed (or, if required, the shelf registration statement is not declared effective) on or before July 30, 2013, the annual interest rate borne by the notes will be increased by 0.25% per annum (which rate will be increased by an additional 0.25% per annum for each subsequent 90-day period that such additional interest continues to accrue, provided that the rate at which such additional interest accrues may in no event exceed 1.0% per annum) until the exchange offer is completed, the shelf registration statement is declared effective or the notes become freely tradable under the Securities Act.

If we are required to file the shelf registration statement, we will be required to pay additional interest to each holder of registrable notes as follows:

 

   

if the shelf registration statement is not declared effective by the SEC on or prior to the deadline specified in the registration rights agreement; or

 

   

if the shelf registration statement is declared effective but thereafter ceases to be effective or usable in connection with resales of the notes during the periods specified in the registration rights agreement, except during limited periods as a result of the exercise by us of our right to suspend use of the shelf registration statement and the related prospectus as described above; then

 

   

until such situation is cured, the annual interest rate borne by the notes will be increased by 0.25% per annum for the first 90-days (which rate will be increased by an additional 0.25% per annum for each subsequent 90-day period that such additional interest continues to accrue,

 

24


Table of Contents
 

provided that the rate at which such additional interest accrues may in no event exceed 1.0% per annum) until the shelf registration statement is declared effective or the notes become freely tradable under the Securities Act.

“Registrable Notes” means the original notes; provided, however, that any original notes shall cease to be registrable notes when:

 

   

such notes shall have been exchanged for new notes pursuant to the exchange offer (or are eligible for exchange) or disposed of pursuant to the shelf registration statement;

 

   

such notes shall have been sold pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar provision then in force, but not Rule 144A) under the Securities Act, or be eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 144(k); or

 

   

such notes shall have ceased to be outstanding.

Terms of the Exchange Offer

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the accompanying letter of transmittal, we will accept all original notes properly tendered and not withdrawn on or prior to the expiration date. Original notes may be tendered only in integral multiples of $1,000. Holders may tender some or all of their original notes pursuant to the exchange offer. As of the date of this prospectus, $210.0 million aggregate principal amount of the original notes are outstanding. We will accept for exchange any and all original notes properly tendered and not validly withdrawn before the expiration of the exchange offer. For each original note exchanged pursuant to the exchange offer, the holder of the original note will receive a new note having a principal amount equal to that of the exchanged original note.

The form and terms of the new notes will be substantially identical to the form and terms of the original notes, except that the new notes will be registered under the Securities Act and hence will not bear legends restricting their transfer; holders of the new notes will not be entitled to most rights under the registration rights agreement; and holders of the new notes will not be entitled to additional interest in certain situations. The new notes will evidence the same debt as the original notes. The new notes will be issued under and entitled to the benefits of the same indenture under which the original notes were issued.

By participating in the exchange offer, you will be deemed to represent to us that:

 

   

any new notes to be received by you will be acquired in the ordinary course of your business;

 

   

at the time of the commencement of the exchange offer you had no arrangement or understanding with any person, or any intention, to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the new notes in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act,

 

   

you are not an “affiliate” (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Company or any guarantor;

 

   

if you are a broker-dealer, you did not purchase original notes directly from us for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or any other available exemption from registration under the Securities Act;

 

   

if you are a broker-dealer that will receive new notes for your own account in exchange for original notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, then you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new notes; and

 

   

you are not acting on behalf of any persons or entities that could not truthfully make the foregoing representations.

As described below under “Resale of the New Notes,” the SEC has taken the position that broker-dealers who exchange original notes for their own account acquired as a result of market-making or other trading

 

25


Table of Contents

activities may fulfill their prospectus delivery requirements with respect to new notes. By signing the letter of transmittal, such broker-dealers will acknowledge that they will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the new notes.

We will be deemed to have accepted validly tendered original notes when, as and if we have given oral or written notice of the acceptance of those original notes to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders of original notes for the purposes of receiving the new notes from us and delivering new notes to those holders. Pursuant to Rule 14e-1(c) of the Exchange Act, we will promptly deliver the new notes upon expiration of the exchange offer or return the original notes upon termination of the exchange offer.

We intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations of the SEC. Original notes that are not exchanged in the exchange offer will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest, will be entitled to the rights and benefits their holders have under the indenture. Other than as set forth above under “— Shelf Registration and Additional Interest,” we will have no further obligation to you to provide for the registration of the new notes and the exchange offer under the registration rights agreement.

If any tendered original notes are not accepted for exchange because of an invalid tender or the occurrence of the conditions set forth under “— Conditions to the Exchange Offer” without waiver by us, certificates for any of those unaccepted original notes will be returned, without expense, to the tendering holder of any of those original notes promptly after the expiration of the exchange offer.

Holders of original notes who tender in the exchange offer will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, in accordance with the instructions in the letter of transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of original notes, pursuant to the exchange offer. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than taxes applicable to holders in connection with the exchange offer. See “— Fees and Expenses.”

Interest on the New Notes

Interest on each new note will accrue from the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the original note surrendered in exchange for the new note or, if no interest has been paid on such original note, from the date the original note was issued. If your original notes are accepted for exchange, you will be deemed to have waived your right to receive any interest on the original notes. Consequently, holders of new notes will receive the same interest payments that they would have received had they not exchanged their original notes in the exchange offer.

Resale of the New Notes

Based on interpretations by the staff of the SEC set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties unrelated to us, we believe that the new notes issued in the exchange offer may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by you, without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, provided that you can make each of the representations set forth above under “— Terms of the Exchange Offer.” If you cannot make each of the representations set forth under “— Terms of the Exchange Offer,” you may not rely on the interpretations by the staff of the SEC. Under those circumstances, you must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a sale, transfer or other disposition of any new notes unless you are able to utilize an applicable exemption from all of those requirements. See “Plan of Distribution.”

Holders of original notes wishing to accept the exchange offer must complete and sign the letter of transmittal that will be mailed to each registered holder of the original notes. The letter of transmittal contains the required representations described above and an agreement to comply with the agreements and covenants set forth in the registration rights agreement.

 

26


Table of Contents

The SEC has not considered this exchange offer in the context of a no-action letter, and there can be no assurance that the staff of the SEC would make a similar determination with respect to this exchange offer as it made in the no-action letters to the unrelated persons.

Broker-dealers receiving new notes in exchange for original notes acquired for their own account through market-making or other trading activities may not rely on these SEC interpretations. Such broker-dealers may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must therefore acknowledge, by signing the letter of transmittal, that they will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with resale of the new notes. The letter of transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver, and by delivering, a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

The SEC has taken the position that participating broker-dealers who exchange original notes for their own account acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities may fulfill their prospectus delivery requirements with respect to the new notes with this prospectus. We have agreed to allow participating broker-dealers to use this prospectus in connection with the resale of the new notes, subject to our and the guarantors right to suspend use of the prospectus under the conditions described above under “— Shelf Registration and Additional Interest.” We and the guarantors have also agreed to amend or supplement this prospectus for a period ending upon the earlier of (1) 180 days after the completion of the exchange offer and (2) the first day after the completion of the exchange offer when participating broker-dealers no longer have a prospectus delivery obligation, if requested by the initial purchasers of the original notes or by one or more participating broker-dealers, in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of any new note by participating broker-dealers consistent with the positions of the staff of the SEC described above.

Broker-dealers who hold original notes as unsold allotments from the initial sale of the original notes cannot rely on the interpretations of the staff of the SEC described above, and cannot participate in the exchange offer. See “Plan of Distribution.”

If you will not receive freely tradable new notes in the exchange offer or are not eligible to participate in the exchange offer, you can elect, by indicating on the letter of transmittal and providing additional necessary information, to have your original notes registered on the shelf registration statement described above under “— Shelf Registration and Additional Interest.”

Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendment

The term “expiration date” means 12:00 a.m., New York City time, on August     , 2013, unless we extend the exchange offer, in which case the term “expiration date” means the latest date to which the exchange offer is extended.

In order to extend the expiration date, we will notify the exchange agent of any extension orally (confirmed in writing) or in writing and will issue a press release regarding the extension to notify the holders of the notes, each prior to 9:00 a.m., New York time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.

To the extent we are permitted to do so by applicable law, regulation or interpretation of the staff of the SEC, we expressly reserve the right, in our sole discretion, to:

 

   

delay accepting any original note due to an extension of the exchange offer;

 

   

amend the exchange offer;

 

   

waive the condition of the exchange offer; and

 

   

if the conditions described below under “— Conditions to the Exchange Offer” have occurred, to terminate the exchange offer.

 

27


Table of Contents

We will notify you as promptly as practicable of any extension, termination or amendment. If the exchange offer is amended in a manner determined by us to constitute a material change, we will promptly disclose the amendment in a manner intended to inform the holders of the original notes of the amendment. Depending upon the significance of the amendment, we may extend the exchange offer if it otherwise would expire during the extension period. Any such extension will be made in compliance with Rule 14d-4(d) of the Exchange Act. If any such amendment is material, including the waiver of a material condition to the exchange offer, we will extend the offer period if necessary so that at least five business days remain in the offer following notice of the material change.

Without limiting the manner in which we may choose to publicly announce any extension, termination or amendment of the exchange offer, we will not be obligated to publish, advertise or otherwise communicate that announcement, other than by making a timely release to an appropriate news agency.

We acknowledge and undertake to comply with the provisions of Rule 14e-l(c) under the Exchange Act, which requires us to return the original notes surrendered for exchange promptly after the termination or withdrawal of the exchange offer.

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

Despite any other term of the exchange offer, but subject to our obligations under the registration rights agreement, we will not be required to accept for exchange, or exchange any new notes for, any original notes, and we may terminate the exchange offer as provided in this prospectus before accepting any original notes for exchange if in our reasonable judgment:

 

   

the new notes to be received will not be tradable by the holder, without restriction under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and without material restrictions under the blue sky or securities laws of substantially all of the states of the United States;

 

   

the exchange offer, or the making of any exchange by a holder of original notes, would violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the Commission; or

 

   

any action or proceeding has been instituted or threatened in any court or by or before any governmental agency with respect to the exchange offer that, in our judgment, would reasonably be expected to impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer.

In addition, we will not be obligated to accept for exchange the original notes of any holder that has not made to us:

 

   

the representations described under “— Terms of the Exchange Offer,” “— Procedures for Tendering” and “Plan of Distribution;” and

 

   

such other representations as may be reasonably necessary under applicable Commission rules, regulations or interpretations to make available an appropriate form for registration of the new notes under the Securities Act.

These conditions are for our sole benefit and we may assert them regardless of the circumstances that may give rise to them or waive them in whole or in part at any or at various times prior to the expiration of the exchange offer, in our sole discretion. If we fail at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights, this failure will not constitute a waiver of such rights. Each such right will be deemed an ongoing right that we may assert at any time or at various times prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.

In addition, we will not accept for exchange any original notes tendered, and will not issue new notes in exchange for any such original notes, if at such time any stop order is threatened or in effect with respect to the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part or the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.

 

28


Table of Contents

Procedures for Tendering

Only a holder of record of original notes may tender original notes in the exchange offer. To tender in the exchange offer, a holder must:

 

   

complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal, have the signature on the letter of transmittal guaranteed if the letter of transmittal so requires and deliver the letter of transmittal or

 

   

facsimile to the exchange agent prior to the expiration of the exchange offer; or comply with DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program procedures described below.

In addition, to tender original notes effectively, either:

 

   

the exchange agent must receive original notes along with the letter of transmittal;

 

   

the exchange agent must receive, before the expiration of the exchange offer, a properly transmitted agent’s message or a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of original notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC according to the procedure for book-entry transfer described below; or

 

   

the holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

The tender of original notes by a holder that is not withdrawn before the expiration of the exchange offer and the acceptance of the tender by us will constitute an agreement between that holder and us in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal.

The method of delivery of original notes, the letter of transmittal and all other required documents to the exchange agent is at the holder’s election and risk. Rather than mail these items, we recommend that holders use an overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases, holders should allow sufficient time to assure delivery to the exchange agent before expiration of the exchange offer. Holders should not send the letter of transmittal or original notes to us. Holders may request their respective brokers, dealers, commercial banks, trust companies or other nominees to effect the above transactions for them.

Any beneficial owner whose original notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank trust company or other nominee and who wishes to tender should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct it to tender on the owner’s behalf. If the beneficial owner wishes to tender on its own behalf, it must, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering its original notes, either:

 

   

make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the original notes in the owner’s name; or

 

   

obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder of original notes.

The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time and may not be completed prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.

Signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, must be guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or another “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act unless the original notes surrendered for exchange are tendered:

 

   

by a registered holder who has not completed the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on the letter of transmittal; or

 

   

for the account of an eligible guarantor institution.

If the letter of transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of the original notes tendered, the signature must correspond with the name(s) written on the face of the original note. If the applicable letter of transmittal is signed by a participant in DTC, the signature must correspond with the name as it appears on the security

 

29


Table of Contents

position listing as the holder of the original notes. If the letter of transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder of any original notes, the original notes must be endorsed or accompanied by a properly completed bond power. The bond power must be signed by the registered holder as the registered holder’s name appears on the original notes and an eligible institution must guarantee the signature on the bond power. If the letter of transmittal or any certificates representing original notes or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, these persons should so indicate when signing. Unless we waive this requirement, they should also submit evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to deliver the letter of transmittal.

We will determine in our sole discretion all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, including time of receipt, acceptance and withdrawal of tendered original notes. Our determination will be final and binding. We reserve the absolute right to reject any original notes not properly tendered or any original notes the acceptance of which would, in the opinion of our counsel, be unlawful. We also reserve the right to waive any defects, irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular original notes. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, including the instructions in the letter of transmittal, will be final and binding on all parties.

Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of original notes must be cured prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. Although we intend to notify holders of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of original notes, neither we, the exchange agent nor any other person will incur any liability for failure to give notification. Tenders of original notes will not be deemed made until those defects or irregularities have been cured or waived. Any original notes received by the exchange agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the exchange agent without cost to the tendering holder, unless otherwise provided in the letter of transmittal, promptly following the expiration of the exchange offer.

Book-Entry Transfers; Tender of Notes Using DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program

We understand that the exchange agent will make a request promptly after the date of this prospectus to establish accounts with respect to the original notes at the book-entry transfer facility, DTC, for the purpose of facilitating the exchange offer. Subject to the establishment of the accounts, any financial institution that is a participant in DTC’s system may make book-entry delivery of original notes by causing DTC to transfer the new notes into the exchange agent’s account in accordance with DTC’s procedures for such transfer. Any participant in Euroclear or Clearstream Banking may make book-entry delivery of Regulation S original notes by causing Euroclear or Clearstream Banking to transfer such original notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC in accordance with established procedures between DTC and Euroclear or Clearstream Banking for transfer.

If you desire to tender original notes held in book-entry form with DTC, the exchange agent must receive, before 12:00 a.m. New York time on the expiration date, at its address set forth in this prospectus, a confirmation of book-entry transfer of old notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, and either:

 

   

a properly completed and validly executed letter of transmittal, or manually signed facsimile thereof, together with any signature guarantees and other documents required by the instructions in the letter of transmittal; or

 

   

an agent’s message transmitted pursuant to DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program, or ATOP.

DTC participants may electronically transmit their acceptance of the exchange offer by causing DTC to transfer original notes held in book-entry form to the exchange agent in accordance with DTC’s ATOP procedures for transfer. DTC will then send a book-entry confirmation, including an agent’s message, to the exchange agent. If you use ATOP procedures to tender original notes, you will not be required to deliver a letter of transmittal to the exchange agent, but you will be bound by its terms just as if you had signed it.

 

30


Table of Contents

The term “agent’s message” means a message, transmitted by DTC and received by the exchange agent and forming part of the confirmation of a book-entry transfer, which states that DTC has received an express acknowledgment, which may be through Euroclear or Clearstream Banking, from a participant in DTC tendering original notes that such participant has received an appropriate letter of transmittal and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal, and that the Company and the guarantors may enforce such agreement against the participant. Delivery of an agent’s message will also constitute an acknowledgment from the tendering DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Banking participant, as the case may be, that the representations contained in the letter of transmittal described above are true and correct.

In the case of an agent’s message relating to guaranteed delivery, the term means a message transmitted by DTC and received by the exchange agent, which states that DTC has received an express acknowledgment from the participant in DTC tendering notes that such participant has received and agrees to be bound by the notice of guaranteed delivery.

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

If you desire to tender original notes pursuant to the exchange offer and (1) certificates representing such original notes are not immediately available, (2) time will not permit your letter of transmittal, certificates representing such original notes and all other required documents to reach the exchange agent on or prior to the expiration of the exchange offer, or (3) the procedures for book-entry transfer (including delivery of an agent’s message) cannot be completed on or prior to the expiration of the exchange offer, you may nevertheless tender such notes with the effect that such tender will be deemed to have been received on or prior to the expiration of the exchange offer if all the following conditions are satisfied:

 

   

you must effect your tender through an “eligible guarantor institution”;

 

   

a properly completed and duly executed notice of guaranteed delivery, in the form provided by us herewith, or an agent’s message with respect to guaranteed delivery that is accepted by us, is received by the exchange agent on or prior to the expiration of the exchange offer as provided below; and

 

   

the certificates for the tendered notes, in proper form for transfer (or a book-entry confirmation of the transfer of such notes into the exchange agent account at DTC as described above), together with a letter of transmittal (or a manually signed facsimile of the letter of transmittal) properly completed and duly executed, with any signature guarantees and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal or a properly transmitted agent’s message, are received by the exchange agent within three business days after the date of execution of the notice of guaranteed delivery.

The notice of guaranteed delivery may be sent by hand delivery, facsimile transmission or mail to the exchange agent and must include a guarantee by an eligible guarantor institution in the form set forth in the notice of guaranteed delivery.

Acceptance of Tendered Original Notes

Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the condition to the exchange offer, we will accept for exchange any and all original notes properly tendered in the exchange offer and not validly withdrawn prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. We shall be deemed to have accepted validly tendered original notes when and if it has given written notice to the exchange agent of its acceptance. The exchange agent will act as agent for the holders of original notes who surrender them in the exchange offer for the purposes of receiving the new notes from us and delivering the new notes to such holders. We will issue and deliver the new notes promptly following the expiration of the exchange offer.

If any tendered original notes are not accepted for any reason set forth in the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, such unaccepted or non-exchanged original notes will be returned without expense to the tendering holder thereof, or, in the case of original notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the exchange

 

31


Table of Contents

agent’s account at DTC pursuant to the book-entry transfer procedures described below, such non-exchanged original notes will be credited to an account maintained with DTC, promptly after the expiration of the exchange offer.

Withdrawal of Tenders

Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, holders of original notes may withdraw their tenders at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York time, on the expiration date of the exchange offer.

For a withdrawal to be effective:

 

   

the exchange agent must receive a written notice of withdrawal, which may be by telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter, at one of the addresses set forth below under the caption “— Exchange Agent”; or

 

   

holders must comply with the appropriate procedures of DTC’s ATOP system.

Any notice of withdrawal must:

 

   

specify the name of the person who tendered the original notes to be withdrawn;

 

   

identify the original notes to be withdrawn, including the principal amount of the original notes to be withdrawn;

 

   

be signed by the person who tendered the original notes in the same manner as the original signature on the letter of transmittal, including any required signature guarantees; and

 

   

specify the name in which the original notes are to be re-registered, if different from that of the withdrawing holder.

If original notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer described above, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at DTC to be credited with the withdrawn original notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of the facility.

We will determine all questions as to the validity, form and eligibility, including time of receipt, of notices of withdrawal, and our determination shall be final and binding on all parties. We will deem any original notes so withdrawn not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the exchange offer. We will return any original notes that have been tendered for exchange but that are not exchanged for any reason without cost to the holder promptly following withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer. In the case of original notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at DTC according to the procedures described above, those original notes will be credited to an account maintained with DTC for original notes, promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer. You may re-tender properly withdrawn original notes by following one of the procedures described under the caption “— Procedures for Tendering” above at any time on or before expiration of the exchange offer.

A holder may obtain a form of the notice of withdrawal from the exchange agent at its offices listed under the caption “— Exchange Agent.”

Consequences of Failure to Exchange

If you do not exchange your original notes for new notes in the exchange offer, your original notes will remain subject to the restrictions on transfer of such original notes:

 

   

as set forth in the legend printed on the original notes as a consequence of the issuance of the original notes pursuant to the exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act; and

 

   

as otherwise set forth in the prospectus distributed in connection with the private offering of the original notes.

 

32


Table of Contents

In general, you may not offer or sell your original notes unless they are registered under the Securities Act or if the offer or sale is exempt from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Except as required by the Registration Rights Agreement, we do not intend to register resales of the original notes under the Securities Act.

Exchange Agent

The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. has been appointed as exchange agent for the exchange offer and is receiving a customary fee therefore, as well as reimbursement for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. You should direct questions and requests for assistance, requests for additional copies of this prospectus or of the letter of transmittal and requests for the notice of guaranteed delivery or the notice of withdrawal to the exchange agent addressed as follows:

 

By Mail or Overnight Courier:   By Facsimile:   By Hand Delivery:
c/o The Bank of New York Mellon   c/o The Bank of New York Mellon   c/o The Bank of New York Mellon

111 Sanders Creek Parkway

 

832.667.9408

 

111 Sanders Creek Parkway

East Syracuse, NY 13057

  Reorganization Section  

East Syracuse, NY 13057

Reorganization Section   Attn: Dacia Brown-Jones   Reorganization Section
Attn: Dacia Brown-Jones     Attn: Dacia Brown-Jones

315.414.3349

   

315.414.3349

  Confirm by Telephone:  
 

315.414.3349

 
  For Information Telephone:  
 

315.414.3349

 

Delivery of the letter of transmittal to an address other than as shown above or transmission via facsimile other than as set forth above does not constitute a valid delivery of the letter of transmittal.

In addition to serving as the exchange agent, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. is the trustee under the indenture. From time to time, we may enter into other relationships with the trustee or its affiliates.

Fees and Expenses

We have agreed to bear the expenses of the exchange offer. We have not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the exchange offer and will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. We, however, will pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse it for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with providing the services.

We will pay the cash expenses to be incurred in connection with the exchange offer. These expenses include fees and expenses of The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. as exchange agent, accounting and legal fees and printing costs, among others.

Accounting Treatment

The new notes will be recorded at the same carrying value as the original notes as reflected in our accounting records on the date of exchange. Accordingly, no gain or loss for accounting purposes will be recognized by us. The expenses of the exchange offer and the unamortized expenses related to the issuance of the original notes will be amortized over the term of the new notes.

 

33


Table of Contents

Regulatory Approvals

We do not believe that the receipt of any material federal or state regulatory approval will be necessary in connection with the exchange offer, other than the effectiveness of this Registration Statement under the Securities Act.

Other

Participation in the exchange offer is voluntary and holders of original notes should carefully consider whether to accept the terms and condition of the exchange offer. Holders of the original notes are urged to consult their own legal, financial and tax advisors in making their own decisions on what action to take with respect to the exchange offer.

 

34


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF NEW NOTES

We issued the original notes on January 31, 2013 under an Indenture (the “Indenture”) among us, the Subsidiary Guarantors and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”). The terms of the new notes are identical in all material respects to the terms of the original notes, except for the transfer restrictions and registration rights relating to the original notes including those expressly set forth in the Indenture.

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the Indenture. It does not include all of the provisions of the Indenture. We urge you to read the Indenture because it defines your rights. The terms of the notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939. The Indenture has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. A copy of the Indenture may be obtained in the manner described in “Where You Can Find More Information” or may be obtained from the Company. You will find the definitions of capitalized terms used in this description under the heading “Certain definitions.” For purposes of this description, references to “the Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer only to Gibraltar Industries, Inc. and not to its subsidiaries. References to the “Notes” in this section of the prospectus refer to both the “original notes” and the “new notes,” unless the context otherwise requires.

The new notes will be our senior subordinated obligations and will rank equally in right of payment with all of our other senior subordinated obligations and senior in right of payment with all Indebtedness which by its terms is subordinated to the Notes. The new notes will be guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior subordinated unsecured basis by the Subsidiary Guarantors, as set forth under “— Subsidiary Guarantees” below. The new notes and Guarantees will be effectively subordinated to our secured Indebtedness (including capitalized lease obligations, purchase money indebtedness, the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and Indebtedness secured by permitted liens on our assets).

Form, Denominations, Registrar and Paying Agent

We will issue the new notes in fully registered form in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples thereof. The Trustee will initially act as paying agent and registrar for the new notes. The new notes may be presented for registration of transfer and exchange at the offices of the registrar, which will initially be the Trustee’s corporate office. Registration of transfers of the new notes will be effected without charge by or on behalf of the Company but will require payment of any tax or other governmental charges that may be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange. We may change any paying agent and registrar without notice to holders of the new notes. We will pay principal (and premium, if any) on the new notes at the Trustee’s corporate office in New York City, New York. At our option, interest may be paid at the Trustee’s corporate trust office, by check mailed to the registered address of holders, or by wire sent to the accounts designated by the holders.

General

The new notes. The new notes:

 

   

are general unsecured, senior subordinated obligations of the Company;

 

   

are limited to an aggregate principal amount of $210.0 million, subject to our ability to issue Additional Notes;

 

   

mature on February 1, 2021;

 

   

are issued in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof;

 

   

are represented by one or more registered new notes in global form, but in certain circumstances may be represented by new notes in definitive form. See “Book-Entry, Delivery and Form”;

 

35


Table of Contents
   

are subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of the Company, including the Senior Secured Credit Agreement;

 

   

rank equally in right of payment with any existing and future Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company;

 

   

are structurally subordinated to all liabilities of any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary; and

 

   

are unconditionally guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis by each Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a borrower under or that guarantees other Indebtedness of the Company or other Subsidiary Guarantors. See “Subsidiary guarantees”.

As of the Issue Date, all of our Subsidiaries are “Restricted Subsidiaries.” Subject to the provisions of the covenant described under “— Certain Covenants — Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries,” we will be permitted to designate Subsidiaries as “Unrestricted Subsidiaries.” Our Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants in the Indenture.

Interest. Interest on the new notes will compound semi-annually and:

 

   

accrue at the rate of 6.25% per annum;

 

   

accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the most recent interest payment date;

 

   

be payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on February 1 and August 1, commencing on August 1, 2013;

 

   

be payable to the holders of record on the January 15 and July 15 immediately preceding the related interest payment dates; and

 

   

be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

Payments on the Notes; Paying Agent and Registrar

We will pay principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes at the office or agency designated by the Company in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, except that we may, at our option, pay interest on the Notes by check mailed to holders of the Notes at their registered address as it appears in the Registrar’s books. We have initially designated the office or agency of the Trustee in New York, New York to act as our Paying Agent and Registrar. We may, however, change the Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to the holders of the Notes, and the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

We will pay principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, Notes in global form registered in the name of or held by The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or its nominee in immediately available funds to DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered holder of such global Note.

Transfer and Exchange

A holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents. No service charge will be imposed by the Company, the Trustee or the Registrar for any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Company may require a holder to pay a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other governmental taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company is not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption. Also, the Company is not required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed.

The registered holder of a Note will be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

 

36


Table of Contents

Optional Redemption

Except as described below, the Notes are not redeemable until February 1, 2017. On and after February 1, 2017, the Company may redeem all or, from time to time, a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes, if any, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on December 1 of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2017

     103.125

2018

     101.563

2019 and thereafter

     100.000

Prior to February 1, 2016, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the original principal amount of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) with the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings at a redemption price of 106.25% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided that

(1) at least 65% of the original principal amount of the Notes remains outstanding after each such redemption; and

(2) the redemption occurs within 90 days after the closing of such Equity Offering.

In addition, at any time prior to February 1, 2017, the Company may redeem the Notes, in whole but not in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed or otherwise delivered to each holder in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes, plus the Applicable Premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date.

If the optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business, on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption by the Company.

In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Notes for redemption will be made in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not listed, then in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC, although no Note of $2,000 in original principal amount or less will be redeemed in part. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such Note will state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the holder thereof upon cancellation of the Note selected for partial redemption.

Any redemption notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including completion of an Equity Offering or other corporate transaction.

The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

The Company may acquire Notes by means other than a redemption, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in accordance with applicable securities laws, so long as such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of the Indenture.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the terms of our Senior Secured Credit Agreement limit the amount of Notes that the Company may redeem.

 

37


Table of Contents

Ranking and Subordination

The new notes, like the original notes, will be unsecured Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company, will be subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of the Company, will rank equally in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company and will be senior in right of payment to all future Subordinated Obligations of the Company. The new notes will be effectively subordinated to all secured Indebtedness of the Company to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness. However, payment from the money or the proceeds of U.S. Government Obligations held in any defeasance trust (as described under “Defeasance” below) will not be subordinated to any Senior Indebtedness or subject to these restrictions.

As a result of the subordination provisions described below, holders of the Notes may recover less than creditors of the Company who are holders of Senior Indebtedness in the event of an insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization, receivership or similar proceedings relating to the Company. Similarly, the Subsidiary Guarantees of the Notes will be subordinated to obligations in respect of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness to the same extent the Notes are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness. Moreover, the Notes will be structurally subordinated to the liabilities of non-guarantor Subsidiaries of the Company. At March 31, 2013:

 

   

outstanding Senior Indebtedness was $4.4 million, all of which would have been secured;

 

   

the Company and the Subsidiary Borrower had additional commitments under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement available to them of $135.0 million, all of which would have been secured and have ranked senior to the Notes if borrowed;

 

   

the Company would not have had any Senior Subordinated Indebtedness other than the Notes; and

 

   

non-guarantor Subsidiaries would have had $14.6 million of liabilities (including trade payables, but excluding intercompany liabilities).

Although the Indenture limits the amount of indebtedness that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur, such indebtedness may be substantial and all of it may be Senior Indebtedness or Guarantor Senior Indebtedness, as the case may be, and a portion may be structurally senior to the Notes.

Only Indebtedness of the Company that is Senior Indebtedness will rank senior to the new notes in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture. The new notes will in all respects rank equally with all other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company. As described in “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Layering,” the Company may not Incur any indebtedness that is senior in right of payment to the new notes, but junior in right of payment to Senior Indebtedness. Unsecured Indebtedness of the Company is not deemed to be subordinate or junior to secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured.

The Company may not pay principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, or other payment obligations in respect of, the Notes or make any deposit pursuant to the provisions described under “Defeasance” below and may not otherwise repurchase, redeem or retire any Notes (collectively, “Pay the Notes”) if:

(1) any Senior Indebtedness is not paid when due in cash or Cash Equivalents (taking into account any applicable grace periods); or

(2) any other default on Senior Indebtedness occurs and the maturity of such Senior Indebtedness is accelerated in accordance with its terms unless, in either case, the default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration has been rescinded or such Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents.

However, the Company may Pay the Notes if the Company and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the Representative of the Senior Indebtedness with respect to which either of the events set forth in clause (1) or (2) of the immediately preceding sentence has occurred and is continuing.

 

38


Table of Contents

The Company also is not permitted to Pay the Notes for a Payment Blockage Period (as defined below) during the continuance of any default, other than a default described in clause (1) or (2) of the preceding paragraph, on any Designated Senior Indebtedness that permits the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness to accelerate its maturity immediately without either further notice (except such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace periods.

A “Payment Blockage Period” commences on the receipt by the Trustee (with a copy to the Company) of written notice (a “Blockage Notice”) of a default of the kind described in the immediately preceding paragraph from the Representative of the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness specifying an election to effect a Payment Blockage Period and ends 179 days after receipt of the notice. The Payment Blockage Period will end earlier if such Payment Blockage Period is terminated:

(1) by written notice to the Trustee and the Company from the Person or Persons who gave such Blockage Notice;

(2) because the default giving rise to such Blockage Notice is no longer continuing; or

(3) because such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been repaid in full.

The Company may resume payments on the Notes after the end of the Payment Blockage Period (including any missed payments), unless the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such holders have accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness. Not more than one Blockage Notice may be given in any consecutive 360-day period, irrespective of the number of defaults with respect to Designated Senior Indebtedness during such period. However, if any Blockage Notice within such 360-day period is given by or on behalf of any holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness other than the Bank Indebtedness, the Representatives of the Bank Indebtedness may give another Blockage Notice within such period. In no event, however, may the total number of days during which any Payment Blockage Period or Periods is in effect exceed 179 days in the aggregate during any 360 consecutive day period. For purposes of this paragraph, no default or event of default that existed or was continuing on the date of the commencement of any Payment Blockage Period with respect to the Designated Senior Indebtedness initiating such Payment Blockage Period shall be, or be made, the basis of the commencement of a subsequent Payment Blockage Period by the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness, whether or not within a period of 360 consecutive days, unless such default or event of default shall have been cured or waived for a period of not less than 90 consecutive days.

In the event of:

(1) a total or partial liquidation or a dissolution of the Company;

(2) a reorganization, bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership of or similar proceeding relating to the Company or its property; or

(3) an assignment for the benefit of creditors or marshaling of the Company’s assets and liabilities, then

the holders of Senior Indebtedness will be entitled to receive payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents in respect of Senior Indebtedness (including interest accruing after, or which would accrue but for, the commencement of any proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Senior Indebtedness, whether or not a claim for such interest would be allowed) before the holders of the Notes will be entitled to receive any payment or distribution, in the event of any payment or distribution of the assets or securities of the Company, except that holders of the Notes may receive (i) Capital Stock, (ii) debt securities that are subordinated to such Senior Indebtedness to at least the same extent as the Notes and (iii) payments made from any trust described under “— Defeasance.” In addition, until the Senior Indebtedness is paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents, any payment or distribution to which holders of the Notes would be entitled but for the subordination provisions of the Indenture will be made to holders of the Senior Indebtedness as their interests may appear, except that the

 

39


Table of Contents

holders of the Notes may receive (i) Capital Stock, (ii) debt securities that are subordinated to such Senior Indebtedness to at least the same extent as the Notes and (iii) payments made from any trust described under “— Defeasance.” If a payment or distribution is made to holders of the Notes that, due to the subordination provisions, should not have been made to them, such holders are required to hold it in trust for the holders of Senior Indebtedness and pay the payment or distribution over to holders of Senior Indebtedness, as their interests may appear.

If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Company or the Trustee will promptly notify the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such holders of the acceleration. The Company may not Pay the Notes until five Business Days after such holders or the Representative of the Designated Senior Indebtedness receives notice of such acceleration and, after that five Business Day period, may Pay the Notes only if the subordination provisions of the Indenture otherwise permit payment at that time.

As a result of the subordination provisions described above, in the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, holders of Notes may recover less ratably than creditors of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor who are holders of Senior Indebtedness or Guarantor Senior Indebtedness, as the case may be. As a result of the subordination provisions, holders of Notes may also recover less ratably than trade creditors of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to the Notes — Your right to receive payments on the notes and the guarantees will be subordinated to the borrowings under our revolving credit facility and possibly all of our and our subsidiary guarantors’ future borrowings.”

Subsidiary Guarantees

Each Restricted Subsidiary that either is a borrower under or that guarantees Obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement will initially Guarantee the Notes. The Subsidiary Guarantors will, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantee, on a senior subordinated basis, the Company’s obligations under the Notes and all obligations under the Indenture. Such Subsidiary Guarantors will agree to pay, in addition to the amount stated above, any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) Incurred by the Trustee or the holders in enforcing any rights under the Subsidiary Guarantees. Each Subsidiary Guarantee will be subordinated to the prior payment in full of all Guarantor Senior Indebtedness in the same manner and to the same extent that the Notes are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness. Each Subsidiary Guarantee will rank equally with all other Guarantor Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of that Subsidiary Guarantor and will be senior in right of payment to all future Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of that Guarantor. The Subsidiary Guarantees will be effectively subordinated to any secured Indebtedness of the applicable Guarantor to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness.

At March 31, 2013:

 

   

outstanding Guarantor Senior Indebtedness was $4.4 million, all of which would have been secured (including Indebtedness of the Subsidiary Borrower under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement); and

 

   

the Subsidiary Guarantors did not have any Guarantor Senior Subordinated Indebtedness other than the Subsidiary Guarantees.

Although the Indenture limits the amount of Indebtedness that Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur, such Indebtedness may be substantial and all of it may be Guarantor Senior Indebtedness.

For the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries represented 12% of net sales and 15% of income from operations on a consolidated basis. At March 31, 2013, the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries represented 8% of total assets and had $14.6 million of total liabilities on a consolidated basis, including debt and trade payables but excluding intercompany liabilities, all of which would be structurally senior to the Notes.

 

40


Table of Contents

The obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee will be limited as necessary to prevent that Subsidiary Guarantee from constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to the Notes — Federal and state fraudulent transfer laws may permit a court to void the notes and/or the subsidiary guarantees, and if that occurs, you may not receive any payments on the notes.”

In the event a Subsidiary Guarantor is sold or disposed of (whether by merger, consolidation, the sale of its Capital Stock or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets (other than by lease)), and whether or not the Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving corporation in such transaction, to a Person which is not the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than a Receivables Entity), such Subsidiary Guarantor will be automatically released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee if:

(1) the sale or other disposition is in compliance with the Indenture, including the covenants “— Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock” and “— Merger and Consolidation”; and

(2) all the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under all Debt Facilities and related documentation and any other agreements relating to any other Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries terminate upon consummation of such transaction.

In the event that a Subsidiary Guarantor is released and discharged in full from all of its obligations under its Guarantees of the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and all other Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, then the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released or discharged; provided that such Restricted Subsidiary has not Incurred any Indebtedness in reliance on its status as a Subsidiary Guarantor under the covenant “— Limitation on Indebtedness” unless such Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations under such Indebtedness are satisfied in full and discharged or are otherwise permitted to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Subsidiary Guarantor) under the second paragraph of “— Limitation on Indebtedness.” In addition, a Subsidiary Guarantor will be released from its obligations under the Indenture, its Subsidiary Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement if the Company designates such Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation complies with the other applicable provisions of the Indenture or in connection with any legal defeasance of the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

Change of Control

If a Change of Control occurs, each holder will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of such holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice (the “Change of Control Offer”) to each holder or otherwise deliver notice in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC, with a copy to the Trustee, stating:

(1) that a Change of Control has occurred and that such holder has the right to require the Company to purchase such holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of such Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of holders of record on a record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date) (the “Change of Control Payment”);

(2) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed) (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); and

(3) the procedures determined by the Company, consistent with the Indenture, that a holder must follow in order to have its Notes repurchased.

 

41


Table of Contents

On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:

(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes (in integral multiples of $1,000) properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(2) deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes so tendered; and

(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company.

The paying agent will promptly mail (or otherwise deliver in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC) to each holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or otherwise deliver in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC) (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

If the Change of Control Payment Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to holders who tender pursuant to the Change of Control Offer.

The Change of Control provisions described above will be applicable whether or not any other provisions of the Indenture are applicable. Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, the Indenture does not contain provisions that permit the holders to require that the Company repurchase or redeem the Notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction.

Prior to mailing a Change of Control Offer, and as a condition to such mailing (i) all Senior Indebtedness must be repaid in full, or the Company must offer to repay all Senior Indebtedness and make payment to the holders that accept such offer and obtain waivers of any event of default from the remaining holders of such Senior Indebtedness or (ii) the requisite holders of each issue of Senior Indebtedness shall have consented to such Change of Control Offer being made. The Company covenants to effect such repayment or obtain such consent prior to the repurchase date, it being a default of the Change of Control provisions if the Company fails to comply with such covenant.

The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (2) a notice of redemption has been given pursuant to the Indenture as described above under the caption “— Optional Redemption,” unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price.

The Company will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this covenant. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of the Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue of the conflict.

The Company’s ability to repurchase Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer may be limited by a number of factors. The occurrence of certain of the events that constitute a Change of Control would constitute a default under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement. In addition, certain events that may constitute a change of control under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and cause a default under that agreement may not constitute a

 

42


Table of Contents

Change of Control under the Indenture. Future Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries may also contain prohibitions of certain events that would constitute a Change of Control or require such Indebtedness to be repurchased upon a Change of Control. Moreover, the exercise by the holders of their right to require the Company to repurchase the Notes could cause a default under such Indebtedness, even if the Change of Control itself does not, due to the financial effect of such repurchase on the Company. Finally, the Company’s ability to pay cash to the holders upon a repurchase may be limited by the Company’s then existing financial resources. There can be no assurance that sufficient funds will be available when necessary to make any required repurchases.

Even if sufficient funds were otherwise available, the terms of the Senior Secured Credit Agreement will, and future Indebtedness may, prohibit the Company’s prepayment of Notes before their scheduled maturity. Consequently, if the Company is not able to prepay the Bank Indebtedness and any such other Indebtedness containing similar restrictions or obtain requisite consents, as described above, the Company will be unable to fulfill its repurchase obligations if holders of Notes exercise their repurchase rights following a Change of Control, resulting in a default under the Indenture. A default under the Indenture would result in a cross-default under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement. In the event of a default under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, the subordination provisions of the Indenture would likely restrict payments to the holders of the Notes.

The Change of Control provisions described above may deter certain mergers, tender offers and other takeover attempts involving the Company by increasing the capital required to effectuate such transactions. The definition of “Change of Control” includes a disposition of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any Person. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of “all or substantially all” of the property or assets of a Person. As a result, it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether a holder of Notes may require the Company to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as described above.

Certain Covenants

Effectiveness of Covenants

Following the first day (such date, a “Suspension Date”):

 

(a) the Notes have an Investment Grade Rating from both of the Rating Agencies; and

 

(b) no Default has occurred and is continuing under the Indenture,

the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the provisions of the Indenture summarized under the headings below:

 

   

“— Limitation on Indebtedness,”

 

   

“— Limitation on Layering,”

 

   

“— Limitation on Restricted Payments,”

 

   

“— Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries,”

 

   

“— Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock,”

 

   

“— Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries,” “— Future Subsidiary Guarantors” (but only with respect to any Person that is required to become a Subsidiary Guarantor after the date of the commencement of the applicable Suspension Date),

 

   

“— Limitation on Affiliate Transactions,”

 

43


Table of Contents
   

clause (3) of the first paragraph of “— Merger and Consolidation” and

 

   

“Payments for Consents”

(collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”). If at any time the Notes’ credit rating is downgraded from an Investment Grade Rating by any Rating Agency or if a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then the Suspended Covenants will thereafter be reinstated as if such covenants had never been suspended (the “Reinstatement Date”) and be applicable pursuant to the terms of the Indenture (including in connection with performing any calculation or assessment to determine compliance with the terms of the Indenture), unless and until the Notes subsequently attain an Investment Grade Rating from both of the Rating Agencies and no Default or Event of Default is in existence (in which event the Suspended Covenants shall no longer be in effect for such time that the Notes maintain an Investment Grade Rating from both of the Rating Agencies and no Default or Event of Default is in existence); provided, however, that no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind shall be deemed to exist under the Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees with respect to the Suspended Covenants based on, and none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall bear any liability for, any actions taken or events occurring during the Suspension Period (as defined below), regardless of whether such actions or events would have been permitted if the applicable Suspended Covenants remained in effect during such period. The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reinstatement Date is referred to as the “Suspension Period.”

On the Reinstatement Date, all Indebtedness Incurred during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been Incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of “— Limitation on Indebtedness” or one of the clauses set forth in the second paragraph of “— Limitation on Indebtedness” (in each case to the extent such Indebtedness would be permitted to be Incurred thereunder as of the Reinstatement Date and after giving effect to Indebtedness Incurred prior to the Suspension Period and outstanding on the Reinstatement Date). To the extent such Indebtedness would not be so permitted to be Incurred pursuant to the first or second paragraph of “— Limitation on Indebtedness,” such Indebtedness will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified under clause (4) of the second paragraph of “— Limitation on Indebtedness.” Calculations made after the Reinstatement Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under “— Limitation on Restricted Payments” will be made as though the covenant described under “— Limitation on Restricted Payments” had been in effect since the Issue Date and throughout the Suspension Period. Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under the first paragraph of “— Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

During any period when the Suspended Covenants are suspended, the Board of Directors of the Company may not designate any of the Company’s Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the Indenture.

Promptly following the occurrence of any Suspension Date or Reinstatement Date, the Company will provide an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee regarding such occurrence. The Trustee shall have no obligation to independently determine or verify if a Suspension Date or Reinstatement Date has occurred or notify the holders of any Suspension Date or Reinstatement Date. The Trustee may provide a copy of such Officers’ Certificate to any holder of the Notes upon request. There can be no assurance that the Notes will ever achieve an Investment Grade Rating.

Limitation on Indebtedness

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness); provided, however, that the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) if on the date thereof:

(1) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is at least 2.00 to 1.00; and

(2) no Default or Event of Default will have occurred or be continuing or would occur as a consequence of Incurring the Indebtedness or transactions relating to such Incurrence.

 

44


Table of Contents

The first paragraph of this covenant will not prohibit the Incurrence of the following Indebtedness:

(1) Indebtedness of the Company, the Subsidiary Borrower and Subsidiary Guarantors Incurred pursuant to a Debt Facility, together with the principal component of amounts outstanding under Qualified Receivables Transactions, in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of (a) the Borrowing Base and (b) $250.0 million;

(2) Guarantees by (x) the Company or Subsidiary Guarantors of Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and (y) Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries of Indebtedness Incurred by Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture; provided that in the event such Indebtedness that is being Guaranteed is (a) Senior Subordinated Indebtedness or Guarantor Senior Subordinated Indebtedness, then the related Guarantee shall rank equally in right of payment to the Subsidiary Guarantees or (b) a Subordinated Obligation or a Guarantor Subordinated Obligation, then the related Guarantee shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees, as the case may be;

(3) Indebtedness of the Company owing to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity) or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity); provided, however,

(a) if the Company is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations with respect to the Notes;

(b) if a Subsidiary Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor is not the obligee, such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Subsidiary Guarantees of such Subsidiary Guarantor; and

(c) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Indebtedness being beneficially held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity) of the Company; and

(ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity) of the Company

shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be;

(4) Indebtedness represented by (a) the Notes issued on the Issue Date, the Subsidiary Guarantees and the related exchange notes and exchange guarantees issued in a registered exchange offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, (b) any Indebtedness (other than the Indebtedness described in clauses (1), (2), (3), (6), (8), (9), (10) and (12)) outstanding on the Issue Date and (c) any Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness described in this clause (4) or clause (5) or Incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant;

(5) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred and outstanding on the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired by, or merged into, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness Incurred (a) to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by the Company or (b) otherwise in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition); provided, however, that at the time such Restricted Subsidiary is acquired by the Company:

(i) the Company would have been able to Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (5); or

(ii) on a pro forma basis, the Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is higher than such ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger.

 

45


Table of Contents

(6) Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations that are Incurred in the ordinary course of business (and not for speculative purposes) (1) for the purpose of fixing or hedging interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness Incurred without violation of the Indenture; (2) for the purpose of fixing or hedging currency exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchanges; or (3) for the purpose of fixing or hedging commodity price risk with respect to any commodities;

(7) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capitalized Lease Obligations, Synthetic Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations with respect to assets other than Capital Stock or other Investments, in each case Incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvements of property used in the business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, and Attributable Indebtedness, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refund, defease, renew, extend, refinance or replace any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (7), not to exceed $30.0 million at any time outstanding;

(8) Indebtedness Incurred in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, performance, surety and similar bonds and completion guarantees provided by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(9) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the maximum aggregate liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

(10) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished promptly;

(11) Indebtedness Incurred by Foreign Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $30.0 million at any time outstanding;

(12) Cash Management Obligations and guarantees in respect thereof incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

(13) in addition to the items referred to in clauses (1) through (12) above, Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (13) and then outstanding, will not exceed $30.0 million at any time outstanding.

The Company will not Incur any Indebtedness under the preceding paragraph if the proceeds thereof are used, directly or indirectly, to refinance any Subordinated Obligations of the Company unless such Indebtedness will be subordinated to the Notes to at least the same extent as such Subordinated Obligations. No Subsidiary Guarantor will Incur any Indebtedness if the proceeds thereof are used, directly or indirectly, to refinance any Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor unless such Indebtedness will be subordinated to the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee to at least the same extent as such Guarantor Subordinated Obligations. No Subsidiary Guarantor will Incur any Indebtedness if the proceeds thereof are used, directly or indirectly, to refinance any Guarantor Senior Subordinated Indebtedness unless such refinancing Indebtedness is either Guarantor Senior Subordinated Indebtedness or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations.

 

46


Table of Contents

For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this covenant:

(1) in the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in the first and second paragraphs of this covenant, the Company, in its sole discretion, will classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of Incurrence and, with the exception of clause (1) of the second paragraph, may later classify such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this covenant and only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of such clauses;

(2) all Indebtedness outstanding on the date of the Indenture under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement shall be deemed Incurred under clause (1) of the second paragraph of this covenant and not the first paragraph or clause (4) of the second paragraph of this covenant;

(3) Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness which is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included;

(4) if obligations in respect of letters of credit are Incurred pursuant to a Debt Facility and are being treated as Incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the second paragraph above and the letters of credit relate to other Indebtedness, then such other Indebtedness shall not be included;

(5) the principal amount of any Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, will be equal to the greater of the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption or repurchase premium) or the liquidation preference thereof;

(6) Indebtedness permitted by this covenant need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this covenant permitting such Indebtedness;

(7) the principal amount of any Indebtedness outstanding in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction is the Receivables Transaction Amount relating to such Qualified Receivables Transaction; and

(8) the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof will be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

Accrual of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness and the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this covenant.

In addition, the Company will not permit any of its Unrestricted Subsidiaries to Incur any Indebtedness or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock, other than Non-Recourse Debt. If at any time an Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be Incurred as of such date under this “Limitation on Indebtedness” covenant, the Company shall be in Default of this covenant).

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness; provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-dominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-dominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced. Notwithstanding any

 

47


Table of Contents

other provision of this covenant, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company may Incur pursuant to this covenant shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such Refinancing Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

Limitation on Layering

The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) if such Indebtedness is or purports to be by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Senior Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) of the Company or Guarantor Senior Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness ) of such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is:

 

(1) pari passu or expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees; and

 

(2) subordinated to all Senior Indebtedness or Guarantor Senior Indebtedness, as the case may be, at least to the same extent as the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees.

For purposes of the foregoing, no Indebtedness will be deemed to be contractually subordinate or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness solely by virtue of (1) being unsecured or (2) its having a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

Limitation on Restricted Payments

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to:

(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution (whether made in cash, securities or other property) on or in respect of its Capital Stock (including any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) except:

(a) dividends or distributions payable in Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Capital Stock of the Company; and

(b) dividends or distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (and if such Restricted Subsidiary is not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, to its other holders of common Capital Stock on a pro rata basis);

(2) purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any Capital Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company held by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than in exchange for Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock));

(3) purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations (other than (x) Indebtedness of the Company owing to and held by any Subsidiary Guarantor or Indebtedness of a Subsidiary Guarantor owing to and held by the Company or any other Subsidiary Guarantor permitted under clause (3) of the second paragraph of the covenant “— Limitation on Indebtedness” or (y) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement); or

(4) make any Restricted Investment in any Person;

 

48


Table of Contents

(any such dividend, distribution, purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, other acquisition, retirement or Restricted Investment referred to in clauses (1) through (4) shall be referred to herein as a “Restricted Payment”), if at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment:

(a) a Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result therefrom); or

(b) the Company is not able to Incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph under the “Limitation on Indebtedness” covenant after giving effect, on a pro forma basis, to such Restricted Payment; or

(c) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments declared or made subsequent to the Issue Date (excluding clauses (1), (2), (3), (4), (6), (7) and (8) of the next succeeding paragraph) would exceed the sum of:

(i) 50% of Consolidated Net Income for the period (treated as one accounting period) from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing after the date of the Indenture to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment for which financial statements are in existence (or, in case such Consolidated Net Income is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit); plus

(ii) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company from the issue or sale of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) or other capital contributions subsequent to the Issue Date (other than Net Cash Proceeds received from an issuance or sale of such Capital Stock to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan, option plan or similar trust to the extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination) excluding in any event Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company from the issue and sale of its Capital Stock or capital contributions to the extent applied to redeem Notes in compliance with the provisions set forth under the second paragraph of the caption “— Optional Redemption”; plus

(iii) the amount by which Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries is reduced on the Company’s balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange (other than by a Subsidiary of the Company) subsequent to the Issue Date of any Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries convertible or exchangeable for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company (less the amount of any cash, or the fair market value of any other property, distributed by the Company upon such conversion or exchange); plus

(iv) the amount equal to the net reduction in Restricted Investments made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any Person resulting from:

(A) repurchases or redemptions of such Restricted Investments by such Person, proceeds realized upon the sale of such Restricted Investment to an unaffiliated purchaser, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets (including by way of dividend or distribution) by such Person to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than for reimbursement of tax payments); or

(B) the redesignation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries (valued in each case as provided in the definition of “Investment”) not to exceed, in the case of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, the amount of Investments previously made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Unrestricted Subsidiary,

which amount in each case under this clause (iv) was included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; provided, however, that no amount will be included under this clause (iv) to the extent it is already included in Consolidated Net Income.

The provisions of the preceding paragraph will not prohibit:

(1) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Capital Stock, Disqualified Stock or Subordinated Obligations of the Company or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock and other than Capital Stock issued or sold to a Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to the extent such sale to an employee stock

 

49


Table of Contents

ownership plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination); provided, however, that the Net Cash Proceeds from such sale of Capital Stock will be excluded from clause (c)(ii) of the preceding paragraph;

(2) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Obligations of the Company or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Subordinated Obligations of the Company or any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Guarantor Subordinated Obligations made by exchange for or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of Guarantor Subordinated Obligations that, in each case, is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to the covenant described under “Limitation on Indebtedness” and that in each case constitutes Refinancing Indebtedness;

(3) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of Disqualified Stock of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that, in each case, is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to the covenant described under “Limitation on Indebtedness” and that in each case constitutes Refinancing Indebtedness;

(4) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any purchase or redemption of Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of a Subsidiary Guarantor from Net Available Cash to the extent permitted under “— Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock” below;

(5) the payment of any dividend or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or the giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or redemption payment would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture;

(6) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company issued in accordance with the terms of the Indenture to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense”;

(7) repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants or other convertible securities if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price thereof;

(8) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Obligation (i) at a purchase price not greater than 101% of the principal amount of such Subordinated Obligation in the event of a Change of Control in accordance with provisions similar to the “— Change of Control” covenant or (ii) at a purchase price not greater than 100% of the principal amount thereof in accordance with provisions similar to the “— Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock” covenant; provided that, prior to or simultaneously with such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement, the Company has made the Change of Control Offer or Asset Disposition Offer, as applicable, as provided in such covenant with respect to the Notes and has completed the repurchase or redemption of all Notes validly tendered for payment in connection with such Change of Control Offer or Asset Disposition Offer;

(9) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Company’s Common Stock in an amount not to exceed the greater of (a) $0.25 per share in any fiscal year, which amount will be reduced to reflect any subdivision of the Common Stock by means of a stock split, stock dividend or otherwise, or (b) $25.0 million in the aggregate in any fiscal year; provided that at the time of declaration of such dividend (x) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and (y) the Company is able to Incur at least an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph of the “Limitation on Indebtedness” covenant;

 

50


Table of Contents

(10) payments to enable the Company to make cash payments to holders of its Capital Stock in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of its Capital Stock;

(11) the designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the Indenture if the Restricted Subsidiary to be so designated has total consolidated assets of $10,000 or less; and

(12) Restricted Payments in an amount not to exceed $25.0 million.

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on the date of such Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be paid, transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any cash Restricted Payment shall be its face amount and any non-cash Restricted Payment shall be determined conclusively by the Board of Directors of the Company acting in good faith whose resolution with respect thereto shall be delivered to the Trustee, such determination to be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an Independent Financial Advisor if such fair market value is estimated in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company to exceed $10.0 million. Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the calculations required by the covenant “Restricted Payments” were computed, together with a copy of any fairness opinion or appraisal required by the Indenture.

Limitation on Liens

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of its property or assets (including Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries), whether owned on the date of the Indenture or acquired after that date, which Lien is securing any Senior Subordinated Indebtedness, Subordinated Obligations, Guarantor Senior Subordinated Indebtedness or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, unless contemporaneously with the Incurrence of such Liens effective provision is made to secure the Indebtedness due under the Indenture and the Notes or, in respect of Liens on any Restricted Subsidiary’s property or assets, any Subsidiary Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, equally and ratably with (or senior in priority to in the case of Liens with respect to Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, as the case may be) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien for so long as such Indebtedness is so secured.

Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries

The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on Common Stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock);

(2) make any loans or advances to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that the subordination of loans or advances made to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances); or

(3) transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that such transfers shall not include any type of transfer described in clause (1) or (2) above).

 

51


Table of Contents

The preceding provisions will not prohibit:

(i) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement in effect at or entered into on the date of the Indenture, including, without limitation, the Indenture, the original notes, the new notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees, and the Senior Secured Credit Agreement (and related documentation) in effect on such date;

(ii) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement relating to any Capital Stock or Indebtedness Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary on or before the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Capital Stock or Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by the Company or in contemplation of the transaction) and outstanding on such date; provided, that any such encumbrance or restriction shall not extend to any assets or property of the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary other than the assets and property so acquired;

(iii) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement effecting a refunding, replacement or refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to an agreement referred to in clause (i) or (ii) of this paragraph or this clause (iii) or contained in any amendment, restatement, modification, renewal, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing of an agreement referred to in clause (i) or (ii) of this paragraph or this clause (iii); provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary contained in any such agreement are no less favorable in any material respect, taken as a whole, to the holders of the Notes than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in such agreements referred to in clauses (i) or (ii) of this paragraph on the Issue Date or the date such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged into a Restricted Subsidiary, whichever is applicable;

(iv) in the case of clause (3) of the first paragraph of this covenant, any encumbrance or restriction:

(a) that restricts in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease, license or similar contract, or the assignment or transfer of any such lease, license or other contract;

(b) contained in mortgages, pledges or other security agreements permitted under the Indenture securing Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such encumbrances or restrictions restrict the transfer of the property subject to such mortgages, pledges or other security agreements; or

(c) pursuant to customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(v) (a) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and (b) Capitalized Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations permitted under the Indenture, in each case, that impose encumbrances or restrictions of the nature described in clause (3) of the first paragraph of this covenant on the property so acquired;

(vi) any Purchase Money Note or other Indebtedness or contractual requirements Incurred with respect to a Qualified Receivables Transaction relating exclusively to a Receivables Entity that, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors, are necessary to effect such Qualified Receivables Transaction;

(vii) any customary provisions in joint venture agreements relating to joint ventures that are not Restricted Subsidiaries and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(viii) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth provisions in leases and other agreements entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(ix) encumbrances or restrictions arising or existing by reason of applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

 

52


Table of Contents

(x) encumbrances or restrictions contained in indentures or other debt agreements Incurred or Preferred Stock issued by Restricted Subsidiaries subsequent to the Issue Date and permitted pursuant to the covenant described under “Limitations on indebtedness”; provided that such encumbrances and restrictions contained in any agreement or instrument will not materially affect the Company’s ability to make anticipated principal or interest payments on the Notes (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company);

(xi) customary non-assignment provisions in contracts, leases and licenses entered into in the ordinary course of business; and

(xii) provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets or property in asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into with the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors, which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such agreements.

Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Asset Disposition unless:

(1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at least equal to the fair market value (such fair market value to be determined on the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition), as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors (including as to the value of all non-cash consideration), of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition;

(2) at least 75% of the consideration from such Asset Disposition received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; and

(3) an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition is applied by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be:

 

(a) to permanently reduce (and permanently reduce commitments with respect thereto): (i) obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and (ii) Senior Indebtedness of the Company or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Disqualified Stock, Guarantor Senior Subordinated Indebtedness or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations), in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

 

(b) to permanently reduce obligations under other Indebtedness of the Company (other than any Disqualified Stock or Subordinated Obligations) or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Disqualified Stock or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations), in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or an Affiliate of the Company; provided that the Company shall equally and ratably reduce obligations under the Notes, as provided under “— Optional redemption,” through open market purchases at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Disposition Offer) to all holders to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, in each case plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes that are purchased or redeemed;

 

(c) to invest in Additional Assets; or

 

(d) any combination of the foregoing;

provided that pending the final application of any such Net Available Cash in accordance with clause (a) or clause (b) above, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce Indebtedness or otherwise invest such Net Available Cash in any manner not prohibited by the Indenture; provided, further, that in the case of clause (c), a binding commitment to invest in Additional Assets shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Available Cash from the date of such commitment so long as the Company

 

53


Table of Contents

or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Available Cash will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 270 days of such commitment (an “Acceptable Commitment”) and such Net Available Cash is actually applied in such manner within the later of 365 days from the consummation of the Asset Disposition and 270 days from the date of the Acceptable Commitment, and in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Available Cash is applied in connection therewith, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment (a “Second Commitment”) within 180 days of such cancellation or termination and such Net Available Cash is actually applied in such manner within 180 days from the date of the Second Commitment, it being understood that if a Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Available Cash is applied, then such Net Available Cash shall constitute Excess Proceeds

For the purposes of clause (2) above, the following will be deemed to be cash:

(1) the assumption by the transferee of Indebtedness (other than Senior Subordinated Indebtedness, Subordinated Obligations or Disqualified Stock) of the Company or Indebtedness of a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary (other than Guarantor Senior Subordinated Indebtedness, Guarantor Subordinated Obligations or Disqualified Stock of any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary Guarantor) and the release of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from all liability on such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Disposition (in which case the Company will, without further action, be deemed to have applied such deemed cash to Indebtedness in accordance with clause (a) above);

(2) securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the transferee that are promptly converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash;

(3) any stock or assets of the kind referred to in the definition of Additional Assets with a fair market value (to be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors if the fair market value of any stock or assets received in connection with any Asset Disposition and deemed cash pursuant to this clause exceeds $5.0 million) for all Asset Dispositions not to exceed $15.0 million in the aggregate; and

(4) any combination of the consideration specified in clauses (1) through (3) above.

Any Net Available Cash from Asset Dispositions that are not applied or invested as provided in the preceding paragraph will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” On the 366th day after an Asset Disposition, if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, the Company will be required to make an offer (“Asset Disposition Offer”) to all holders of Notes and to the extent required by the terms of other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness, to all holders of other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness outstanding with similar provisions requiring the Company to make an offer to purchase such Senior Subordinated Indebtedness with the proceeds from any Asset Disposition (“Pari Passu Notes”), to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and any such Pari Passu Notes to which the Asset Disposition Offer applies that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes and Pari Passu Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture or the agreements governing the Pari Passu Notes, as applicable, in each case in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $2,000 in excess thereof. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and Pari Passu Notes so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by holders thereof and other Pari Passu Notes surrendered by holders or lenders, collectively, exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and Pari Passu Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of tendered Notes and Pari Passu Notes. Upon completion of such Asset Disposition Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

The Asset Disposition Offer will remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Asset Disposition

 

54


Table of Contents

Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Asset Disposition Offer Period (the “Asset Disposition Purchase Date”), the Company will purchase the principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Notes required to be purchased pursuant to this covenant (the “Asset Disposition Offer Amount”) or, if less than the Asset Disposition Offer Amount has been so validly tendered, all Notes and Pari Passu Notes validly tendered in response to the Asset Disposition Offer.

If the Asset Disposition Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer.

On or before the Asset Disposition Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Asset Disposition Offer Amount of Notes and Pari Passu Notes or portions of Notes and Pari Passu Notes so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer, or if less than the Asset Disposition Offer Amount has been validly tendered and not properly withdrawn, all Notes and Pari Passu Notes so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn, in each case in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $2,000 in excess thereof. The Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this covenant and, in addition, the Company will deliver all certificates and notes required, if any, by the agreements governing the Pari Passu Notes. The Company or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later than five Business Days after termination of the Asset Disposition Offer Period) mail or deliver to each tendering holder of Notes or holder or lender of Pari Passu Notes, as the case may be, an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes or Pari Passu Notes so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn by such holder or lender, as the case may be, and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company will promptly issue a new note, and the Trustee, upon delivery of an Officers’ Certificate from the Company, will authenticate and mail or deliver such new note to such holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided that each such new note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $2,000. In addition, the Company will take any and all other actions required by the agreements governing the Pari Passu Notes. Any Note not so accepted will be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Asset Disposition Offer on the Asset Disposition Purchase Date.

The Company will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to the Indenture. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this covenant, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Indenture by virtue of any conflict.

The Senior Secured Credit Agreement currently limits the Company’s ability to purchase Notes and provides that certain asset sale events with respect to the Company would constitute a default under those agreements. Any future Debt Facilities to which the Company becomes a party may contain similar restrictions and provisions. In the event an Asset Disposition occurs at a time when the Company is prohibited from purchasing Notes, the Company could seek the consent of its senior lenders to purchase the Notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain that prohibition. If the Company did not obtain that consent or repay those borrowings, the Company would remain prohibited from purchasing the Notes. In that case, the Company’s failure to purchase tendered Notes would constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture, which would, in turn, constitute a default under such Senior Indebtedness. In those circumstances, the subordination provisions in the Indenture would likely restrict payments to the holders of Notes.

 

55


Table of Contents

Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries

The Company may designate after the Issue Date any Subsidiary (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” under the Indenture (a “Designation”) only if:

 

(1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing after giving effect to such Designation;

 

(2) the Subsidiary to be so designated and its Subsidiaries do not at the time of Designation own any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of, or own or hold any Lien with respect to, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

 

(3) all the Indebtedness of such Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries shall, at the date of designation, and will at all times thereafter, consist of Non-Recourse Debt;

 

(4) such Subsidiary is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation:

 

(a) to subscribe for additional Capital Stock of such Subsidiary: or

 

(b) to maintain or preserve such Subsidiary’s financial condition or to cause such Subsidiary to achieve any specified levels of operating results;

 

(5) on the date such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary is not a party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with terms substantially less favorable to the Company than those that might have been obtained from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company; and

 

(6) either (a) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total consolidated assets of $10,000 or less or (b) if such Subsidiary has consolidated assets greater than $10,000, then such Designation would be permitted under the covenant described above under “— Limitation on Restricted Payments” and the definition of “Investment.”

The Company may revoke any Designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary (a “Revocation”) only if, immediately after giving effect such Revocation:

 

(1) (a) The Company would be able to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph of the “— Limitation on Indebtedness” covenant or (b) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such Revocation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such Revocation;

 

(2) all Liens of such Unrestricted Subsidiary outstanding immediately following such Revocation would, if Incurred at such time, have been permitted to be Incurred for all purposes of the Indenture; and

 

(3) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing after giving effect to such Revocation.

Any such Designation or Revocation shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such Designation or Revocation, as the case may be, and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Designation or Revocation complied with the foregoing conditions.

A Revocation will be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the foregoing requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of the Indenture, and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred as of such date.

 

56


Table of Contents

Limitation on Affiliate Transactions

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or conduct any transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Company (an “Affiliate Transaction”) unless:

(1) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction in arm’s-length dealings with a Person who is not such an Affiliate;

(2) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million, the terms of such transaction have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company and by a majority of the disinterested directors, if any (and such majority or majorities, as the case may be, determines that such Affiliate Transaction satisfies the criteria in clause (1) above); and

(3) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million, the Company has received a written opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor that such Affiliate Transaction is either (a) not materially less favorable than those that might reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction at such time on an arm’s-length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate or (b) fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from a financial point of view.

The preceding paragraph will not apply to:

(1) any Restricted Payment (other than a Restricted Investment) permitted to be made pursuant to the covenant described under “Limitation on restricted payments”;

(2) any issuance of securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment agreements and other compensation arrangements, options to purchase Capital Stock of the Company, restricted stock plans, long-term incentive plans, stock appreciation rights plans, participation plans or similar employee benefits plans and/or indemnity provided on behalf of officers and employees approved by the Board of Directors of the Company;

(3) loans or advances to employees, officers or directors in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries but in any event not to exceed $2.5 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time (without giving effect to the forgiveness of any such loan) with respect to all loans or advances made since the Issue Date;

(4) any transaction between or among the Company and/or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity) and Guarantees issued by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary for the benefit of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in accordance with “Certain covenants-Limitations on Indebtedness”;

(5) the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to, awards or grants of restricted stock or stock appreciation rights to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, directors of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(6) the existence of, and the performance of obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under the terms of any agreement to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party as of or on the Issue Date and identified on a schedule to the Indenture on the Issue Date, as these agreements may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended or renewed from time to time; provided, however, that any future amendment, modification, supplement, extension or renewal entered into after the Issue Date will be permitted to the extent that its terms are not more disadvantageous to the holders of the Notes than the terms of the agreements in effect on the Issue Date;

(7) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and otherwise in compliance with

 

57


Table of Contents

the terms of the Indenture; provided that in the reasonable determination of the members of the Board of Directors or senior management of the Company, such transactions are on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person;

(8) any issuance or sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) to Affiliates of the Company and the granting of registration and other customary rights in connection therewith; and

(9) sales or other transfers or dispositions of Receivables and other related assets customarily transferred in an asset securitization transaction involving accounts receivable to a Receivables Entity in a Qualified Receivables Transaction, and acquisitions of Permitted Investments in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction.

SEC Reports

The Company will file with the SEC, and make available to the Trustee and the registered holders of the Notes, the annual reports and the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may by rules and regulations prescribe) that are specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act within the time periods specified therein. In the event that the Company is not permitted to file such reports, documents and information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act, the Company will nevertheless make available such Exchange Act information to the Trustee and the holders of the Notes as if the Company were subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act within the time periods specified therein or in the relevant form. If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraph shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes to the financial statements and in Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

In addition, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors have agreed that they will make available to the holders and to prospective investors, upon the request of such holders, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act so long as the Notes are not freely transferable under the Securities Act. For purposes of this covenant, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors will be deemed to have furnished the reports to the Trustee and the holders of Notes as required by this covenant if it has filed such reports with the Commission via the EDGAR filing system and such reports are publicly available.

In addition, no later than five Business Days after the date the annual and quarterly financial information for the prior fiscal period have been filed or furnished pursuant to clauses (1) or (2) above, the Company shall also hold live quarterly conference calls with the opportunity to ask questions of management. No fewer than five Business Days prior to the date such conference call is to be held, the Company shall issue a press release to the appropriate U.S. wire services announcing such quarterly conference call, which press release shall contain the time and the date of such conference call and direct the recipients thereof to contact an individual at the Company (for whom contact information shall be provided in such notice) to obtain information on how to access such quarterly conference call.

The filing requirements set forth above for the applicable period may be satisfied by the Company prior to the commencement of the exchange offer or the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement (each as described under “Exchange Offer; Registration Rights”) by the filing with the Commission of the exchange offer registration statement and/or shelf registration statement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act; provided that this paragraph shall not supersede or in any manner suspend or delay the Company’s reporting obligations set forth in the first three paragraphs of this covenant.

 

58


Table of Contents

Merger and Consolidation

The Company will not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its assets to, any Person, unless:

(1) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Company”) will be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia and the Successor Company (if not the Company) will expressly assume, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Company under the Notes, the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement;

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any Subsidiary of the Successor Company as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(3) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period,

(a) the Successor Company would be able to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph of the “— Limitation on Indebtedness” covenant or

(b) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;

(4) each Subsidiary Guarantor (unless it is the other party to the transactions above, in which case clause (1) shall apply) shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Subsidiary Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations in respect of the Indenture and the Notes and its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement shall continue to be in effect; and

(5) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with the Indenture.

For purposes of this covenant, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company, which properties and assets, if held by the Company instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.

The predecessor Company will be released from its obligations under the Indenture and the Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under the Indenture, but, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the predecessor Company will not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes.

Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve “all or substantially all” of the property or assets of a Person.

Notwithstanding the preceding clause (3), (x) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company and (y) the Company may merge with an Affiliate

 

59


Table of Contents

incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction to realize tax benefits; provided that, in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary that merges into the Company, the Company will not be required to comply with the preceding clause (5).

In addition, the Company will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to consolidate with, merge with or into any Person (other than another Subsidiary Guarantor) and will not permit the conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the assets of any Subsidiary Guarantor (other than to another Subsidiary Guarantor) unless:

(1) (a) if such entity remains a Subsidiary Guarantor, the resulting, surviving or transferee Person will be a corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia and shall have confirmed by supplemental indenture that its Subsidiary Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations in respect of the Indenture and the Notes and the obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement shall continue to be in effect; (b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the resulting, surviving or transferee Person or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by such Person or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and (c) the Company will have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with the Indenture; or

(2) in the event the transaction results in the release of the Subsidiary’s Subsidiary Guarantee as described in the fourth paragraph of “— Subsidiary Guarantees,” the transaction is made in compliance with the covenant described under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock” (it being understood that only such portion of the Net Available Cash as is required to be applied on the date of such transaction in accordance with the terms of the Indenture needs to be applied in accordance therewith at such time).

Future Subsidiary Guarantors

The Company will cause each Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a borrower under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement or that Guarantees, on the Issue Date or any time thereafter, the Obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement or any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture to the Indenture pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary will irrevocably and unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) in respect of the Notes on a senior subordinated basis and all other Obligations under the Indenture.

The obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Subsidiary Guarantor (including, without limitation, any Guarantees under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement) and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of the Obligations of such other Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution Obligations under the Indenture, result in the Obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state law.

Each Subsidiary Guarantee shall be released in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture described under “— Subsidiary Guarantees.”

Payments for Consent

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of the Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to

 

60


Table of Contents

all holders and is paid to all holders that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or amendment; provided that if such consents, waivers or amendments are sought in connection with an exchange offer where participation in such exchange offer is limited to holders who are “qualified institutional buyers,” within the meaning of Rule 144A, or non-U.S. persons, within the meaning of Regulation S then such consideration need only be offered to all holders to whom the exchange offer is made and to be paid to all such holders that consent, waive or agree to amend in such time frame.

Events of Default

Each of the following is an Event of Default:

(1) default in any payment of interest or additional interest (as required by the Registration Rights Agreement) on any Note when due, continued for 30 days, whether or not such payment is prohibited by the provisions described under “Ranking and Subordination”;

(2) default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, on any Note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise, whether or not such payment is prohibited by the provisions described under “Ranking and Subordination”;

(3) failure by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply with its obligations under “Certain Covenants-Merger and Consolidation”;

(4) failure by the Company to comply for 30 days after notice as provided below with any of its obligations under the covenants described under “Change of Control” above or under the covenants described under “Certain Covenants” above (in each case, other than a failure to purchase Notes which will constitute an Event of Default under clause (2) above and other than a failure to comply with “Certain Covenants-Merger and consolidation” which is covered by clause (3));

(5) failure by the Company to comply for 60 days after notice as provided below with its other agreements contained in the Indenture;

(6) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of the Indenture, which default:

(a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness (“payment default”); or

(b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its maturity (the “cross acceleration provision”);

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $30.0 million or more;

(7) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary (the “bankruptcy provisions”);

 

61


Table of Contents

(8) failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $30.0 million (net of any amounts that a reputable and creditworthy insurance company has acknowledged liability for in writing), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days (the “judgment default provision”); or

(9) any Subsidiary Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would constitute a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms of the Indenture) or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that taken together as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would constitute a Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms its obligations under the Indenture or its Subsidiary Guarantee.

However, a default under clauses (4) and (5) of this paragraph will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the holders of 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Company of the default and the Company does not cure such default within the time specified in clauses (4) and (5) of this paragraph after receipt of such notice.

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in clause (7) above) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by notice to the Company and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal, premium and accrued and unpaid interest will be due and payable immediately; provided, however, that so long as any Indebtedness permitted by the provisions of the Indenture to be Incurred under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement shall be outstanding, no such acceleration shall be effective until the earlier of (x) acceleration of any such Indebtedness under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement or (y) five business days after the giving of the acceleration notice to the Company and the administrative agent under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement of such acceleration. In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default described in clause (6) under “Events of Default” has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (6) shall be remedied or cured by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or waived by the holders of the relevant Indebtedness within 20 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if (1) the annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal, premium or interest on the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived. If an Event of Default described in clause (7) above occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any holders. The holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may waive all past defaults (except with respect to nonpayment of principal, premium or interest) and rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences if (1) rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived.

 

62


Table of Contents

Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders unless such holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest when due, no holder may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless:

(1) such holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(2) holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(3) such holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense;

(4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(5) the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

Subject to certain restrictions, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Indenture provides that in the event an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will be required in the exercise of its powers to use the degree of care that a prudent person would use in the conduct of its own affairs. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under the Indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

The Indenture provides that if a Default occurs and is continuing and is known to the Trustee, the Trustee must mail to each holder notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as a committee of trust officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding notice is in the interests of the holders. In addition, the Company is required to deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, a certificate indicating whether the signers thereof know of any Default that occurred during the previous year. The Company also is required to deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice of any events which would constitute certain Defaults, their status and what action the Company is taking or proposing to take in respect thereof.

Amendments and Waivers

Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes) and, subject to certain exceptions, any past default or compliance with any provisions may be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes). However, without the consent of each holder of an outstanding Note affected, no amendment, supplement or waiver may, among other things:

(1) reduce the amount of Notes whose holders must consent to an amendment;

(2) reduce the stated rate of or extend the stated time for payment of interest on any Note;

 

63


Table of Contents

(3) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any Note;

(4) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption or repurchase of any Note or change the time at which any Note may be redeemed or repurchased as described above under “Optional Redemption” or “Change of Control,” whether through an amendment or waiver of provisions in the covenants, definitions or otherwise;

(5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Note;

(6) impair the right of any holder to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on such holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such holder’s Notes;

(7) make any change in the amendment provisions which require each holder’s consent or in the waiver provisions;

(8) make any change to the subordination provisions of the Indenture that adversely affects the rights of any holder of Notes; or

(9) modify the Subsidiary Guarantees in any manner adverse to the holders of the Notes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any holder, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may amend the Indenture and the Notes to:

(1) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

(2) provide for the assumption by a successor corporation of the obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture;

(3) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code);

(4) add Guarantees with respect to the Notes or release a Subsidiary Guarantor upon its designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the designation is in accord with the applicable provisions of the Indenture;

(5) secure the Notes;

(6) add to the covenants of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the benefit of the holders or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(7) make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any holder;

(8) comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

(9) provide for the issuance of exchange securities which shall have terms substantially identical in all respects to the Notes (except that the transfer restrictions contained in the Notes shall be modified or eliminated as appropriate) and which shall be treated, together with any outstanding Notes, as a single class of securities;

(10) release a Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or the Indenture in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture;

(11) provide for the appointment of a successor trustee; provided that the successor trustee is otherwise qualified and eligible to act as such under the terms of the Indenture;

 

64


Table of Contents

(12) make any change in the subordination provisions of the Indenture that would limit or terminate the benefits available to any holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Company or a holder of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness (or any Representative thereof) under such subordination provisions;

(13) evidence and provide for the acceptance of an appointment under the Indenture of a successor trustee; provided that the successor trustee is otherwise qualified and eligible to act as such under the terms of the Indenture;

(14) conform the text of the Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees to any provision of this “Description of New Notes” to the extent that such provision in this “Description of New Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees; or

(15) make any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by the Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes, Exchange Notes or, if Incurred in compliance with the Indenture, Additional Notes; provided, however, that (A) compliance with the Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act, or any applicable securities law and (B) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of holders to transfer Notes.

However, no amendment may be made to the subordination provisions of the Indenture that adversely affects the rights of any holder of Senior Indebtedness or Guarantor Senior Indebtedness then outstanding unless the holders of such Senior Indebtedness or Guarantor Senior Indebtedness (or any group or representative thereof authorized to give a consent) consent to such change.

The consent of the holders is not necessary under the Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or supplement. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment or supplement. A consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver under the Indenture by any holder of Notes given in connection with a tender of such holder’s Notes will not be rendered invalid by such tender. After an amendment under the Indenture becomes effective, the Company is required to mail to the holders a notice briefly describing such amendment or supplement. However, the failure to give such notice to all the holders, or any defect in the notice will not impair or affect the validity of the amendment or supplement.

Defeasance

The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have all of its obligations and the obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors discharged with respect to the Indenture and the outstanding Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees issued under the Indenture (“legal defeasance”) except for:

 

(1) the rights of holders to receive payments in respect of the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due, solely out of the trust referred to below;

 

(2) the Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for Note payments held in trust;

 

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith; and

 

(4) the legal defeasance provisions of the Indenture.

If the Company exercises the legal defeasance option, the Subsidiary Guarantees in effect at such time will be automatically released.

The Company at any time may be released from its obligations described under “— Change of Control” and under the covenants described under “— Certain Covenants” (other than “— Merger and Consolidation”), and clause (3) of the first paragraph under “— Certain Covenants — Merger and Consolidation” above (“covenant defeasance”).

 

65


Table of Contents

If the Company exercises the covenant defeasance option, the Subsidiary Guarantees in effect at such time will be automatically released.

The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. If the Company exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default with respect to the Notes. If the Company exercises its covenant defeasance option, an Event of Default specified in clause (3) that resulted solely from the failure of the Company to comply with clause (3) of the first paragraph under “— Certain Covenants — Merger and Consolidation” above, clause (4) (only with respect to covenants that are released as a result of such covenant defeasance), clause (5) (only with respect to covenants that are released as a result of such covenant defeasance), clause (6), clause (7) (solely with respect to Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), clause (8) or clause (9) under “— Events of Default” above, in each case, shall not constitute an Event of Default.

In order to exercise either legal defeasance or covenant defeasance under the Indenture:

 

(1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the holders, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in amounts as will be sufficient, as confirmed, certified or attested by an Independent Financial Advisor in writing to the Trustee, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest due on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

 

(2) in the case of legal defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, (a) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (b) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that the holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such legal defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such legal defeasance had not occurred;

 

(3) in the case of covenant defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred;

 

(4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or will occur as a result of such deposit (other than a Default or an Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the Senior Secured Credit Agreement or any other material agreement or material instrument (other than the Indenture) to which the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is bound;

 

(5) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or others;

 

(6) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the legal defeasance or the covenant defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with; and

 

66


Table of Contents
(7) the Company shall have delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be (which instructions may be contained in the Officers’ Certificate referred to in clause (7) above).

In the event of a bankruptcy of the issuer within 90 days of the defeasance of the notes issued under a high-yield indenture, creditors of the bankrupt estate may allege that the deposit to defease the notes constituted a “preference” under U.S. bankruptcy laws.

Satisfaction and Discharge

The Indenture will be discharged, and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued thereunder, when either:

 

(1) all Notes that have been authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

(2) (a)

all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the giving of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, and the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee, as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the holders, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, as confirmed, certified or attested to by an Independent Financial Advisor in writing to the Trustee, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

 

  (b) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit or will occur as a result of such deposit (other than a Default or an Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the Senior Secured Credit Agreement or any other material agreement or material instrument (other than the Indenture) to which the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is bound;

 

  (c) the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by the Company under the Indenture; and

 

  (d) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Notes, the Indenture or the Subsidiary Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability to the extent permitted by applicable law. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

 

67


Table of Contents

Notices

Notices given by publication will be deemed given on the first date on which publication is made, and notices given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, will be deemed given five calendar days after mailing. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture or any Note, where the Indenture or any Note provides for notice of any event (including any notice of redemption) to any holder of an interest in a global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to DTC or any other applicable depositary for such Note (or its designee) according to the applicable procedures of DTC or such depositary.

Concerning the Trustee

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. is the Trustee under the Indenture and has been appointed by the Company as Registrar and Paying Agent with regard to the Notes.

Governing Law

The Indenture provides that it and the Notes will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Certain Definitions

“8% Notes” means the $204.0 million of 8% Senior Subordinated Notes due December 1, 2015.

“Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (i) of a Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case whether or not Incurred by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such acquisition. Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been Incurred, with respect to clause (i) of the preceding sentence, on the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and, with respect to clause (ii) of the preceding sentence, on the date of consummation of such acquisition of assets.

“Additional Assets” means:

(1) any property, plant or equipment (excluding working capital for the avoidance of doubt) to be used by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Related Business;

(2) the Capital Stock of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; or

(3) Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary;

provided, however, that, in the case of clauses (2) and (3), such Restricted Subsidiary is primarily engaged in a Related Business.

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to a Note on any date of redemption, the greater of:

 

(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note, and

 

(2) the excess, if any, of (a) the present value as of such date of redemption of (i) the redemption price of such Note on February 1, 2017, (such redemption price being described under “— Optional Redemption”) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note through February 1, 2017 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the date of redemption), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such date of redemption plus 50 basis points, over (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Note.

 

68


Table of Contents

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing; provided that exclusively for purposes of “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Affiliate Transactions,” beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person shall be deemed to be control.

“Asset Disposition” means any direct or indirect sale, lease (other than an operating lease entered into in the ordinary course of business), transfer, issuance or other disposition, or a series of related sales, leases, transfers, issuances or dispositions that are part of a common plan, of shares of Capital Stock of a Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares), property or other assets (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a “disposition”) by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction.

Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall not be deemed to be Asset Dispositions:

(1) a disposition of assets by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity); provided that in the case of a sale by a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary, the Company directly or indirectly owns an equal or greater percentage of the Common Stock of the transferee than of the transferor;

(2) the sale of cash or Cash Equivalents;

(3) a disposition of inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(4) a disposition of obsolete or worn out equipment or equipment that is no longer useful in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and that is disposed of in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(5) transactions permitted under “Certain Covenants-Merger and Consolidation”;

(6) an issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity);

(7) for purposes of “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock” only, the making of a Permitted Investment (other than a Permitted Investment to the extent such transaction results in the receipt of cash or Cash Equivalents by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries) or a disposition subject to “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

(8) sales of accounts receivable and related assets or an interest therein of the type specified in the definition of “Qualified Receivables Transaction” to a Receivables Entity;

(9) dispositions of assets with an aggregate fair market value since the Issue Date of less than $10.0 million;

(10) the creation of a Permitted Lien and dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens;

(11) dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements;

(12) the issuance by a Restricted Subsidiary of Preferred Stock that is permitted by the covenant described under the caption “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Indebtedness”;

 

69


Table of Contents

(13) the licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles and licenses, leases or subleases of other property which do not materially interfere with the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(14) foreclosure on assets.

“Attributable Indebtedness” in respect of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction means, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the interest rate implicit in the transaction) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale/Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended), determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that if such Sale/ Leaseback Transaction results in (i) a Capitalized Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of “Capitalized Lease Obligations” or (ii) a Synthetic Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of “Synthetic Lease Obligations.”

“Average Life” means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of the numbers of years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment by (2) the sum of all such payments.

“Bank Indebtedness” means any and all amounts, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or Incurred after the Issue Date, payable by the Company or the Subsidiary Borrower under or in respect of the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and any related notes, collateral documents, letters of credit and guarantees and any Interest Rate Agreement entered into in connection with the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, including principal, premium, if any, interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company at the rate specified therein whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings), fees, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations, guarantees and all other amounts payable thereunder or in respect thereof.

“Board of Directors” means, as to any Person, the board of directors of such Person or any duly authorized committee thereof.

“Borrowing Base” means, as of the date of determination, an amount equal to the sum, without duplication, of (1) 85% of the net book value of the Company’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ accounts receivable at such date, (2) 65% of the net book value of the Company’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ inventories at such date and (3) $50.0 million. Net book value shall be determined in accordance with GAAP and shall be calculated using amounts reflected on the most recent available balance sheet (it being understood that the accounts receivable and inventories of an acquired business may be included if such acquisition has been completed on or prior to the date of determination).

“Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close.

“Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock and limited liability or partnership interests (whether general or limited), but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity.

“Capitalized Lease Obligations” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation will be the capitalized amount of such obligation at the time any determination

 

70


Table of Contents

thereof is to be made as determined in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof will be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date such lease may be terminated without penalty.

“Cash Equivalents” means:

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States Government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof), having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition;

(2) marketable general obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition and, at the time of acquisition, having a credit rating of “A” or better from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.;

(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any commercial bank the long-term debt of which is rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least “A” or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, or “A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and having combined capital and surplus in excess of $250 million;

(4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (1), (2) and (3) entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or “P-2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized rating agency, if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of investments, and in any case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition thereof; and

(6) interests in any investment company or money market fund which invests 95% or more of its assets in instruments of the type specified in clauses (1) through (5) above.

“Cash Management Obligations” means as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of cash management services (including treasury, depository, overdraft (daylight and temporary), credit or debit card, electronic funds transfer, netting and other cash management arrangements), including obligations for the payment of fees, interest, charges, expenses, attorneys’ fees and disbursements in connection therewith to the extent provided for in the documents evidencing such cash management services.

“Change of Control” means:

(1) any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than Permitted Holders, becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that such person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all shares that any such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 35% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company (or its successor by merger, consolidation or purchase of all or substantially all of its assets) (for the purposes of this clause, such person or group shall be deemed to beneficially own any Voting Stock of the Company held by a parent entity, if such person or group “beneficially owns” (as defined above), directly or indirectly, more than 35% of the voting power of the Voting Stock of such parent entity); or

(2) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company are not Continuing Directors; or

 

71


Table of Contents

(3) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than a Permitted Holder; or

(4) the adoption by the stockholders of the Company of a plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Commodity Agreement” means any commodity futures contract, commodity option or other similar agreement or arrangement entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary designed to protect the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries against fluctuations in the price of commodities actually used in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Common Stock” means with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests or other participations in, and other equivalents (however designated and whether voting or nonvoting) of such Person’s common stock whether or not outstanding on the Issue Date, and includes, without limitation, all series and classes of such common stock.

“Consolidated Coverage Ratio” means as of any date of determination, with respect to any Person, the ratio of (x) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which financial statements are in existence to (y) Consolidated Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters, provided, however, that:

(1) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary:

(a) has Incurred any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day of such period (except that in making such computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility outstanding on the date of such calculation will be deemed to be (i) the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such four fiscal quarters or such shorter period for which such facility was outstanding or (ii) if such facility was created after the end of such four fiscal quarters, the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the period from the date of creation of such facility to the date of such calculation) and the discharge of any other Indebtedness repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period; or

(b) has repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged any Indebtedness since the beginning of the period that is no longer outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio involves a discharge of Indebtedness (in each case other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and the related commitment terminated), Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such discharge of such Indebtedness, including with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness, as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period;

 

72


Table of Contents

(2) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary will have made any Asset Disposition or disposed of any company, division, operating unit, segment, business, group of related assets or line of business or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is such an Asset Disposition:

(a) the Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) directly attributable to the assets which are the subject of such disposition for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) directly attributable thereto for such period; and

(b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated Interest Expense directly attributable to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged with respect to the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition for such period (or, if the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period directly attributable to the Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness after such sale);

(3) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) will have made an Investment in any Restricted Subsidiary (or any Person which becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged with or into the Company) or an acquisition of assets, including any acquisition of assets occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, which constitutes all or substantially all of a company, division, operating unit, segment, business, group of related assets or line of business, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any Indebtedness) as if such Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period; and

(4) if since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) will have Incurred any Indebtedness or discharged any Indebtedness, made any Asset Disposition or any Investment or acquisition of assets that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (2) or (3) above if made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction occurred on the first day of such period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any calculation under this definition, the pro forma calculations will be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company (including pro forma expense and cost reductions calculated on a basis consistent with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated on a weighted average basis for the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters with respect to such Indebtedness (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months). If any Indebtedness that is being given pro forma effect bears an interest rate at the option of the Company, the interest rate shall be calculated by applying such optional rate chosen by the Company.

“Consolidated EBITDA” for any period means, without duplication, the Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income:

(1) Consolidated Interest Expense; plus

(2) Consolidated Income Taxes; plus

(3) consolidated depreciation expense; plus

 

73


Table of Contents

(4) consolidated amortization expense or impairment charges recorded in connection with the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other, or Topic 360, Property, Plant and Equipment; plus

(5) Refinancing Charges; plus

(6) other non-cash charges, including any write-offs or write-downs (excluding any such non-cash charge to the extent it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was capitalized at the time of payment) and non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights to officers, directors or employees; less

(7) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income (excluding any such items which represent the recognition of deferred revenue, the reversal of any accrual of, or reserve for, anticipated cash charges that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period, and any such items for which cash was received in a prior period that did not increase Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period) and if Consolidated Income Taxes is a benefit, by the amount of such benefit; and

(8) increased or decreased (without duplication) to eliminate the following items to the extent reflected in such Consolidated Net Income:

 

(a) any unrealized net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging;

 

(b) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses pursuant to Accounting Standards Codification Topic 830, Foreign Currency Matters, related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness; and

 

(c) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in any line item in such Person’s consolidated financial statements in such period pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to any completed acquisition.

Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, clauses (2) through (6) relating to amounts of a Restricted Subsidiary of a Person will be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated EBITDA of such Person only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the net income (loss) of such Restricted Subsidiary was included in calculating the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and, to the extent the amounts set forth in clauses (2) through (6) are in excess of those necessary to offset a net loss of such Restricted Subsidiary or if such Restricted Subsidiary has net income for such period included in Consolidated Net Income, only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to the Company by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior approval (that has not been obtained), pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders.

“Consolidated Income Taxes” means, with respect to any Person for any period, taxes imposed upon such Person or other payments required to be made by such Person by any governmental authority which taxes or other payments are calculated by reference to the income or profits of such Person or such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent such income or profits were included in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period), regardless of whether such taxes or payments are required to be remitted to any governmental authority.

 

74


Table of Contents

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period, the total interest expense of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, whether paid or accrued, plus, to the extent not included in such interest expense:

(1) interest expense attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations and the interest portion of rent expense associated with Attributable Indebtedness in respect of the relevant lease giving rise thereto, determined as if such lease were a capitalized lease in accordance with GAAP and the interest component of any deferred payment obligations;

(2) amortization of debt discount and debt issuance cost (provided that any amortization of bond premium will be credited to reduce Consolidated Interest Expense unless, pursuant to GAAP, such amortization of bond premium has otherwise reduced Consolidated Interest Expense);

(3) non-cash interest expense;

(4) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing;

(5) the interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(6) costs associated with Hedging Obligations (including amortization of fees); provided, however, that if Hedging Obligations result in net benefits rather than costs, such benefits shall be credited to reduce Consolidated Interest Expense unless, pursuant to GAAP, such net benefits are otherwise reflected in Consolidated Net Income;

(7) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period;

(8) the product of (a) all dividends paid or payable, in cash, Cash Equivalents or Indebtedness or accrued during such period on any series of Disqualified Stock of such Person or on Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors payable to a party other than the Company or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state, provincial and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP;

(9) Receivable Fees; and

(10) the cash contributions to any employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to the extent such contributions are used by such plan or trust to pay interest or fees to any Person (other than the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in connection with Indebtedness Incurred by such plan or trust.

For the purpose of calculating the Consolidated Coverage Ratio in connection with the Incurrence of any Indebtedness described in the final paragraph of the definition of “Indebtedness”, the calculation of Consolidated Interest Expense shall include all interest expense (including any amounts described in clauses (1) through (10) above) relating to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary described in the final paragraph of the definition of “Indebtedness.”

For purposes of the foregoing, total interest expense will be determined (i) after giving effect to any net payments made or received by the Company and its Subsidiaries with respect to Interest Rate Agreements and (ii) exclusive of (a) amounts classified as other comprehensive income in the balance sheet of the Company and (b) Refinancing Charges. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, commissions, discounts,

 

75


Table of Contents

yield and other fees and charges Incurred in connection with any transaction pursuant to which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer or grant a security interest in any accounts receivable or related assets shall be included in Consolidated Interest Expense.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that there will not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:

(1) any net income (loss) of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that:

(a) subject to the limitations contained in clauses (3), (4) and (5) below, the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Person for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash actually distributed by such Person during such period to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (2) below); and

(b) the Company’s equity in a net loss of any such Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) for such period will be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income to the extent such loss has been funded with cash from the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) any net income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary if such Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Company, except that:

(a) subject to the limitations contained in clauses (3), (4) and (5) below, the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash that could have been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend (subject, in the case of a dividend to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause); and

(b) the Company’s equity in a net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income;

(3) any gain (loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any property, plant or equipment of the Company or its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries (including pursuant to any Sale/Leaseback Transaction) which is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business and any gain (loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person;

(4) any extraordinary gain or loss

(5) any income or loss from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or early termination of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments;

(6) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles.

“Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who: (1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of the Indenture; or (2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such nomination or election.

“Currency Agreement” means in respect of a Person any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, futures contract, option contract or other similar agreement as to which such Person is a party or a beneficiary.

 

76


Table of Contents

“Debt Facility” means, with respect to the Company, the Subsidiary Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor, one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Senior Secured Credit Agreement) or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit or issuances of debt securities evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or similar instruments, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities) in whole or in part from time to time (and whether or not with the original administrative agent, lenders or trustee or another administrative agent or agents, other lenders or trustee and whether provided under the original Senior Secured Credit Agreement or any other credit or other agreement or indenture).

“Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

“Designated Senior Indebtedness” means (1) the Bank Indebtedness (to the extent such Bank Indebtedness constitutes Senior Indebtedness) and (2) any other Senior Indebtedness which, at the date of determination, has an aggregate principal amount outstanding of, or under which, at the date of determination, the holders thereof are committed to lend up to, at least $25.0 million and is specifically designated in the instrument evidencing or governing such Senior Indebtedness as “Designated Senior Indebtedness” for purposes of the Indenture.

“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event:

(1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise;

(2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (excluding Capital Stock which is convertible or exchangeable solely at the option of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary); or

(3) is redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock in whole or in part,

in each case on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the earlier of the date (a) of the Stated Maturity of the Notes or (b) on which there are no Notes outstanding; provided that only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date will be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided, further that any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale (each defined in a substantially identical manner to the corresponding definitions in the Indenture) shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock (and all such securities into which it is convertible or for which it is ratable or exchangeable) provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock (and all such securities into which it is convertible or for which it is ratable or exchangeable) pursuant to such provision prior to compliance by the Company with the provisions of the Indenture described under the captions “Change of Control” and “Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock” and such repurchase or redemption complies with “Certain Covenants- Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

“Equity Offering” means a public offering for cash by the Company of its Common Stock, or options, warrants or rights with respect to its Common Stock, other than (x) public offerings with respect to the Company’s Common Stock, or options, warrants or rights, registered on Form S-4 or S-8, (y) an issuance to any Subsidiary or (z) any offering of Common Stock issued in connection with a transaction that constitutes a Change of Control.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

77


Table of Contents

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect as of the date of the Indenture, including those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession. All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in the Indenture will be computed in conformity with GAAP.

“Government Securities” means securities that are (1) direct obligations of the United States for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States the timely payment of which is unconditionally Guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the United States, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depositary receipt.

“Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:

(1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or

(2) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” will not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

“Guarantor Senior Indebtedness” means, with respect to a Subsidiary Guarantor, the following obligations, whether outstanding on the date of the Indenture or thereafter issued, without duplication:

(1) any Guarantee of the Bank Indebtedness by such Subsidiary Guarantor and all other Guarantees by such Subsidiary Guarantor of Senior Indebtedness of the Company or Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of any other Subsidiary Guarantor; and

(2) all obligations consisting of principal of and premium, if any, accrued and unpaid interest on, and fees and other amounts relating to, all other Indebtedness of the Subsidiary Guarantor. Guarantor Senior Indebtedness includes interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Subsidiary Guarantor regardless of whether post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding paragraph, Guarantor Senior Indebtedness will not include:

(1) the portion of any Indebtedness Incurred in violation of the Indenture;

(2) any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor to another Subsidiary or the Company;

(3) any liability for Federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes owed or owing by such Subsidiary Guarantor;

 

78


Table of Contents

(4) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business (including Guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities);

(5) any Indebtedness, Guarantee or obligation of such Subsidiary Guarantor that is expressly subordinate or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness, Guarantee or obligation of such Subsidiary Guarantor, including, without limitation, any Guarantor Senior Subordinated Indebtedness and Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of such Guarantor; or

(6) any Capital Stock.

“Guarantor Senior Subordinated Indebtedness” means, with respect to a Subsidiary Guarantor, the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Subsidiary Guarantee and any other Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that specifically provides that such Indebtedness is to rank equally in right of payment with the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Subsidiary Guarantee and is not expressly subordinated by its terms in right of payment to any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor which is not Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor.

“Guarantor Subordinated Obligation” means, with respect to a Subsidiary Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) which is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to a written agreement.

“Hedging Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement, Currency Agreement or Commodity Agreement.

“holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

“Incur” means issue, create, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) will be deemed to be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; and the terms “Incurred” and “Incurrence” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication):

(1) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;

(2) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

(3) the principal component of all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto except to the extent such reimbursement obligation relates to a trade payable and such obligation is satisfied within 30 days of Incurrence);

(4) the principal component of all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (including earn-out obligations), which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery and title thereto, except (a) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business, and (b) any earn-out obligation until the amount of such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(5) Capitalized Lease Obligations, Synthetic Lease Obligations and all Attributable Indebtedness of such Person;

 

79


Table of Contents

(6) the principal component or liquidation preference of all obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends);

(7) the principal component of all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of (a) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons;

(8) the principal component of Indebtedness of other Persons to the extent Guaranteed by such Person;

(9) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net obligations of such Person under Hedging Obligations (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to the termination value of such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligation that would be payable by such Person at such time); and

(10) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, the Receivables Transaction Amount outstanding relating to a Qualified Receivables Transaction.

The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date will be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and the maximum liability, upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, of any contingent obligations at such date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, money borrowed and set aside at the time of the Incurrence of any Indebtedness in order to pre-fund the payment of interest on such Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be “Indebtedness” provided that such money is held to secure the payment of such interest.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall (i) be the accreted value thereof in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount or the aggregate principal amount outstanding in the case of Indebtedness issued with interest payable in kind and (ii) include any interest (or in the case of Preferred Stock, dividends) thereon that is more than 30 days past due. Except to the extent provided in the preceding sentence, the amount of any Indebtedness that is convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock of the Company outstanding as of any date shall be deemed to be equal to the principal and premium, if any, in respect of such Indebtedness, notwithstanding the provisions of GAAP (including Accounting Standards Codification Topic 470-20, Debt-Debt with Conversion and Other Options).

In addition, “Indebtedness” of any Person shall include Indebtedness described in the preceding paragraph that would not appear as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person if:

(1) such Indebtedness is the obligation of a partnership or joint venture that is not a Restricted Subsidiary (a “Joint Venture”);

(2) such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a general partner of the Joint Venture (a “General Partner”); and

(3) there is recourse, by contract or operation of law, with respect to the payment of such Indebtedness to property or assets of such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person; and then such Indebtedness shall be included in an amount not to exceed:

(a) the lesser of (i) the net assets of the General Partner and (ii) the amount of such obligations to the extent that there is recourse, by contract or operation of law, to the property or assets of such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person; or

(b) if less than the amount determined pursuant to clause (a) immediately above, the actual amount of such Indebtedness that is recourse to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, if the Indebtedness is evidenced by a writing and is for a determinable amount.

 

80


Table of Contents

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Related Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

“Interest Rate Agreement” means with respect to any Person any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement as to which such Person is party or a beneficiary.

“Investment” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of any direct or indirect advance, loan (other than advances or extensions of credit to customers in the ordinary course of business) or other extensions of credit (including by way of Guarantee or similar arrangement, but excluding any debt or extension of credit represented by a bank deposit other than a time deposit) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such Person and all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that none of the following will be deemed to be an Investment:

(1) Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business and in compliance with the Indenture;

(2) endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business; and

(3) an acquisition of assets, Capital Stock or other securities by the Company or a Subsidiary for consideration to the extent such consideration consists of Common Stock of the Company.

For purposes of “Certain Covenants-Limitation on Restricted Payments,”

(1) “Investment” will include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in a Restricted Subsidiary to be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Restricted Subsidiary at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company will be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (a) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (b) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets (as conclusively determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith) of such Subsidiary at the time that such Subsidiary is so re-designated a Restricted Subsidiary; and

(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary sells or otherwise disposes of any Voting Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such entity is no longer a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value (as conclusively determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith) of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of.

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and BBB- (or the equivalent) by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc., or any other equivalent rating by any Rating Agency, in each case, with a stable or better outlook.

“Issue Date” means January 31, 2013.

“Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof).

 

81


Table of Contents

“Net Available Cash” from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise and net proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any securities or other assets received as consideration, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net of:

(1) all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses Incurred, and all Federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be paid or accrued as a liability under GAAP (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing agreements), as a consequence of such Asset Disposition;

(2) all payments made on any Indebtedness which is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or which must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Disposition, or by applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition;

(3) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition; and

(4) the deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition.

“Net Cash Proceeds,” with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and charges actually Incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result of such issuance or sale (after taking into account any available tax credit or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements).

“Non-Guarantor Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor.

“Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness of a Person:

(1) as to which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary (a) provides any Guarantee or credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, guarantee, indemnity, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness) or (b) is directly or indirectly liable (as a guarantor or otherwise);

(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare a default under such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity; and

(3) the explicit terms of which provide there is no recourse against any of the assets of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, except that Standard Securitization Undertakings shall not be considered recourse.

“Obligations” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), other monetary obligations, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and Guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

 

82


Table of Contents

“Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company. Officer of any Subsidiary Guarantor has a correlative meaning.

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by two Officers or by an Officer and either an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary of the Company.

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company.

“Permitted Holders” means (i) Brian Lipke, Neil Lipke, Eric Lipke, Meredith Lipke or Curtis Lipke (or in the event of the incompetence or death of any Permitted Holder, his or her estate, heirs, executor, administrator, committee or other personal representative), (ii) any trust or foundation established for estate or charitable planning purposes for which any of the individuals named in clause (i) is either a trustee or director or principal beneficiary or (iii) any Person the majority of the equity interests of which is owned by one or more of the individuals or entities named in clause (i) above.

“Permitted Investment” means an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in:

(1) a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity) or a Person which will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity); provided, however, that the primary business of such Restricted Subsidiary is a Related Business;

(2) another Person if as a result of such Investment such other Person is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its assets to, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity); provided, however, that such Person’s primary business is a Related Business;

(3) cash and Cash Equivalents;

(4) receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided, however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances;

(5) payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business;

(6) loans or advances to employees (other than executive officers) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries made in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed $2.5 million (loans or advances that are forgiven shall continue to be deemed outstanding);

(7) Capital Stock, obligations or securities received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of a debtor;

(8) Investments made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Disposition that was made pursuant to and in compliance with “Certain Covenants-Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock”;

(9) Investments in existence on the Issue Date (with the exception of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries);

(10) Currency Agreements, Interest Rate Agreements, Commodity Agreements and related Hedging Obligations, which transactions or obligations are Incurred in compliance with “Certain Covenants-Limitation on Indebtedness”;

 

83


Table of Contents

(11) Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, together with all other Investments pursuant to this clause (11), in an aggregate amount at the time of such Investment not to exceed the greater of (a) 1.0% of Total Assets and (b) $25.0 million outstanding at any one time (with the fair market value of such Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(12) Guarantees issued in accordance with “Certain Covenants-Limitations on Indebtedness”;

(13) Investments by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Receivables Entity or any Investment by a Receivables Entity in any other Person, in each case, in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; provided, however, that any Investment in any such Person is in the form of a Purchase Money Note, or any equity interest or interests in Receivables and related assets generated by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and transferred to any Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction or any such Person owning such Receivables;

(14) Investments consisting of prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers’ compensation, performance and other similar deposits made in the ordinary course of business by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

(15) repurchases of the Notes.

“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) Liens securing Indebtedness and other obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and related Hedging Obligations and other Senior Indebtedness and Liens on assets of Restricted Subsidiaries securing Guarantees of Indebtedness and other obligations under a Debt Facility and other Guarantor Senior Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under the Indenture;

(2) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or United States government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(3) Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, landlords’, materialmen’s and repairmen’s Liens, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(4) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet subject to penalties for non-payment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings provided appropriate reserves required pursuant to GAAP have been made in respect thereof;

(5) Liens in favor of issuers of surety or performance bonds or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances or similar obligations issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business; provided, however, that such letters of credit do not constitute Indebtedness;

(6) encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

(7) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under the Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligation;

 

84


Table of Contents

(8) leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses of assets (including, without limitation, real property and intellectual property rights) which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(9) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

(10) Liens for the purpose of securing the payment of all or a part of the purchase price of, or Capitalized Lease Obligations, Synthetic Lease Obligations, purchase money obligations or other payments Incurred to finance the acquisition, lease, improvement or construction of, assets or property acquired or constructed in the ordinary course of business; provided that:

(a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Liens is otherwise permitted to be Incurred under the Indenture and does not exceed the cost of the assets or property so acquired or constructed; and

(b) such Liens are created within 180 days of construction or acquisition of such assets or property and do not encumber any other assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than such assets or property and assets affixed or appurtenant thereto;

(11) Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution; provided that:

(a) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by the Company in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board; and

(b) such deposit account is not intended by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depository institution;

(12) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(13) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens permitted under clause (1));

(14) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; provided further, however, that any such Lien may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(15) Liens on property at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(16) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity);

(17) Liens securing the Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees;

(18) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance, refund, replace, amend, extend or modify, as a whole or in part, Indebtedness that was previously so secured pursuant to clauses (10), (13), (14), (15) and (17);

 

85


Table of Contents

provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the Indebtedness being refinanced or is in respect of property that is the security for a Permitted Lien hereunder;

(19) any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligation, Synthetic Lease Obligation or operating lease;

(20) Liens under industrial revenue, municipal or similar bonds;

(21) Liens on assets transferred to a Receivables Entity or on assets of a Receivables Entity, in either case Incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

(22) Liens in favor of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor;

(23) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business; and

(24) Liens securing Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $5.0 million.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

“Preferred Stock,” as applied to the Capital Stock of any corporation, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such corporation, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such corporation.

“Purchase Money Note” means a promissory note of a Receivables Entity evidencing the deferred purchase price of Receivables (and related assets) and/or a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, from the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction with a Receivables Entity, which deferred purchase price or line is repayable from cash available to the Receivables Entity, other than amounts required to be established as reserves pursuant to agreements, amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, principal and other amounts owing to such investors and amounts owing to such investors and amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated Receivables.

“Qualified Receivables Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (1) a Receivables Entity (in the case of a transfer by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) and (2) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Entity), or may grant a security interest in, any Receivables (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such Receivables, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, the proceeds of such Receivables and other assets which are customarily transferred, or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted, in connection with asset securitizations involving Receivables.

“Rating Agency” means each of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. and Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or, if Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company (as certified by a resolution of the Board of Directors) which shall be substituted for Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or both, as the case may be.

 

86


Table of Contents

“Receivable” means a right to receive payment arising from a sale or lease of goods or the performance of services by a Person pursuant to an arrangement with another Person pursuant to which such other Person is obligated to pay for goods or services under terms that permit the purchase of such goods and services on credit and shall include, in any event, any items of property that would be classified as an “account,” “chattel paper,” “payment intangible” or “instrument” under the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York and any “supporting obligations” as so defined.

“Receivables Entity” means a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary (or another Person in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary makes an Investment and to which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary transfers Receivables and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of Receivables and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company (as provided below) as a Receivables Entity:

(1) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which:

(a) is guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding guarantees of Obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings);

(b) is recourse to or obligates the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings; or

(c) subjects any property or asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings;

(2) with which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding (except in connection with a Purchase Money Note or Qualified Receivables Transaction) other than on terms no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company, other than fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing Receivables; and

(3) to which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

“Receivables Fees” means any fees or interest paid to purchasers or lenders providing the financing in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, factoring agreement or other similar agreement, including any such amounts paid by discounting the face amount of Receivables or participations therein transferred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, factoring agreement or other similar arrangement, regardless of whether any such transaction is structured as on-balance sheet or off-balance sheet or through a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“Receivables Transaction Amount” means the amount of obligations outstanding under the legal documents entered into as part of such Qualified Receivables Transaction on any date of determination that would be characterized as principal if such Qualified Receivables Transaction were structured as a secured lending transaction rather than as a purchase.

“Refinancing Charges” means the aggregate charges relating to the repurchase and/or redemption of the 8% Notes, together with any related consent fees, including, without limitation, (i) the amount of all prepayment premiums and other fees paid in connection with the repurchase of the 8% Notes, (ii) the unamortized portion of the debt discount and (iii) the unamortized portion of the debt issuance cost incurred in connection with the issuance of the 8% Notes.

 

87


Table of Contents

“Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refund, refinance, replace, exchange, renew, repay or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) (collectively, “refinance,” “refinances,” and “refinanced” shall have a correlative meaning) any Indebtedness existing on the date of the Indenture or Incurred in compliance with the Indenture (including Indebtedness of the Company that refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of another Restricted Subsidiary) including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness; provided, however, that:

(1) (a) if the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced is earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Notes, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced or (b) if the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced is later than the Stated Maturity of the Notes, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity at least 91 days later than the Stated Maturity of the Notes;

(2) the Refinancing Indebtedness has an Average Life at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(3) such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced (plus, without duplication, any additional Indebtedness Incurred to pay interest or premiums required by the instruments governing such existing Indebtedness and fees Incurred in connection therewith); and

(4) if the Indebtedness being refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantee, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantee on terms at least as favorable to the holders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded.

“Registration Rights Agreement” means that certain registration rights agreement dated as of the date of the Indenture by and among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the initial purchasers set forth therein and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more substantially similar registration rights agreements among the Company and the other parties thereto, as such agreements may be amended from time to time.

“Related Business” means any business that, if added to the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, would not substantially change the general nature of the business in which the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are engaged on the Issue Date.

“Representative” means any trustee, agent or representative (if any) of an issue of Senior Indebtedness; provided that when used in connection with the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, the term “Representative” shall refer to the administrative agent under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement.

“Restricted Investment” means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“Sale/Leaseback Transaction” means an arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired whereby the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person.

“SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

88


Table of Contents

“Senior Indebtedness” means, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter issued, created, Incurred or assumed, the Bank Indebtedness and all amounts payable by the Company under or in respect of all other Indebtedness of the Company, including premiums and accrued and unpaid interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company at the rate specified in the documentation with respect thereto whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding) and fees relating thereto; provided, however, that Senior Indebtedness will not include:

(1) the portion of any Indebtedness Incurred in violation of the Indenture;

(2) any Indebtedness of the Company to any Subsidiary;

(3) any liability for Federal, state, foreign, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company;

(4) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business (including Guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities);

(5) any Indebtedness, Guarantee or obligation of the Company that is expressly subordinate or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness, Guarantee or obligation of the Company, including, without limitation, any Senior Subordinated Indebtedness and any Subordinated Obligations; or

(6) any Capital Stock.

“Senior Secured Credit Agreement” means the Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement to be entered into among the Company, the Subsidiary Borrower, KeyBank National Association, as Administrative Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Bank of America, N.A., as Co-Syndication Agents, and the lenders parties thereto from time to time, as the same may be amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time (including increasing the amount loaned thereunder provided that such additional Indebtedness is Incurred in accordance with the covenant described under “-Limitation on Indebtedness”); provided that a Senior Secured Credit Agreement shall not (x) include Indebtedness issued, created or Incurred pursuant to a registered offering of securities under the Securities Act or a private placement of securities (including under Rule 144A or Regulation S) pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act or (y) relate to Indebtedness that does not consist exclusively of Senior Indebtedness or Guarantor Senior Indebtedness.

“Senior Subordinated Indebtedness” means the Notes and any other Indebtedness of the Company that specifically provides that such Indebtedness is to rank equally with the Notes in right of payment and is not subordinated by its terms in right of payment to any Indebtedness or other obligation of the Company which is not Senior Indebtedness.

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “Significant Subsidiary” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC.

“Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company which are reasonably customary in securitization of Receivables transactions.

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

“Subordinated Obligation” means any Indebtedness of the Company (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) which is subordinated or junior in right of payment to the Notes pursuant to a written agreement.

 

89


Table of Contents

“Subsidiary” of any Person means (a) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total ordinary voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof (or persons performing similar functions) or (b) any partnership, joint venture limited liability company or similar entity of which more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, is, in the case of clauses (a) and (b), at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (1) such Person, (2) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person. Unless otherwise specified herein, each reference to a Subsidiary will refer to a Subsidiary of the Company.

“Subsidiary Borrower” means Gibraltar Steel Corporation of New York, as a borrower under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement.

“Subsidiary Guarantee” means, individually, any Guarantee of payment of the Notes and exchange notes issued in a registered exchange offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement by a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the terms of the Indenture and any supplemental indenture thereto, and, collectively, all such Guarantees. Each such Subsidiary Guarantee will be in the form prescribed by the Indenture.

“Subsidiary Guarantor” means each Restricted Subsidiary in existence on the Issue Date that provides a Subsidiary Guarantee on the Issue Date (and any other Restricted Subsidiary that provides a Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with the Indenture); provided that upon release or discharge of such Restricted Subsidiary from its Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with the Indenture, such Restricted Subsidiary shall cease to be a Subsidiary Guarantor.

“Synthetic Lease Obligations” means the present value, determined on the basis of the implicit interest rate, of all basic rental obligations under any lease (a) that is accounted for by the lessee as an operating lease and (b) under which the lessee is intended to be the “owner” of the leased property for federal income tax purposes.

“Treasury Rate” means as of any date of redemption of Notes the yield to maturity at the time of computation of U.S. Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source or similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to February 1, 2017; provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to February 1, 2017 is not equal to the constant maturity of a U.S. Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of U.S. Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the redemption date to February 1, 2017 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded U.S. Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

“Total Assets” means, with respect to any Person, the total assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP, as shown on its most recent balance sheet.

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

(1) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of the Company in the manner provided below; and

(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

90


Table of Contents

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary or a Person becoming a Subsidiary through merger or consolidation or Investment therein) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary only if:

(1) such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries does not own any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of or have any Investment in, or own or hold any Lien on any property of, any other Subsidiary of the Company which is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or otherwise an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(2) all the Indebtedness of such Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries shall, at the date of designation, and will at all times thereafter, consist of Non-Recourse Debt;

(3) such designation and the Investment of the Company in such Subsidiary complies with “Certain Covenants-Limitation on Restricted Payments;”(4) such Subsidiary, either alone or in the aggregate with all other Unrestricted Subsidiaries,

(4) does not operate, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(5) such Subsidiary is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation:

(a) to subscribe for additional Capital Stock of such Person; or

(b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and

(6) on the date such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary is not a party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with terms substantially less favorable to the Company than those that might have been obtained from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company.

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the foregoing conditions. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the foregoing requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of the Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred as of such date.

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof and the Company could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the first paragraph of the “Limitation on Indebtedness” covenant on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.

“U.S. Government Obligations” means securities that are (a) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (b) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligations or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligations held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from

 

91


Table of Contents

the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Obligations evidenced by such depositary receipt.

“Voting Stock” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees, as applicable.

“Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary, all of the Capital Stock of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) is owned by the Company or another Wholly-Owned Subsidiary.

 

92


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

The following summary of material provisions of the instruments evidencing our material indebtedness does not purport to be complete and is subject to all of the provisions of the corresponding agreements including the definitions of certain terms therein that are not otherwise defined in this prospectus.

Revolving Credit Facility

We and our principal operating subsidiary, Gibraltar Steel Corporation of New York, entered into an amended and restated credit agreement to extend the due date of our $200 million revolving credit facility to June 2015, reduce the cost of borrowings and provide additional financial flexibility. The credit agreement governing our revolving credit facility provides us with a revolving credit facility commitment up to $200 million with borrowings limited to the lesser of (i) $200 million or (ii) a borrowing base determined by reference to the trade receivables, inventories, and property, plant and equipment of our significant domestic subsidiaries. As of March 31, 2013, we had $135.0 million of availability under the revolving credit facility and outstanding letters of credit of $13.6 million. As of March 31, 2013, we have no amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility.

Interest. Borrowings under the revolving credit facility bear interest at a variable interest rate based upon the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus an additional margin of 2.0% to 2.5%, based on the amount of borrowings available to Gibraltar. The revolving credit facility also carries an annual facility fee of 0.375% on the undrawn portion of the facility and fees on outstanding letters of credit which are payable quarterly.

Guarantees and security. Each of the Company’s significant domestic subsidiaries is required to guarantee outstanding amounts under the revolving credit facility. Borrowings under the revolving credit facility are secured by the personal property of the Company and its significant domestic subsidiaries, including receivables, inventory and equipment, as well as liens on certain real property of the Company’s significant domestic subsidiaries.

Maturity. The revolving credit facility is committed through the earlier of (i) October 10, 2016 or (ii) six months prior to the February 1, 2021 maturity of the notes.

Prepayments. The borrowers may voluntarily prepay borrowings under the revolving credit facility at any time without penalty, subject to the terms of the revolving credit facility. In addition, the revolving credit facility provides for mandatory prepayment of borrowings under certain circumstances.

Covenants. The revolving credit facility contains various affirmative and negative covenants customary for similar working capital facilities, including, but not limited to, limitations on our ability to:

 

   

incur additional debt or provide guarantees in respect of obligations of other persons;

 

   

pay dividends or distributions or redeem or repurchase capital stock;

 

   

prepay, redeem or repurchase debt;

 

   

make loans, investments including acquisitions and capital expenditures;

 

   

incur debt that is senior to the notes but junior to our indebtedness under the revolving credit facility and other senior indebtedness;

 

   

incur liens;

 

   

restrict distributions from our subsidiaries;

 

   

sell assets and capital stock of our subsidiaries;

 

93


Table of Contents
   

consolidate or merge with or into, or sell substantially all of our assets to, another person; and

 

   

enter into new lines of business.

In addition, the restrictive covenants in the revolving credit facility include a single financial covenant that requires the Company to maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.25 to 1.00 or higher on a trailing four-quarter basis at the end of each quarter. As of March 31, 2013, we were in compliance with the minimum fixed charge coverage ratio covenant. Management expects to be in compliance with the fixed coverage ratio covenant throughout the next twelve months.

Events of default. Our credit agreement governing our revolving credit facility also contains events of default that are customary for facilities and transactions of this type, including, without limitation, payment and performance defaults, cross-defaults to other material indebtedness including the notes, breach of representations and warranties, breaches of affirmative or negative covenants, insolvency, voluntary and involuntary bankruptcy, judgments and attachments, revocation of any guaranty, change in control, impairment of material portion of security and actual or asserted invalidity or unenforceability of any Loan Documents (as defined in the credit agreement governing our revolving credit facility) or liens securing obligations under the Loan Documents.

 

94


Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

As discussed under the Section entitled “The Exchange Offer,” based on an interpretation of the staff of the SEC we believe that new notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer may be offered for resale and resold or otherwise transferred by any holder of such new notes (other than any such holder which is an “affiliate” of ours within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act and except as otherwise discussed below with respect to holders which are broker-dealers) without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act so long as such new notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holder’s business and such holder has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of such new notes. If you are an affiliate of ours or are engaged in, or intend to engage in, or have an agreement or understanding to participate in, a distribution of the new notes, you cannot rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC, and you must comply with the registration requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.

Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new notes received in exchange for original notes where such original notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale for a period of 180 days from the date on which the exchange offer is consummated, or such shorter period as will terminate when all original notes acquired by broker-dealers for their own accounts as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities have been exchanged for new notes and such new notes have been resold by such broker-dealers. In addition, dealers effecting transactions in the new notes may deliver a prospectus.

We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of new notes by any broker-dealer. New notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to this exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the following manners:

 

   

in the over-the-counter market;

 

   

in negotiated transactions;

 

   

through the writing of options on the new notes; or

 

   

through a combination of such methods of resale.

The sales may be at any of the following prices:

 

   

market prices prevailing at the time of resale;

 

   

prices related to such prevailing market prices; or

 

   

negotiated prices.

Any resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such new notes.

Any broker-dealer that resells new notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such new notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of new notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

 

95


Table of Contents

For a period of 180 days after the expiration date, we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests those documents in the letter of transmittal. We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer (including the expenses of one counsel for holders of the notes) other than commissions or concessions of any broker-dealers and will indemnify the holders of the notes (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. We note, however, that in the opinion of the SEC, indemnification against liabilities arising under federal securities laws is against public policy and may be unenforceable.

 

96


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the exchange of original notes for new notes, and of the ownership and disposition of the new notes by holders that have held the original notes, and that will hold the new notes, as capital assets generally for investment purposes. This summary does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Code and applicable tax regulations, rulings, and judicial decisions all as in effect on the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below. Neither a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, nor an opinion of counsel with respect to the statements made or the conclusions reached in, the following summary has been sought, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions.

This summary also does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any foreign, state, or local jurisdiction. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to a holder’s particular circumstances or to holders that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

 

   

holders subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

   

banks;

 

   

tax-exempt organizations;

 

   

insurance companies;

 

   

dealers in securities or currencies;

 

   

traders in securities or commodities, or dealers in commodities, that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting;

 

   

financial institutions;

 

   

holders whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. dollar; or

 

   

persons that will hold the new notes as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction.

If a partnership holds new notes, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding our new notes, you should consult your tax advisor.

This summary of material U.S. federal income tax considerations is for general information only. You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of U.S. federal income tax laws to your particular situation as well as any tax consequences arising under the U.S. federal estate or gift tax rules or under the laws of any state, local, foreign or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

Exchange Offer

The exchange of an outstanding note for a new note pursuant to the exchange offer will not be taxable to the exchanging holder for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, an exchanging holder:

 

   

will not recognize any gain or loss on the exchange;

 

   

will have a holding period for the new note that includes the holding period for the outstanding note exchanged therefore; and

 

   

will have an adjusted tax basis in the new note immediately after the exchange equal to its adjusted tax basis in the outstanding note exchanged therefore immediately prior to the exchange.

 

97


Table of Contents

The exchange offer is not expected to result in any U.S. federal income tax consequences to a non-exchanging holder.

Ownership and Disposition of New Notes

Consequences to U.S. Holders

The following is a summary of the U.S. federal tax consequences that will apply to the ownership and disposition of the new notes by you if you are a “U.S. Holder” of the notes. Certain consequences to “non-U.S. Holders” of the notes are described under “— Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders” below. “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of a note that is:

 

   

a citizen or resident of the U.S.;

 

   

a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the U.S., any state thereof, or the District of Columbia; or

 

   

a trust (1) if a court within the U.S. is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) that has a valid election in effect under applicable regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

Payment of Interest. Stated interest on the new notes will generally be taxable to you as ordinary income at the time it is paid or at the time it accrues in accordance with your method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Market Discount and Premium. If you acquired a new note at a price less than its stated principal amount, you would be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as having acquired the new note with market discount, subject to a de minimis exception. In the case of a new note having market discount, you will be required to treat any partial principal payment received on, and any gain recognized upon the sale or other disposition of, the new note as ordinary income to the extent of the market discount that accrued during your holding period for the new note, unless you elect to annually include market discount in gross income over time as the market discount accrues (on a ratable basis, or at your election, a constant yield basis). An election to include market discount in gross income as it accrues, once made, is irrevocable and will apply to all debt instruments with market discount acquired by you on or after the first day of the first taxable year to which the election applies. In addition, if you hold a new note with market discount, and you do not elect to accrue market discount into gross income over time, you may be required to defer the deduction of interest expense incurred or continued to purchase or carry the new note.

If you acquired a new note for an amount in excess of its stated principal amount, you may elect to treat the excess as “amortizable bond premium.” In such case, the amount required to be included in your gross income each year with respect to interest on the new note generally will be reduced by the amount of amortizable bond premium allocable (based on the new note’s yield to maturity) to that year. Any election to amortize bond premium will apply to all new notes held by you at the beginning of the first taxable year to which the election applies or thereafter acquired by you and is irrevocable without the consent of the IRS.

Sale, Exchange or Disposition of New Notes. You generally will recognize gain or loss upon the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of a new note equal to the difference between the amount realized upon the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition (less an amount attributable to any accrued stated interest not previously included in income, which will be taxable as interest income) and your adjusted tax basis in the new note. Your adjusted tax basis in a new note will generally equal the amount you paid for the new note, increased by any market discount previously included in gross income and reduced by any amortizable bond premium previously deducted by you in respect of the new note. Any gain or loss recognized on a disposition of the new note will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if your holding period for the new note is more than one year. The ability to deduct capital losses is subject to limitation under U.S. federal income tax laws.

 

98


Table of Contents

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding. In general, information reporting requirements will apply to certain payments of principal and interest on the new notes and the proceeds of sale of a new note unless you are an exempt recipient (such as a corporation, which if necessary properly established such status). A backup withholding tax at the rate of 28% will apply to such payments if you fail to provide your taxpayer identification number or certification of exempt status or have been notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding.

Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will generally be allowed as a refund or a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is furnished to the IRS.

Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

The following is a summary of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that will apply to you if you are a non-U.S. Holder of new notes. The term “non-U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of a note that is not a U.S. Holder. Special rules may apply to certain non-U.S. Holders such as “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” former U.S. citizens or long-term residents, and investors in pass-through entities. Such entities should consult their own tax advisors to determine the U.S. federal, state, local and other tax consequences that may be relevant to them.

Payment of Interest. The U.S. federal withholding tax will not apply to any payment to you of interest on a new note because of the “portfolio interest exemption” provided that:

 

   

you do not actually or constructively own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock that are entitled to vote;

 

   

you are not a controlled foreign corporation that is related to us through stock ownership; and

 

   

you provide to us your name and address, and certify, under penalties of perjury, that you are not a U.S. person (which certification generally may be made by a beneficial owner of new notes on an IRS Form W-8BEN); or a securities clearing organization, bank, or other financial institution that holds customers’ securities in the ordinary course of its business and that holds new notes on your behalf certifies, under penalties of perjury, that it has received IRS Form W-8BEN (other applicable form) from you or from another qualifying financial institution intermediary, and provides a copy of the IRS Form W-8BEN.

If you hold your new notes through certain foreign intermediaries or certain foreign partnerships, such foreign intermediaries or partnerships must also satisfy the certification requirements of applicable regulations.

If you are engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. and interest on a new note is effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business, you will be exempt from withholding tax if you provide us with a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (in lieu of IRS Form W-8BEN, which would not be applicable in such case), but you will be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on that interest on a net income basis in the same manner as if you were a U.S. person as defined under the Code. In addition, if you are a foreign corporation, you may be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate) of your earnings and profits for the taxable year, subject to adjustments, that are effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the U.S. For this purpose, interest will be included in the earnings and profits of such foreign corporation.

Sale, Exchange or Disposition of Notes. Any gain realized upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of a new note (except with respect to accrued and unpaid interest, which would be taxable as described above) generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless:

 

   

subject to an applicable tax treaty providing otherwise, that gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the U.S.;

 

99


Table of Contents
   

you are an individual who is present in the U.S. for 183 days or more in the taxable year of that disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or

 

   

you are subject to Code provisions applicable to certain U.S. expatriates and former long-term residents of the U.S.

A holder described in the first bullet point above will be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on the net gain derived from the sale, and if such holder is a foreign corporation, it may also be required to pay a branch profits tax at a 30% rate or a lower rate if so specified by an applicable income tax treaty. A holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to a flat 30% U.S. federal income tax on the gain derived from the sale, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses, even though the holder is not considered a resident of the U.S.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding. Generally, we must report to the IRS and to you the amount of interest paid to you and the amount of tax, if any, withheld with respect to those payments. Copies of the information returns reporting such interest payments and any withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which you reside under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.

In general, you will not be subject to backup withholding with respect to payments that we make to you on the new notes, provided that we do not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a United States person as defined under the Code, and we have received from you the appropriate tax forms and certifications establishing that you are not a United States person. The tax forms and certifications required to claim the exemption from withholding tax on interest, described above, will satisfy the tax form and certification requirements necessary to avoid the backup withholding tax as well. As discussed above, special rules and certification requirements apply to non-U.S. Holders that are pass-through entities, rather than corporations or individuals, or are otherwise acting as intermediaries.

Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale of the new notes within the U.S. or conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries, unless you certify on appropriate U.S. tax forms, under penalties of perjury, that you are a non-U.S. Holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a United States person as defined under the Code) or you otherwise establish an exemption.

Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is furnished to the IRS.

 

100


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Our counsel, Lippes Mathias Wexler Friedman LLP, Buffalo New York, will issue an opinion regarding the validity of the new notes and the new guarantees and the enforceability of our obligations under the new notes and the new guarantees. Certain matters under the laws of California, Florida, Illinois, Kansas, Louisiana and Ohio have been passed upon respectively by Peter Brown, Esq., Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP, Goldberg Kohn Ltd., Stinson Morrison Hecker LLP, Gold, Weems, Bruser, Sues & Rundell, and Reminger.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Gibraltar Industries, Inc. appearing in Gibraltar Industries, Inc.‘s Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2012 have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon, included therein, and incorporated herein by reference. Such consolidated financial statements are incorporated herein by reference in reliance upon such reports given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

101


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the Commission a registration statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-189243) with respect to the new notes offered in this prospectus. This prospectus is a part of the registration statement and, as permitted by the Commission’s rules, does not contain all of the information presented in the registration statement, including its exhibits and schedules. Whenever a reference is made in this prospectus to one of our contracts or other documents, please be aware that this reference is not necessarily complete and that you should refer to the exhibits that are a part of the registration statement for a copy of the contract or other document. You may review a copy of this registration statement, including exhibits to the registration statement, without charge at the Commission’s public reference room referred to below. Please call the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference room. Our filings with the Commission also are available to the public through the Commission’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

We will file annual, quarterly and current reports with the Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). You may read and copy any document we file at the following Commission public reference room:

Securities and Exchange Commission

Public Reference Room

100 F Street, N.E.

Washington, D.C. 20549

You may obtain copies of our Commission reports at no cost, by telephone at (716) 826-6500, or by mail at: Gibraltar Industries, Inc., 3556 Lake Shore Road, P.O. Box 2028, Buffalo, New York 14219.

 

102


Table of Contents

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” into this prospectus the information we file with them, which means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you to those documents. The information we incorporate by reference is an important part of this prospectus. Any statement contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus shall be deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of this prospectus to the extent that a statement contained herein, or in any subsequently filed document which also is incorporated by reference herein, modifies or supersedes such earlier statement. Any statement so modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this prospectus. We incorporate by reference the following documents we filed with the SEC:

 

   

our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013 filed with the SEC on May 2, 2013;

 

   

our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 filed with the SEC on February 22, 2013;

 

   

all documents filed by us under Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act between the date of this prospectus and the termination of the exchange offer.

You should rely only on information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. We have not authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate as of the date of this prospectus only. Our business, financial condition and results of operations may have changed since that date.

You may request a copy of any filings referred to above (excluding exhibits), at no cost, by contacting us at the following address:

Gibraltar Industries, Inc.

3556 Lake Shore Road

P.O. Box 2028

Buffalo, New York 14219

(716) 826-6500

To obtain timely delivery of any of our filings, agreements or other documents, you must make your request to us no later than August     , 2013, which is five business days before the expiration date of the exchange offer.

 

103


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

 

Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers of the Issuer

Gibraltar Industries, Inc. is a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware.

Indemnification under the Delaware General Corporation Law

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) authorizes a corporation to indemnifY any person who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to a threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful.

Section 145 of the DGCL does not permit indemnification in any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses, which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper. To the extent that a present or former director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter, such person shall be indemnified against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and reasonably incurred. Indemnity is mandatory to the extent a claim, issue or matter has been successfully defended.

The DGCL also provides that indemnifications under Section 145 can only be made upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director, officer or employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 145. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (1) by a majority vote of directors who are not a party to the action at issue (even though Jess than a quorum), (2) by a majority vote of a designated committee of these directors (even though less than a quorum), (3) if there are no such directors, or these directors authorize, by the written opinion of independent legal counsel, or (4) by the stockholders.

The DGCL also empowers a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under Section 145 of the DGCL.

Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits a corporation to provide for eliminating or limiting the personal liability of one of its directors for any monetary damages related to a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, so as long the corporation does not eliminate or limit the liability of a director (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for any acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve

 

II-i


Table of Contents

intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions, or (4) for any transaction from which the director received an improper personal benefit. These provisions will not limit the liability of directors or officers under the federal securities laws of the United States.

Indemnification under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation

Pursuant to its certificate of incorporation the Company shall indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, and such right to indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer of the Company and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnity any director or officer (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the board of directors of the Company.

Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company as authorized in the certificate of incorporation.

The Company may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the board of directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Company who are not directors or officers.

The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in the certificate of incorporation shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under the certificate of incorporation, the by-laws, any statute, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Any repeal or modification of the indemnification provisions of the certificate of incorporation by the stockholders of the Company shall not adversely affect any rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses of a director or officer of the Company existing pursuant to the certificate of incorporation with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

 

Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statements

Reference is made to the Exhibit Index following the signature pages hereto which Exhibit Index is incorporated by reference into this Item 21.

 

Item 22. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrants hereby undertake:

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement, or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof, which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered, if the total dollar value of securities

 

II-ii


Table of Contents

offered would not exceed that which was registered, and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof; and

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

The undersigned registrants hereby undertake that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bonafide offering thereof.

The undersigned registrants hereby undertake:

(1) To respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this Form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

(2) To supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrants pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrants have been advised that in the opinion of the Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by a registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrants will, unless in the opinion of their counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by then is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-iii


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Buffalo, State of New York, on July 19, 2013.

 

GIBRALTAR INDUSTRIES, INC.

By:

  /s/ Kenneth W. Smith
Kenneth W. Smith
Senior Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ *

Brian J. Lipke

   Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   July 19, 2013

/s/ *

Henning Kombrekke

   President and Chief Operating Officer   July 19, 2013

/s/ Kenneth W. Smith

Kenneth W. Smith

   Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   July 19, 2013

/s/ *

Robert E. Sadler, Jr.

   Director   July 19, 2013

/s/ *

Gerald S. Lippes

   Director   July 19, 2013

/s/ *

Arthur A. Russ, Jr.

   Director   July 19, 2013

 

II-iv


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ *

William P. Montague

   Director   July 19, 2013

/s/ *

David N. Campbell

   Director   July 19, 2013

/s/ *

William J. Colombo

   Director   July 19, 2013

 

*By:   /s/ Kenneth W. Smith
  Kenneth W. Smith
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-v


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Buffalo, State of New York, on July 19, 2013.

 

AIR VENT, INC.
By: /s/ Kenneth W. Smith
Kenneth W. Smith
Senior Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ *

Brian J. Lipke

   Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   July 19, 2013

/s/ Kenneth W. Smith

Kenneth W. Smith

   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   July 19, 2013

 

*By:   /s/ Kenneth W. Smith
  Kenneth W. Smith
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-vi


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Buffalo, State of New York, on July 19, 2013.

 

ALABAMA METAL INDUSTRIES CORPORATION
By: /s/ Kenneth W. Smith
Kenneth W. Smith
Senior Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ *

Brian J. Lipke

   Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   July 19, 2013

/s/ Kenneth W. Smith

Kenneth W. Smith

   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   July 19, 2013

 

*By:   /s/ Kenneth W. Smith
  Kenneth W. Smith
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-vii


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Buffalo, State of New York, on July 19, 2013.

 

AMICO HOLDING COMPANY, INC.
By: /s/ Kenneth W. Smith
Kenneth W. Smith

Senior Vice President,

Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ *

Brian J. Lipke

   Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   July 19, 2013

/s/ Kenneth W. Smith

Kenneth W. Smith

   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   July 19, 2013

 

*By:   /s/ Kenneth W. Smith
  Kenneth W. Smith
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-viii


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Buffalo, State of New York, on July 19, 2013.

 

APPLETON SUPPLY COMPANY, INC.
By: /s/ Kenneth W. Smith
Kenneth W. Smith
Senior Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ *

Brian J. Lipke

   Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   July 19, 2013

/s/ Kenneth W. Smith

Kenneth W. Smith

   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   July 19, 2013

 

*By:   /s/ Kenneth W. Smith
  Kenneth W. Smith
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-ix


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Buffalo, State of New York, on July 19, 2013.

 

CONSTRUCTION METALS, LLC
By: /s/ Kenneth W. Smith
Kenneth W. Smith
Senior Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ *

Brian J. Lipke

   Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   July 19, 2013

/s/ Kenneth W. Smith

Kenneth W. Smith

  

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  July 19, 2013

 

*By:   /s/ Kenneth W. Smith
  Kenneth W. Smith
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-x


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Buffalo, State of New York, on July 19, 2013.

 

DIAMOND PERFORATED METALS, INC.
By: /s/ Kenneth W. Smith
Kenneth W. Smith
Senior Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ *

Brian J. Lipke

   Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   July 19, 2013

/s/ Kenneth W. Smith

Kenneth W. Smith

   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   July 19, 2013

 

*By:   /s/ Kenneth W. Smith
  Kenneth W. Smith
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-xi


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Buffalo, State of New York, on July 19, 2013.

 

D.S.B. HOLDING CORP.
By: /s/ Kenneth W. Smith
Kenneth W. Smith
Senior Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ *

Brian J. Lipke

   Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   July 19, 2013

/s/ Kenneth W. Smith

Kenneth W. Smith

   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   July 19, 2013

 

*By:   /s/ Kenneth W. Smith
  Kenneth W. Smith
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-xii


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Buffalo, State of New York, on July 19, 2013.

 

FLORENCE CORPORATION
By: /s/ Kenneth W. Smith
Kenneth W. Smith
Senior Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ *

Brian J. Lipke

   Chairman of the Board (Principal Executive Officer)   July 19, 2013

/s/ Kenneth W. Smith

Kenneth W. Smith

   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   July 19, 2013

 

*By:   /s/ Kenneth W. Smith
  Kenneth W. Smith
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-xiii


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Buffalo, State of New York, on July 19, 2013.

 

FLORENCE CORPORATION OF KANSAS
By: /s/ Kenneth W. Smith
Kenneth W. Smith
Senior Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ *

Brian J. Lipke

   Chairman of the Board (Principal Executive Officer)   July 19, 2013

/s/ Kenneth W. Smith

Kenneth W. Smith

   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   July 19, 2013

 

*By:   /s/ Kenneth W. Smith
  Kenneth W. Smith
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-xiv


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Buffalo, State of New York, on July 19, 2013.

 

GSC FLIGHT SERVICES CORP.
By: /s/ Kenneth W. Smith
Kenneth W. Smith
Senior Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ *

Brian J. Lipke

   Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   July 19, 2013

/s/ Kenneth W. Smith

Kenneth W. Smith

   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   July 19, 2013

 

*By:   /s/ Kenneth W. Smith
  Kenneth W. Smith
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-xv


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Buffalo, State of New York, on July 19, 2013.

 

GIBRALTAR STEEL CORPORATION OF NEW YORK
By: /s/ Kenneth W. Smith
Kenneth W. Smith
Senior Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ *

Brian J. Lipke

   Chairman of the Board and President (Principal Executive Officer)   July 19, 2013

/s/ Kenneth W. Smith

Kenneth W. Smith

   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)  

July 19, 2013

 

*By:   /s/ Kenneth W. Smith
  Kenneth W. Smith
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-xvi


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Buffalo, State of New York, on July 19, 2013.

 

NOLL/NORWESCO, LLC
By: /s/ Kenneth W. Smith
Kenneth W. Smith
Senior Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ *

Brian J. Lipke

   Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   July 19, 2013

/s/ Kenneth W. Smith

Kenneth W. Smith

   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   July 19, 2013

 

*By:   /s/ Kenneth W. Smith
  Kenneth W. Smith
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-xvii


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Buffalo, State of New York, on July 19, 2013.

 

PACIFIC AWARD METALS, INC.
By: /s/ Kenneth W. Smith
Kenneth W. Smith
Senior Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ *

Brian J. Lipke

   Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   July 19, 2013

/s/ Kenneth W. Smith

Kenneth W. Smith

   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   July 19, 2013

 

*By:   /s/ Kenneth W. Smith
  Kenneth W. Smith
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-xviii


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Buffalo, State of New York, on July 19, 2013.

 

SEA SAFE, INC.
By: /s/ Kenneth W. Smith
Kenneth W. Smith
Senior Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ *

Brian J. Lipke

   Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   July 19, 2013

/s/ Kenneth W. Smith

Kenneth W. Smith

   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   July 19, 2013

 

*By:   /s/ Kenneth W. Smith
  Kenneth W. Smith
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-xix


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Buffalo, State of New York, on July 19, 2013.

 

SEISMIC ENERGY PRODUCTS, INC.
By: /s/ Kenneth W. Smith
Kenneth W. Smith
Senior Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ *

Brian J. Lipke

   Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   July 19, 2013

/s/ Kenneth W. Smith

Kenneth W. Smith

   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   July 19, 2013

 

*By:   /s/ Kenneth W. Smith
  Kenneth W. Smith
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-xx


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Buffalo, State of New York, on July 19, 2013.

 

SOLAR GROUP, INC.
By: /s/ Kenneth W. Smith
Kenneth W. Smith
Senior Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ *

Brian J. Lipke

   Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   July 19, 2013

/s/ Kenneth W. Smith

Kenneth W. Smith

   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   July 19, 2013

 

*By:   /s/ Kenneth W. Smith
  Kenneth W. Smith
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-xxi


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Buffalo, State of New York, on July 19, 2013.

 

SOUTHEASTERN METALS MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.
By: /s/ Kenneth W. Smith
Kenneth W. Smith
Senior Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ *

Brian J. Lipke

   Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   July 19, 2013

/s/ Kenneth W. Smith

Kenneth W. Smith

   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   July 19, 2013

 

*By:   /s/ Kenneth W. Smith
  Kenneth W. Smith
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-xxii


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Buffalo, State of New York, on July 19, 2013.

 

THE D.S. BROWN COMPANY
By: /s/ Kenneth W. Smith
Kenneth W. Smith
Senior Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ *

Brian J. Lipke

   Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   July 19, 2013

/s/ Kenneth W. Smith

Kenneth W. Smith

   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   July 19, 2013

 

*By:   /s/ Kenneth W. Smith
  Kenneth W. Smith
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-xxiii


Table of Contents
Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

Description

 

Exhibit

Number

 

Exhibit

  3.1   Certificate of Incorporation of registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-135908)), as amended by Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of Gibraltar Industries, Inc. filed May 22, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 22, 2012).
  3.2   Amended and Restated By Laws of Gibraltar Industries, Inc. effective August 1, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 3, 2012)
  4.1   Specimen Common Share Certificate (incorporated by reference number to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-69304))
  4.2   Indenture for 8% Notes dated as of December 8, 2005, among the Company, the Guarantors (as defined therein) and the Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 13, 2005), as amended by Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 31, 2013, among the Company, the Guarantors (as defined therein) and the Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 1, 2013).
  4.3   Indenture for 6.25% Notes dated as of January 31, 2013, among the Company, the Guarantors (as defined therein) and the Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 1, 2013).
  5.1***   Opinion of Lippes Mathias Wexler Friedman LLP regarding validity of the new notes and the new guarantees.
  5.2***   Opinion of Peter Brown, Esq.
  5.3***   Opinion of Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP
  5.4***   Opinion of Goldberg Kohn Ltd.
  5.5***   Opinion of Stinson Morrison Hecker LLP
  5.6***   Opinion of Gold, Weems, Bruser, Sues & Rundell
  5.7***   Opinion of Reminger
10.1*   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of August 21, 2007 between the Registrant and Brian J. Lipke (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 24, 2007)
10.2*   Employment Agreement dated as of August 21, 2007 between the Registrant and Henning N. Kornbrekke (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 24, 2007)
10.3*   Change in Control Agreement between the Company and Brian J. Lipke dated March 24, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 25, 2011)
10.4*   Change in Control Agreement between the Company and Henning N. Kornbrekke dated March 24, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 25, 2011)

 

II-xxiv


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

  

Exhibit

10.5*    Change in Control Agreement between the Company and Kenneth W. Smith (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 24, 2009)
10.6*    Change in Control Agreement between the Company and Timothy J. Heasley (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 24 , 2009)
10.7*    Change in Control Agreement between the Company and Paul M. Murray (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 24, 2009)
10.8*    Gibraltar 401(k) Plan Amendment and Restatement Effective October 1, 2004 as amended by the First, Second, and Third Amendments to the Amendment and Restatement Effective October 1, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004)
10.9*    Gibraltar Deferred Compensation Plan Amended and Restated, effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 24, 2009)
10.10*    Amended and Restated Gibraltar Industries, Inc. 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 21, 2006), as amended by Equity Incentive Plan, dated May 18, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 21, 2009)
10.11*    Fourth Amendment and Restatement of the Gibraltar Industries, Inc. Management Stock Purchase Plan, dated June 27, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 27, 2012)
10.12*    Gibraltar Industries, Inc. Omnibus Code Section 409A Compliance Policy, dated December 30, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 6, 2009)
10.13*    Summary Description of Annual Management Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 24, 2009)
10.14*    Gibraltar Industries, Inc. 2005 Equity Incentive Plan Form of Award of Restricted Units (Long Term Incentive) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 25, 2005)
10.15*    Gibraltar Industries, Inc. 2005 Equity Incentive Plan Form of Award of Non-Qualified Option (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 25, 2005)
10.16*    Gibraltar Industries, Inc. 2005 Equity Incentive Plan Form of Award of Restricted Stock Units, dated January 5, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 9, 2009)
10.17*    Gibraltar Industries, Inc., 2005 Equity Incentive Plan Form of Award of Performance Units (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 23, 2009)
10.18*    Gibraltar Industries, Inc. 2005 Equity Incentive Plan Form of Award (Retirement) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 9, 2011)
10.19*    Gibraltar Industries, Inc. 2005 Equity Incentive Plan Form of Award of Performance Units (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 6, 2012)

 

II-xxv


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

 

Exhibit

10.20*   Gibraltar Industries, Inc. 2005 Equity Incentive Plan Form of Award of Performance Units (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 7, 2013)
10.21*   Letter from Brian J. Lipke dated March 24, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 25, 2011)
10.22   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2013, among the Company, the Guarantors and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC., KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc., HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. and RBS Securities Inc., as initial purchasers of the 6.25% Notes (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 1, 2013)
10.23   Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated October 11, 2011 among Gibraltar Industries, Inc. and Gibraltar Steel Corporation of New York, as borrowers, the lenders parties thereto, Key Bank National Association, as administrative agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as co-syndication agent, Bank of America, N.A., as co-syndication agent, M&T Bank, as co-documentation agent, RBS Citizens, National Association, as co-documentation agent, and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as co-documentation agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 13, 2011)
10.24   Stock Purchase Agreement among Gibraltar Steel Corporation of New York, MiTek Industries, Inc., and MiTek Canada, Inc. dated March 10, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 15, 2011)
10.25   Stock Purchase Agreement among Gibraltar Industries, Inc. and the stockholders of D.S.B. Holding Corp. dated March 10, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 15, 2011)
10.26   Stock Purchase Agreement By and Between Southeastern Metals Manufacturing Company, Inc. and the stockholders of Pacific Award Metals, Inc. dated June 3, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 9, 2011)
12**   Statement re: computation of earnings to fixed charges
14   Code of Ethics for senior financial officers and the Chief Executive Officer of Gibraltar Steel Corporation; (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004)
21**   Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1***   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.2***   Consent of Lippes Mathias Wexler Friedman LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
23.3***   Consent of Peter Brown, Esq. (contained in Exhibit 5.2)
23.4***   Consent of Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.3)
23.5***   Consent of Goldberg Kohn Ltd. (contained in Exhibit 5.4)
23.6***   Consent of Stinson Morrison Hecker LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.5)
23.7***   Consent of Gold, Weems, Bruser, Sues & Rundell (contained in Exhibit 5.6)
23.8***   Consent of Reminger (contained in Exhibit 5.7)
24**   Power of Attorney (included with signature pages)
25**   Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility of Trustee under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, of The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee

 

II-xxvi


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

 

Exhibit

99.1***   Form of Letter of Transmittal
99.2***   Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
99.3***   Form of Notice to Investors
99.4***   Form of Notice to Broker Dealers

 

* Document is a management contract or compensatory plan or agreement
** Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on form S-4 (File No. 333-189243) filed on June 12, 2013
*** Filed herewith.

 

II-xxvii

EX-5.1

Exhibit 5.1

Letterhead of Lippes Mathias Wexler Friedman LLP

Michael E. Storck

Partner

mstorck@lippes.com

July 19, 2013

Gibraltar Industries, Inc.

3556 Lake Shore Road

PO Box 2028

Buffalo, NY 14219-0228

Ladies and Gentleman:

We have acted as counsel for Gibraltar Industries, Inc. (the “Company”) and the wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company listed in Schedule 1 hereto (collectively the “Subsidiary Guarantors”) in connection with the registration statement on Form S-4 filed by the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) on June 12, 2013 as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto to be filed with the Commission on the date hereof (collectively the “Registration Statement”), relating to the issuance by the Company of $210 million aggregate principal amount of 6.25% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2021 (the “Exchange Notes”) and the guarantees of the Exchange Notes (the “Exchange Note Guarantees”) by the Subsidiary Guarantors. The Exchange Notes and the Exchange Note Guarantees are to be offered by the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantees, respectively, in exchange for $210 million aggregate principal amount of the Company’s outstanding 6.25% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2021 (the “Original Notes”) and the guarantees of the Original Notes by the Subsidiary Guarantors. The Exchange Notes and the Exchange Note Guarantees will be issued under an Indenture dated January 31, 2013 (the “Indenture”), by and among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and Bank of New York, as Trustee (the “Trustee”).

This opinion letter is being furnished in accordance with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act.

In connection with this opinion, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction of:

i. the Registration Statement;

ii. executed copy of the Registration Rights Agreement dated January 31, 2013 by and among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc., HSBC Securities Inc., and RBS Securities Inc.;

iii. executed copy of the Indenture;

iv. the respective Certificates of Incorporation or Certificates of Formation (and any amendments thereto) of the Company and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors;


Gibraltar Industries, Inc.

July 19, 2013

Page 2

 

 

v. the respective By-Laws or Operating Agreements (and any amendments thereto) of the Company and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors;

vi. resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company and resolutions of the Pricing Committee thereof each relating to, among other things, the issuance and sale of the Original Notes and the Exchange Notes, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement and related matters;

vii. the Statement of Eligibility and Qualifications on Form T-1 under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, of the Trustee, filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement; and

viii. the form of the Exchange Notes.

We have also examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such records of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors and such agreements, certificates of public officials, certificates of officers or other representatives of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors and others, and such other documents, certificates and records as we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinions set forth herein.

In our examination, we have assumed the legal capacity of all natural persons, the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as a facsimile, electronic, certified, conformed or photostatic copies and the authenticity of the originals of such copies. In making our examination of documents executed or to be executed, we have assumed that such documents are or will be valid and binding obligations of, and enforceable against, the parties thereto, other than the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors. As to any facts material to the opinions expressed herein that we have not independently established or verified, we have relied upon statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the Company and of public officials.

We are licensed to practice law in the State of New York. We have relied as to matters of California, Florida, Illinois, Kansas, Louisiana and Ohio law upon the legal opinions of Peter Brown, Esq., Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP, Goldberg Kohn Ltd., Stinson Morrison Hecker LLP, Gold, Weems, Bruser, Sues & Rundell, and Reminger (collectively, the “Opinions”), respectively, which Opinions have also been filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement. We express no opinion concerning any law other than the federal law of the United States of America, the laws of the State of New York, and the General Corporation Law and Limited Liability Company Act of the State of Delaware and, in reliance on the Opinions, the laws of California, Florida, Illinois, Kansas, Louisiana and Ohio, in each case including the applicable statutory provisions to these laws, the rules and regulations underlying such provisions, and the applicable judicial and regulatory determinations interpreting these laws.


Gibraltar Industries, Inc.

July 19, 2013

Page 3

 

The opinions set forth below are subject to the following qualifications, further assumptions and limitations:

(a) the validity or enforcement of any agreements or instruments may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law); and

(b) we do not express any opinion as to the applicability or effect of any fraudulent transfer, preference or similar law on the Indenture or any transactions contemplated thereby.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing and the limitations, qualifications, exceptions and assumptions set forth herein, we are of the opinion that:

1. When the applicable provisions of the Securities Act and such “Blue Sky” or other securities laws as may be applicable shall have been complied with, the Exchange Notes, when issued by the Company and executed, authenticated, issued and delivered in accordance with the Indenture and as described in the prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement, will be legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms.

2. When the applicable provisions of the Securities Act and such “Blue Sky” or other securities laws as may be applicable shall have been compiled with, each of the Exchange Note Guarantees, when issued by the Subsidiary Guarantors and executed, authenticated and delivered in accordance with the Indenture and as described in the prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement, will be legal, valid and binding obligations of the applicable Subsidiary Guarantors, enforceable against each such Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with its terms.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are included in the category of persons whose consent is required under the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Lippes Mathias Wexler Friedman LLP

EX-5.2

Exhibit 5.2

 

LOGO

July 19, 2013

Lippes Mathias Wexler Friedman LLP

665 Main St. Suite 300

Buffalo, New York 14203

Re: Registration Statement on Form S-4

Ladies and Gentlemen:

At your request, I have acted as California counsel to the following entities: a) Pacific Award Metals, Inc., a California corporation; b) Diamond Perforated Metals, Inc., a California corporation; and c) Construction Metals, LLC, a California Limited Liability Company ( collectively the “California Guarantors”), in connection with certain matters of California law arising out of the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, by Gibraltar Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), of $210,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.25% Senior Subordinated Notes, Series A, due 2021 (the “Exchange Notes”) and the guarantees (the “Guarantee”) of the Exchange Notes by the California Guarantors (collectively, the “Subsidiary Guarantors”), under the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (such registration statement, as amended or supplemented, the “Registration Statement”) originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 12, 2013. The Exchange Notes and the Guarantee are to be offered in exchange for the Issuers’ outstanding $210,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.25% Rule 144A Notes due 2021 (the “Notes”) and the guarantee of the Notes by the Subsidiary Guarantors.

In my capacity as California counsel for the California Guarantor, I have examined originals or copies of (i) the Registration Statement, (ii) the Indenture, dated as of January 31, 2012, by and among the Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N. A. (the “Indenture”), and (iii) such other corporate and other records and documents I considered appropriate. I have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to me as originals and the conformity with the originals of all documents submitted to me as copies.

On the basis of such examination, my reliance upon the assumptions in this opinion and my consideration of those questions of law I considered relevant, and subject to the limitations and qualifications in this opinion, I am of the opinion that:

 

1. The California Guarantors are all entities (two corporations and one limited liability company) validly existing under the laws of the State of California, with requisite power to enter into the Indenture and the Guarantee, and to perform their obligations under the Indenture and the Guarantee; and


2. The execution, delivery and performance of their obligations under the Indenture and the Guarantee have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or company action on the part of each of the California Guarantors; and the Indenture has been duly executed and delivered by each of the California Guarantors; and

 

3. The Subsidiary Guarantees represent a legal and valid binding obligation of each of the California Guarantors, enforceable against each of the California Guarantors in accordance with their terms.

The law governed by this opinion letter is limited to the present California Corporations Code. I express no opinion as to the laws of any other jurisdiction and no opinion regarding the statutes, administrative decisions, rules, regulations or requirements of any county, municipality, subdivision or local authority or any jurisdiction.

I hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. I also consent to the reference to me under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, I do not thereby admit that I am included in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933 or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

In addition, I hereby consent to the reliance by your firm on this opinion in the context of your Opinion Letter which will be filed as an Exhibit to the Registration Statement referred to above.

Respectfully submitted,

/s/ Peter H. Brown

EX-5.3

Exhibit 5.3

STROOCK

 

July 19, 2013

Southeastern Metals Manufacturing Company, Inc.

11801 Industry Drive

Jacksonville, FL 32218

Re: Registration Statement on Form S-4, Registration Number 333-189243

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We are issuing this opinion letter in our capacity as special Florida counsel to Southeastern Metals Manufacturing Company, Inc., a Florida corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the Company’s proposed guarantee, along with certain other guarantors under the Indenture (as defined below), of $210,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.25% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2021 (the “Exchange Notes”). The Exchange Notes are to be issued by Gibraltar Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), in connection with exchange offers to be made pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-4, Registration Number 333-189243 (such Registration Statement, as supplemented or amended, is hereinafter referred to as the “Registration Statement”), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The obligations of the Issuer under the Exchange Notes will be guaranteed by the Company and certain other guarantors (the “Guarantees”). The Exchange Notes and the Guarantees thereof are to be issued under the Indenture, dated as of January 31, 2013 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the Guarantors, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent (the “Paying Agent”).

In our capacity as special Florida counsel, we have examined executed copies of the following documents:

(a) the Indenture (including the Guarantee by the Company contained therein);

(b) the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws, each certified as of the date hereof to us by an officer of the Company;

(c) those certificates of certain public officials with respect to the Company attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 (the “Good Standing Certificate”); and


July 19, 2013

Page 2

 

(d) the resolutions of the board of directors of the Company with respect to the issuance of the Company’s Guarantee.

The opinion with respect to good standing given in paragraph 1 below is based solely upon the Good Standing Certificate.

We have reviewed such other documents and made such examinations of law as we have deemed appropriate to give the opinions set forth below. We have relied, without independent verification, on certificates of public officials, and, as to matters of fact material to our opinion also without independent verification, on representations made in the Indenture and certificates and other inquiries of officers of the Company.

We have assumed the legal capacity and competence of natural persons, the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of documents submitted to us as certified, conformed, photostatic, electronic or facsimile copies, and the completeness of all documents reviewed by us. We have also assumed, without independent verification, (i) that the parties to the Indenture and the other agreements, instruments and documents executed in connection therewith, other than the Company, have the power (including, without limitation, corporate or limited liability company power where applicable) and authority to enter into and perform the Indenture and such other agreements, instruments and documents, (ii) the due authorization, execution and delivery by such parties, other than the Company, of the Indenture and such other agreements, instruments and documents and (iii) that the Indenture and such other agreements, instruments and documents constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of each such party, other than the Company, enforceable against each such other party in accordance with their respective terms.

Attorneys involved in the preparation of this opinion are admitted to practice law in the State of Florida, and we do not express any opinion herein concerning any law other than the laws of the State of Florida. As to all matters relating to New York law relevant to this opinion, including, without limitation, the due execution, delivery or enforceability of any document governed by New York law, we have relied without independent investigation upon the opinion of Lippes Mathias Wexler Friedman LLP, counsel for the Issuer, of even date herewith.

This opinion letter has been prepared and is to be construed in accordance with the “Report on Third-Party Legal Opinion Customary Practice in Florida, dated December 3, 2011” (the “Report”) issued by the Business Law Section of The Florida Bar. The Report, including all of the limitations, qualifications, assumptions, and exceptions contained therein, is incorporated by reference into this opinion letter.


July 19, 2013

Page 3

 

Based upon the foregoing and subject to the assumptions, exceptions, limitations and qualifications set forth herein, we are of the opinion that:

1. The Company is incorporated in, and is validly existing and in good standing under, the laws of the State of Florida.

2. The Company has the corporate power to enter into and perform its obligations under the Indenture, including the Guarantee by the Company contained therein, and has taken the required steps to authorize entering into such obligations under the law of its jurisdiction of organization.

This opinion is furnished to you in connection with the filing of the Registration Statement and may be relied upon by Lippes Mathias Wexler Friedman LLP, counsel for the Issuer, to the same extent as if it were an addressee hereof.

This opinion is limited to the matters expressly stated herein. No implied opinion may be inferred to extend this opinion beyond the matters expressly stated herein. We do not undertake to advise you or anyone else of any changes in the opinions expressed herein resulting from changes in law, changes in facts or any other matters that hereafter might occur or be brought to our attention.

We hereby consent to be named in the Registration Statement to be filed with the Commission under the Securities Act as attorneys who have passed upon the legality of the Company’s Guarantee to be registered by the Registration Statement. We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.

Our opinions are limited to those expressly set forth herein, and we express no opinions by implication.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


July 19, 2013

Page 4

 

Very truly yours,

STROOCK & STROOCK & LAVAN LLP

EX-5.4

Exhibit 5.4

GOLDBERG KOHN LTD.

 

July 19, 2013   

keith.sigale@goldbergkohn.com

direct phone: 312.201.3905

direct fax: 312.863.7405

Gibraltar Industries, Inc.

3556 Lake Shore Road

P.O. Box 2028

Buffalo, New York 14219-0228

 

Re: Florence Corporation

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special Illinois counsel to Florence Corporation, an Illinois corporation (“Florence”), in connection with that certain Indenture dated as of January 31, 2013 (the “Indenture”), by and among Gibraltar Industries, Inc. (“Gibraltar”), the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined therein) and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. Florence, a subsidiary of Gibraltar, is a party to the Indenture as a Subsidiary Guarantor.

For purposes of this opinion, we have examined, among other things, the Indenture. In such examination, we have assumed (a) the genuineness of all signatures; and (b) the conformity to the authentic originals of all documents submitted to us as copies. We have also relied, without independent investigation, on the accuracy of the factual matters contained within that certain Officer’s Certificate of Florence, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit A (the “Officer’s Certificate”).

In addition to the foregoing, we have examined the original or certified, conformed or photostatic copies of Florence’s (a) articles of incorporation, as amended, certified by the Secretary of State of Illinois, (b) bylaws, as amended (the items described in the preceding clauses (a) and (b) being the “Organizational Documents”), (c) certificate of good standing issued by the Secretary of State of Illinois, and (d) corporate resolutions and other records of corporate proceedings of Florence relating to the transactions contemplated by the Indenture. For purposes of our opinion rendered in paragraph A below, with respect to the existence and good standing of Florence, our opinion relies entirely upon, and is limited by, those certificates of public officials described in clauses (a) and (c) above.

Based on the foregoing and applicable law, but subject to the assumptions, qualifications and limitations set forth herein, we are of the opinion that:

 

A. Florence is a corporation validly existing and in good standing as of the date hereof under the laws of the State of Illinois.

 

B. Florence has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver the Indenture, to perform its obligations thereunder. The execution, delivery and performance of the Indenture by Florence have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of Florence under the law of the State of Illinois.

 

   TEL 312.201.4000 FAX 312.332.2196 WEB WWW.GOLDBERGKOHN.COM
   55 EAST MONROE STREET SUITE 3300 CHICAGO ILLINOIS 60603-5792
  
   LOGO


   GOLDBERG KOHN LTD.
  
Gibraltar Industries, Inc.   
July 19, 2013   
Page 2   

 

C. The execution, delivery and performance by Florence of the Indenture does not violate its Organizational Documents.

Our foregoing opinions are, however, further subject to the following assumptions and qualifications:

 

1. No opinion is given herein as to, and we hereby assume, the enforceability of the Indenture and of any other documents related thereto. We have undertaken no investigation and give no opinion as to whether Florence has the financial wherewithal to perform or satisfy any of its obligations under the Indenture or otherwise.

 

2. We are members of the Bar of the State of Illinois, and we are not expressing any opinion as to the laws of any jurisdiction other than laws of general applicability of the State of Illinois, as such are in effect on the date hereof. We have made no inquiry into, and we express no opinion as to, the applicability or the effect of any local law or any statutes, rules, regulations, treaties, common laws or other laws of any other State, jurisdiction or nation.

Any reference herein to any document refers only to such document that is dated as of, or that was signed on, a date on or before the date of this opinion letter, and any reference herein to any document refers to such document without regard to any amendments or modifications thereof that may occur after the date of this letter. This opinion is given as of the date hereof, it is intended to apply only to those facts and circumstances which exist as of the date hereof, and we assume no obligation or responsibility to update or supplement this opinion to reflect any facts or circumstances which may hereafter come to our attention, any changes in laws which may hereafter occur, or to inform the addressee of any change in circumstances occurring after the date of this opinion which would alter the opinions rendered herein. We also bring to your attention that the opinions contained in this letter are an expression of professional judgment and are not a guarantee of a result.

This opinion is limited to the matters set forth herein. No opinion may be inferred or implied beyond the matters expressly contained herein. This opinion letter is rendered solely to you in connection with the above-described transactions. This opinion letter may not be relied upon by you for any other purpose without our prior written consent.

We hereby consent to reliance on this opinion by Lippes Mathias Wexler Friedman LLP (“LMWF”), counsel to the Company, in connection with the delivery by LMWF of its legal opinion related to the Indenture.

We also hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Securities Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) as an exhibit to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the “Registration Statement”) filed by the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture) with

 


   GOLDBERG KOHN LTD.
  
Gibraltar Industries, Inc.   
July 19, 2013   
Page 3   

 

the Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) relating to the issuance by the Company of $210 million aggregate principal amount of 6.25% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2021 (the “Exchange Notes”) and the guarantees of the Exchange Notes (the “Exchange Note Guarantees”) by the Subsidiary Guarantors. The Exchange Notes and the Exchange Note Guarantees will be issued in connection with the Indenture. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are included in the category of persons whose consent is required under the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.

 

Yours very truly,
GOLDBERG KOHN LTD.
/s/ Keith A. Sigale
By: Keith A. Sigale, a Principal

 


   GOLDBERG KOHN LTD.

 

EXHIBIT A

OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE

SEE ATTACHED.

 


OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE

The undersigned hereby delivers this Officer’s Certificate this 15th day of July, 2013, on behalf of Florence Corporation, an Illinois corporation (the “Company”), to Goldberg Kohn Ltd. (“GK”) for its use in connection with the delivery of GK’s opinion letter to Gibraltar Industries, Inc. (“Gibraltar”) related to the execution and delivery by the Company of that certain Indenture dated as of January 31, 2013 (the “Indenture”) by and among Gibraltar, the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined therein) and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the “GK Opinion”). For purposes of this Officer’s Certificate, the date of execution by the Company of the Indenture (i.e., January 31, 2013) is referred to herein as the “Execution Date.”

The undersigned, in his or her officer capacities as set forth below, hereby certifies to GK as follows:

 

  1. I am the Secretary of the Company, and as such am authorized to execute this Officer’s Certificate on behalf of the Company.

 

  2. Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a true, correct and complete copy of the Company’s Articles of Incorporation as in effect on the Execution Date and the Date hereof.

 

  3. Attached hereto as Exhibit B is a true, correct and complete copy of the Company’s Bylaws as in effect on the Execution Date and the Date hereof.

 

  4. Attached hereto as Exhibit C is a true, correct and complete copy of an Action by Consent In Lieu of a Meeting of The Board Of The Board of Directors of the Company dated as of January 14, 2013 (the “Board Consent”). The Board Consent was in effect on the Execution Date and is in effect on the date hereof, and has not been modified, rescinded or superseded in any respect.

 

  5. Attached hereto as Exhibit D is a true, correct and complete copy of the Indenture, executed by the Company. The Indenture has not been amended or otherwise modified since the Execution Date.

 

  6. As of the Execution Date, Kenneth W. Smith was the Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer of the Company and as such was a proper officer to execute and deliver the Indenture on behalf of the Company.

* * * * *

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Officer’s Certificate of the date first set forth above.

 

By:  

/s/ Timothy F. Murphy

  Timothy F. Murphy, Secretary of Florence Corporation, an Illinois corporation


EXHIBIT A

Articles of Incorporation of the Company

See attached.


LOGO

1-3440

Certificate Number 14294

State of Illinois

OFFICE OF

THE SECRETARY OF STATE

To all to whom these Presents Shall Come, Greeting:

Whereas, Articles of Incorporation duly signed and verified of FLORENCE MFG. CO., INC.

have been filed in the Office of the Secretary of State on the 8th day of February A.D. 1937, as provided by the “The Business Corporation Act” of Illinois, in force July 13, A.D. 1933.

Now Therefore, I, Edward J. Hughes, Secretary of State of the State of Illinois, by virtue of the powers vested in me by law do hereby issue this certificate of incorporation and attach thereto a copy of the Articles of Incorporation of the aforesaid corporation.

In Testimony Whereof, Thereto set my hand and cause to be affixed the Great Seal of the State of Illinois, Done at the City of Springfield this 8th day of February A.D. 1937 and of the Independence of the United States the one hundred and 61st.

Edward J Hughes

SECRETARY OF STATE


LOGO

2-3440


LOGO

3-3440

ARTICLE FOUR

The purpose or purposes for which the corporation is organized are: General manufacturing business and, in particular, the manufacture and sale of mail boxes for residences, apartment buildings and the like. The purchase or sale of real estate in connection therewith.


LOGO

4-3440

ARTICLE FIVE

Paragraph 1: The aggregate number of shares which the corporation is authorized to issue is One Thousand, divided into One classes. The designation of each class, the number of shares of each class, and the par value, if any, of the shares of each class, or a statement that the shares of any class are without par value, are as follows:

Class

Common

Series (If any) None

Number of Shares

One Thousand

Par value per share or statement that shares are without par value

Ten Dollars

Paragraph 2: The preferences, qualifications, limitations, restrictions and the special or relative rights in respect of the shares of each class are: The shares are without preferences, qualifications, limitations, restrictions or special or relative rights.

ARTICLE SIX

The class and number of shares to be issued by the corporation before it shall commence business and the consideration (expressed in dollars) to be received by the corporation therefor, are:

Class of shares

Number of shares

Consideration to be received therefor,

Common

One Thousand

Machinery and stock on hand, clear of incumbrance

$10,000.00

$

$

$

$

ARTICLE SEVEN

The number of directors to be elected at the first meeting of the shareholders is: Three


LOGO

5-3440

ARTICLE EIGHT

Paragraph 1: It is estimated that the value of all property to be owned by the corporation for the following year, wherever located will be $10,000.00

Paragraph 2: It is estimated that the value of the property to be located within the State of Illinois during the following year will be $ 10,000.00

Paragraph 3: It is estimated that the gross amount of business which will be transacted by the corporation during the following year will be $ 6,000.00 to $8,000.00

Paragraph 4: It is estimated that the gross amount of business which will be transacted at or from places of business in the State of Illinois during the following year will be $ 6,000.00 to $8,000.00

Herbert C. Dix

Mamie Florence

Incorporators.

Saulia O Florence

OATH AND ACKNOWLEDGMENT

STATE OF ILLINOIS,}

ss.

Cook County,

I, Mary a Notary Public do hereby certify that on the 30 day of January 1937, Herbert C Dix Mamie Florence and Saulia O Florence. personally appeared before me and being first duly sworn by me severally acknowledged that they signed the foregoing document in the respective capacities therein set forth and declared that the statements therein contained are true.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand seal the day and year above written.

Mary

Notary Public

FORM B

Box File

FILED

Edward

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

The following fees are required to be paid at date of issuing certificate of incorporation: Initial license fee of 50c per $1000.00: filing fee $20.00: franchise tax of 1/20 of 1% of the amount of stated capital and paid-in surplus which the corporation is to receive for the shares issued before commences business, provided for the issue of $20,000.00 or less the minimum franchise tax is as follows: January, $15; February, $14.17; March, $13.34; April, $12.50; May, $11.07; June, $10.84; July, $10.00; Aug., $9.17; Sept., $8.34; Oct., $7.50; Nov., $6.67; Dec., $5.84.

In excess of $20,000.00 the franchise tax per $1000.00 is as follows: Jan., $0.75; Feb., .709; March, .667; April, .625; May, .584; June, .542; July, .50; Aug., .4583; Sept., .4167; Oct., ..3749; Nov., .8833; Dec., .2916.

All stock issued in excess of the amount represented in the Articles of Incorporation to be issued by the Corporation before it shall commence business must be reported within 60 days from date of issuance thereof and franchise tax and initial license fees paid thereon; otherwise, the corporation is subject to a penalty of 1% for each month on the amount until reported and subject to a fine not to exceed $500.00

The same fees are required for a subsequent issue of stock except the filing fee is $1.00 instead of $20.00.

(66696-20M-2-360


LOGO

7-3440

Certificate Number 2827

STATE OF ILLINOIS

OFFICE OF

THE SECRETARY OF STATE

To all to whom these Presents Shall Come, Greeting:

Whereas, Articles of amendment to the Articles of Incorporation duly signed and verified of FLORENCE MFG. CO., INC.

have been filed in the Office of the Secretary of State on the 4th day of February A.D. 1947, as provided by “THE BUSINESS CORPORATION ACT” of Illinois, in force July 13, A.D. 1933.

Now Therefore, I, EDWARD J. BARRETT, Secretary of State of the State of Illinois, by virtue of the powers vested in me by law, do hereby issue this certificate of amendment and attach thereto a copy of the Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of the aforesaid corporation.

In Testimony Whereof, I hereto set my hand and cause to be affixed the Great Seal of the State of Illinois, Done at the City of Springfield this 4th day of February A.D. 1947 and of the Independence of the United States the one hundred and 71st.

Edward J. Barrett

SECRETARY OF STATE.


LOGO

8-3440

DATE 2-4-47

FILING FEE $20-

CLERK

(File in Duplicate)

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

TO THE

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

FLORENCE MFG. CO., INC.

(Exact Corporate Name)

To EDWARD J. BARRETT

Secretary of State

Springfield, Illinois

The undersigned corporation, for the purpose of amending its Articles of Incorporation and pursuant to the provisions of Section 55 of “The Business Corporation Act” of the State of Illinois, hereby executes the following Articles of Amendment:

12 19

ARTICLE FIRST: The name of the corporation is:

Florence Mfg. Co., Inc.

PAID

FEB 4 1947

Secretary of State

ARTICLE SECOND: The following amendment or amendments were adopted in the manner prescribed by “The Business Corporation Act” of the State of Illinois:

RESOLVED that the Articles of Incorporation of this Corporation be amended in the following respects:

(1) The period of duration of the corporation is changed so that the period of duration is perpetual; and

(2) The aggregate number of shares which the corporation is authorized to issue is changed from 1,000 shares, having a par value of $10.00 per share, to 5,000 shares, having a par value of $10.00 per share.


LOGO

9-3440

(Disregard separation into classes if class voting does not apply to the amendment voted on.)

ARTICLE THIRD: The number of shares of the corporation outstanding at the time of the adoption of said amendment or amendments was 1,000; and the number of shares of each class entitled to vote as a class on the adoption of said amendment or amendments, and the designation of each such class were as follows:

Class Number of Shares

Class voting not applicable.

(Disregard separation into classes if class voting does not apply to the amendment voted on.)

ARTICLE FOURTH: The number of shares voted for said amendment or amendments was 1,000; and the number of shares voted against said amendment or amendments was none.,

The number of shares of each class entitled to vote as a class voted for and against said amendment or amendments, respectively, was:

Class Number of Shares Voted For Against

Class voting not applicable.


LOGO

10-3440

(Disregard this Article where the amendments contain no such provisions.)

ARTICLE FIFTH: The manner in which the exchange, reclassification, or cancellation of issued shares, or the reduction of the number of authorized shares of any class below the number of issued shares of that class, provided for said amendment or amendments, shall be effected, is as follows:

Not applicable.

(Disregard this Paragraph where amendments do not affect stated capital or paid-in surplus.)

ARTICLE SIXTH: Paragraph 1: The manner in which said amendment or amendments effecting a change in the amount of stated capital or the amount of paid-in surplus, or both, is effected is as follows:

Not applicable.

(Disregard this Paragraph where amendments do not reduce state capital.)

Paragraph 2: The amounts of stated capital and of paid-in surplus as changed by said amendment or amendments are as follows:

Not applicable.

Before Amendment

After Amendment

Stated capital

$

$

Paid-in Surplus

$

$


LOGO

11-3440

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned corporation has caused these Articles of Amendment to be executed in its name by its President, and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed, attested by its Secretary, this First day of February, 1947

PLACE (CORPORATE SEAL) HERE

FLORENCE MFG. CO., INC.

(Exact Corporate Name)

By Herbert Curtis Dix

Its President

Attest:

Saulia O Florence

Its Secretary

STATE OF ILLINOIS

ss. COUNTY OF COOK

I, Mary a Notary Public, do hereby certify that

on the First day of February 1947, Herbert Curtis Dix personally

appeared before me and, being first duly sworn by me, acknowledged that he signed the foregoing document in the capacity therein set forth and declared that the statements therein contained are true.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and seal the day and year before written.

Mary

Notary Public.

PLACE (NOTARIAL SEAL) HERE

Form BCA-55

Box 2498 File 152

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

to the

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

of

FLORENCE MFG. CO., INC.

Extension of corporate duration and increase number of authorized shares from 1,000 Shs. Pv. to 5,000 Shs. Pv.

FILED

FEB 4-1947

Secretary of State

FILE IN DUPLICATE

Filing Fee $20.00

175


LOGO

Certificate Number 22625

STATE OF ILLINOIS

OFFICE OF

THE SECRETARY OF STATE

To all to whom these Presents Shall Come, Greeting:

Whereas, Articles of amendment to the Articles of Incorporation duly signed and verified of FLORENCE MFG. CO., INC.

have been filed in the Office of the Secretary of State on the 11th day of February A.D. 1975, as provided by “THE BUSINESS CORPORATION ACT” of Illinois, in force July 13, A.D. 1933.

Now Therefore, I, MICHAEL J. HOWLETT, Secretary of State of the State of Illinois, by virtue of the powers vested in me by law, do hereby issue this certificate of amendment and attach thereto a copy of the Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of the aforesaid corporation.

In Testimony Whereof, I hereto set my hand and cause to be affixed the Great Seal of the State of Illinois, Done at the City of Springfield this 11th day of February A.D. 1975 and of the Independence of the United States the one hundred and 99th.

(SEAL)

Michael J. Howlett

SECRETARY OF STATE


LOGO

FORM BCA-55

2498-152-5

(Do not write in this space)

Date Paid 2-11-75

License Fee $

Franchise Tax $

Filing Fee $ 25.00

Clerk

(File in Duplicate)

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

TO THE

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

FLORENCE MFG. CO., INC.

(Exact Corporate Name)

682 25

To MICHAEL J. HOWLETT Secretary of State

Springfield, Illinois

The undersigned corporation, for the purpose of amending its Articles of Incorporation and pursuant to the provisions of Section 55 of “The Business Corporation Act” of the State of Illinois, hereby executes the following Articles

of Amendment:

ARTICLE FIRST: The name of the corporation is:

FLORENCE MFG. CO., INC.

ARTICLE SECOND: The following amendment or amendments were adopted in the manner prescribed by “The Business Corporation Act” of the State of Illinois: The company name is to be changed from Florence Mfg. Co., Inc. to Allcom-Florence Corp.

PAID

FEB 11 1975

Michael J. Howlett

SECRETARY OF STATE


LOGO

(Disregard separation into classes if class voting does not apply to the amendment voted on.)

ARTICLE THIRD: The number of shares of the corporation outstanding at the time of the adoption of said amendment or amendments was *5,000; and the number of shares of each class entitled to vote as a class on the adoption of said amendment or amendments, and-the-designation-of-each-such-class-were-as follows:

Class Number of Shares

Common *5,000

*2,510 shares have been reacquired by the corporation and are now held as treasury shares

(Disregard separation into classes if class voting does not apply to the amendment voted on.)

ARTICLE FOURTH: The number of shares voted for said amendment or amendments was 2,490; and the number of shares voted against said amendment or amendments was -0-.

The number of shares of each class entitled to vote as a class voted for and against said amendment or amendments, respectively, was:

Class Number of Shares Voted

Common For Against

2,490 -0-

(Disregard these items unless the amendment restates the articles of incorporation.)

delete

Item 1. On the date of the adoption of this amendment, restating the articles of incorporation, the corporation had shares issued, itemized as follows:

Class Series (If Any) Number of Shares

Par value per share or statement that shares are without par value Common

XXXXXX

XXXXXXX

Item 2. On the date of the adoption of this amendment restating the articles of incorporation, the corporation had a stated capital of XXXXXX and a paid-in surplus of $ or a total of $XXXXXXX.


LOGO

(Disregard this Article where this amendment contains no such provisions.)

ARTICLE FIFTH: The manner in which the exchange, reclassification, or cancellation of issued shares, or a reduction of the number of authorized shares of any class below the number of issued shares of that class, provided for in, or effected by, this amendment, is as follows:

(Disregard this Paragraph where amendment does not affect stated capital or paid-in surplus.)

ARTICLE SIXTH: Paragraph 1: The manner in which said amendment or amendments effect a change in the amount of stated capital or the amount of paid-in surplus, or both, is as follows:

(Disregard this Paragraph where amendment does not affect stated capital or paid-in surplus.)

Paragraph 2: The amounts of stated capital and of paid-in surplus as changed by this amendment are as follows:

Before Amendment After Amendment

Stated capital

$

$

Paid-in surplus

$

$


LOGO

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned corporation has caused these Articles of Amendment to be executed in its name by its President, and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed, attested by its Secretary, this 27 day of Jan., 1975.

FLORENCE MFG. CO., INC.

(Exact Corporate Name)

By Herbert C. Dix Its President

Place (CORPORATE SEAL) Here

ATTEST: Its Secretary

STATE OF ILLINOIS}

COUNTY OF COOK ss.

I, a Notary Public, do hereby certify that on the 28 day of January 1975, Herbert C. Dix personally appeared before me and, being first duly sworn by me, acknowledged that he signed the foregoing document in the capacity therein set forth and declared that the statements therein contained are true.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and seal the day and year before written.

Notary Public Place

(NOTARIAL SEAL) Here Form BCA-55

Box 2498 File 152-5

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

to the

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

of

FILED

FEB 11 1975

Secretary of State

FILE IN DUPLICATE

Filing Fee $25.00

Filing Fee for Re-Stated Articles $100.00


LOGO

Certificate No. 15350

STATE OF ILLINOIS

OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF STATE

To all to whom these Presents Shall Come, Greeting:

Whereas, ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT TO THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION, duly signed and verified of ALLCOM FLORENCE CORP.

incorporated under the laws of the State of ILLINOIS have been filed in the Office of the Secretary of State as provided by The “Business Corporation Act” of Illinois, in force July 13, A.D. 1933.

Now Therefore, I, ALAN J. DIXON, Secretary of State of the State of Illinois by virtue of the powers vested in me by law, do hereby issue this certificate and attach thereto a copy of the Application of the aforesaid corporation.

In Testimony Whereof, I hereto set my hand and cause to be affixed the Great Seal of the State of Illinois Done at the City of Springfield this 11th day of September A.D. 1979 and of the Independence of the United States the two hundred and 4th

(SEAL)

Alan J. Dixon

SECRETARY OF STATE


LOGO

FORM BCA-55

(Do not write in this space)

Date Paid 9-11-79

License Fee $ Franchise Tax $

Filing Fee $ 25.00

Clerk

(File in Duplicate)

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

TO THE

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

ALLCOM FLORENCE CORP.

(Exact Corporate Name)

To ALAN J. DIXON Secretary of State Springfield, Illinois

The undersigned corporation, for the purpose of amending its Articles of Incorporation and pursuant to the provisions of Section 55 of “The Business Corporation Act” of the State of Illinois, hereby executes the following Articles

of Amendment:

ARTICLE FIRST: The name of the corporation is:

ALLCOM FLORENCE CORP.

ARTICLE SECOND: The following amendment or amendments were adopted in the manner prescribed by “The Business Corporation Act” of the State of Illinois:

Change name to: FLORENCE CORPORATION


LOGO

(Disregard separation into classes if class voting does not apply to the amendment voted on.)

ARTICLE THIRD: The number of shares of the corporation outstanding at the time of the adoption of said amendment or amendments was 2490; and the number of shares of each class entitled to vote as a class on the adoption of said amendment or amendments, and the designation of each such class were as follows:

Class

Number of Shares

Common

2490

NOTE: On the date of adoption of the amendment an additional 2510 shares were held in treasury and not entitled to vote:

Class

Number of Shares

Common

2510

(Disregard separation into classes if class voting does not apply to the amendment voted on.)

ARTICLE FOURTH: The number of shares voted for said amendment or amendments was 2490; and the number of shares voted against said amendment or amendments was 0. The number of shares of each class entitled to vote as a class voted for and against said amendment or amendments, respectively, was:

Class

Number of Shares Voted

For

Against

Common

2490

0

(Disregard these items unless the amendment restates the articles of incorporation.)

Item 1. On the date of the adoption of this amendment, restating the articles of incorporation, the corporation had shares issued, itemized as follows:

Class Series Number of Par value per share or statement (If Any) Shares that shares are without par value

Item 2. On the date of the adoption of this amendment restating the articles of incorporation, the corporation had a stated capital of $ and a paid-in surplus of $ or a total of $ .


LOGO

(Disregard this Article where this amendment contains no such provisions.)

ARTICLE FIFTH: The manner in which the exchange, reclassification, or cancellation of issued shares, or a reduction of the number of authorized shares of any class below the number of issued shares of that class, provided for in, or effected by, this amendment, is as follows:

(Disregard this Paragraph where amendment does not affect stated capital or paid-in surplus.)

ARTICLE SIXTH: Paragraph 1: The manner in which said amendment or amendments effect a change in the amount of stated capital or the amount of paid-in surplus, or both, is as follows:

(Disregard this Paragraph where amendment does not affect stated capital or paid-in surplus.)

Paragraph 2: The amounts of stated capital and of paid-in surplus as changed by this amendment are as follows:

Before Amendment

After Amendment

Stated capital $ $

Paid-in surplus $ $


LOGO

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned corporation has caused these Articles of Amendment to be executed in its name by its --- President, and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed, attested by its Secretary, this 4th day of September, 1979.

ALLCOM FLORENCE CORP.

(Exact-Corporate Name)

By Lloyd A Schooley Its President

Place

(CORPORATE SEAL) Here

ATTEST:

Its Assistant Secretary

STATE OF ILLINOIS

COUNTY OF COOK SS.

I, Teresa H. Cichantk, a Notary Public, do hereby certify that on the 4th day of September 1979, Lloyd A. Schooley personally appeared before me and, being first duly sworn by me, acknowledged that he signed the foregoing document in the capacity therein set forth and declared that the statements therein contained are true.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and seal the day and year before written.

Teresa H. Cichantk

Notary Public

Place (NOTARIAL SEAL) Here

Form BCA-55

Box 2498 File 1525

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

to the

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

of

ALLCOM FLORENCE CORP.

FILED

SEP 11 1979

FILE IN DUPLICATE

Filing Fee $25.00

Filing Fee for Re-Stated Article $100.00


LOGO

File Number 2498-152-5

STATE OF ILLINOIS

OFFICE OF

THE SECRETARY OF STATE

To all to whom these Presents Shall Come, Greeting:

I, Jesse White, Secretary of State of the State of Illinois, do hereby certify that I am the keeper of the records of the Department of Business Services. I certify that

THE FOREGOING AND HERETO ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY, CONSISTING OF 20 PAGES, AS TAKEN FROM THE ORIGINAL ON FILE IN THIS OFFICE FOR FLORENCE CORPORATION. **********

In Testimony Whereof, I hereto set my hand and cause to be affixed the Great Seal of the State of Illinois, this 10TH day of JANUARY A.D. 2013

Jesse White

SECRETARY OF STATE

SEAL OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS

AUG. 26TH 1818

Authentication #: 1301001665

Authenticate at: http://www.cyberdriveillinois.com


EXHIBIT B

Bylaws of the Company

See attached.


BYLAWS

OF

FLORENCE CORPORATION

ARTICLE I

Corporate Offices

SECTION 1. PRINCIPAL CORPORATE OFFICE. The principal corporate office of Florence Corporation (herein the “Corporation”) in Illinois shall be in Glendale Heights or in such other place as the Board of Directors may determine by resolution from time to time. The Corporation may have such other offices, either within or without the State of Illinois, as the Board of Directors may designate or the Corporation’s business may require from time to time.

SECTION 2. REGISTERED OFFICE IN ILLINOIS. The registered office of the Corporation required by the Illinois Business Corporation Act of 1983 (herein “BCA”) to be maintained in the State of Illinois may be, but need not be, the same as the principal corporate office or its principal place of business in the State of Illinois, but shall in any event be identical with the business office of the Corporation’s registered agent in Illinois.

ARTICLE II

Shareholders

SECTION 1. ANNUAL MEETING. Except as the Board of Directors of the Corporation may otherwise provide by resolution duly adopted pursuant to the authority granted hereby, the annual meeting of the Shareholders shall be held on the third Thursday of July of each year for the purpose of electing Directors and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting. If such day be a legal holiday, the meeting shall be held at the same hour on the next succeeding business day.

SECTION 2. SPECIAL MEETING. Special meetings of the Shareholders may be called either by the President or the Board of Directors, or by the holders of not less than one-fifth of all the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote on the matter for which the special meeting is called.

SECTION 3. PLACE OF MEETING. The Board of Directors may by resolution designate any place, either within or without the State of Illinois, as the place of meeting for any annual meeting of Shareholders or for any special meeting called by the Board of Directors or by the President, and may designate any place within the State of Illinois for any special meeting called by the Shareholders. A waiver of notice signed by all Shareholders may designate any place, either within or without the State of Illinois, as the place for the holding of any meeting. If no designation of a meeting place is made, or if a special meeting be otherwise called, the place of meeting shall be the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Illinois, except as otherwise provided in Section 6 below.

 

1


SECTION 4. NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Written notice stating the place, date, and hour of any meeting, and in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not fewer than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of such meeting, or, in the case of a merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution or sale, lease or exchange of assets requiring Shareholder approval, not fewer than twenty nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the President, or the Secretary, or the Officer or persons calling the meeting, to each Shareholder of record entitled to vote at such Meeting. If mailed, the notice of a meeting shall be deemed delivered when deposited in the United States mail addressed to the Shareholder at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.

SECTION 5. INFORMAL ACTION BY SHAREHOLDERS. Any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the Shareholders of the Corporation, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of Shareholders, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed either (i) by all the Shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof, or (ii) by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voting. If such consent is signed by less than all of the Shareholders entitled to vote, then such consent shall become effective only if (1) at least 5 days prior to the execution of the consent a notice in writing of the proposed action is delivered to all of the Shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof, and (2) after the effective date of such consent, prompt notice in writing of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous consent is delivered to those Shareholders entitled to vote who have not consented in writing.

SECTION 6. MEETING OF ALL SHAREHOLDERS. If all of the Shareholders shall meet at any time and place, either within or without the State of Illinois, and consent to the holding of a meeting at such time and place, such meeting shall be valid without call or notice, and at such meeting any corporate action may be taken.

SECTION 7. FIXING OF RECORD DATE. For the purpose of determining the Shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of Shareholders, or Shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or distribution, or in order to make a determination of Shareholders for any other proper purpose, the Board of Directors of the Corporation may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of Shareholders, such date in any case to be not more than 60 days immediately preceding the date of the meeting, payment or other transaction, and, for a meeting of Shareholders, not fewer than 10 days, or in the case of a merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution or sale, lease or exchange of assets, not fewer than 20 days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed for the determination of Shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of Shareholders, or to Shareholders entitled

 

2


to receive payment of a dividend or other distribution, the date on which notice of the meeting is mailed or the date on which the resolution of the Board of Directors declaring such dividend or other distribution is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of Shareholders. When determination of Shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of Shareholders has been made as provided in this Section 7, such determination shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting.

SECTION 8. VOTING LISTS. The officer or agent having charge of the transfer books and records for shares of the Corporation shall make, within 20 days after the record date for a meeting of Shareholders or 10 days before such meeting, whichever is earlier, a complete list of the Shareholders entitled to vote as such meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of and the number of shares held by each, which list, for a period of 10 days prior to such meeting, shall be kept on file at the registered office of the Corporation and shall be subject to inspection by any Shareholder, and to copying at the Shareholder’s expense, at any time during usual business hours. Such list shall also be produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to the inspection of any Shareholder during the whole time of the meeting. The original share ledger or transfer book, or a duplicate thereof kept in Illinois, shall be prima facie evidence as to who are the Shareholders entitled to examine such list or share ledger or transfer book, or to vote at any meeting of Shareholders. Failure to comply with the requirements of this Section 8 shall not affect the validity of any action taken at such meeting. An officer or agent having charge of the transfer books or records who shall fail to prepare the list of Shareholders or keep the same on file for a period of 10 days, or produce and keep the same open for inspection at the meeting, as provided in this Section 8, shall be liable to any Shareholder suffering damage on account of such failure, to the extent of such damage as provided by law.

SECTION 9. QUORUM OF SHAREHOLDERS. The holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote on a matter, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for consideration of such matter at a meeting of Shareholders. If a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on a matter shall be the act of the Shareholders, unless the vote of a greater number or voting by classes is required by the BCA, by the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation, or by these By-Laws.

SECTION 10. PROXIES. A Shareholder may appoint a proxy to vote or otherwise act for him or her by signing an appointment form and delivering it to the person so appointed. No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of 11 months from the date thereof unless otherwise provided in the proxy. Every proxy continues in full force and effect until revoked by the person executing it prior to the vote pursuant thereto, except as otherwise provided in this Section 10 and in Section 7.50 of the BCA. Such revocation may be effected by a writing delivered to the Corporation stating that the proxy is revoked or by a subsequent proxy executed by, or by attendance at the meeting and voting in person by, the person executing the proxy. The dates contained on the forms of proxy presumptively determine the order of execution, regardless of any postmark dates on the envelopes in which they are mailed. An appointment of a proxy is revocable by the Shareholder unless the appointment form conspicuously states that it is irrevocable and the appointment is coupled with an interest in the shares or in the Corporation generally. Unless the appointment of a proxy contains an express limitation on the proxy’s authority, the Corporation may accept the proxy’s vote or other action as that of the Shareholder making the appointment.

 

3


SECTION 11. VOTING OF SHARES. Each outstanding share of the Corporation shall be entitled to one vote in each matter submitted to a vote by the Shareholders, except as otherwise provided in Article 2, Section 14 of these By-Laws and except as the BCA and the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation may otherwise limit or deny voting rights or provide special voting rights as to any class or classes or series of shares.

SECTION 12. VOTING OF SHARES BY CERTAIN HOLDERS. Shares registered in the name of another corporation, domestic or foreign, may be voted by any officer, agent, proxy or other legal representative authorized to vote such shares under the law of incorporation of such corporation. The Corporation may treat the president or other person holding the position of chief executive officer of such other corporation as authorized to vote such shares, together with any other person indicated and any other holder of an office indicated by the corporate Shareholder to the Corporation as a person or office authorized to vote such shares. Such persons and offices indicated shall be registered by the Corporation on the transfer books for shares and included in any voting list prepared in accordance with Section 8 above.

Shares registered in the name of a deceased person, a minor ward or a person under legal disability, may be voted by his administrator, executor, court appointed guardian, either in person or by proxy without a transfer of such shares into the name of such administrator, executor or court appointed guardian. Shares registered in the name of a trustee may be voted by him or her, either in person or by proxy.

Shares registered in the name of a receiver may be voted by such receiver, and shares held by or under the control of a receiver may be voted by such receiver without the transfer thereof into his or her name if authority so to do be contained in an appropriate order of the court by which such receiver was appointed.

A Shareholder whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote such shares until the shares have been transferred into the name of the pledgee, and thereafter the pledgee shall be entitled to vote the shares so transferred.

Shares of its own stock belonging to this Corporation shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time, but shares of the Corporation held by the Corporation in a fiduciary capacity may be voted and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to vote at any given time.

SECTION 13. VOTING BY BALLOT; INSPECTORS. Voting by Shareholders on any matter or in any election may be viva voce unless the Chairman of the meeting shall order, or any Shareholder entitled to vote thereon shall demand, that voting be by ballot.

 

4


At any meeting of Shareholders, the Chairman of the meeting may, or upon the request of any Shareholder shall, appoint one or more persons as inspectors for such meeting. Such inspectors shall ascertain and report the number of shares represented at the meeting, based upon their determination of the validity and effect of proxies; count all votes and report the results; and do such other acts as are proper to conduct the election and voting with impartiality and fairness to all the Shareholders. Each report of an inspector shall be in writing and signed by him or her or by a majority of them if there be more than one inspector acting at such meeting. If there is more than one inspector, the report of a majority shall be the report of the inspectors. The report of the inspector or inspectors on the number of votes represented at the meeting and the results of the voting shall be prima facie evidence thereof.

SECTION 14. NO CUMULATIVE VOTING FOR ELECTION OF DIRECTORS. Cumulative voting shall not be permitted for the election of Directors of the Corporation.

ARTICLE III

Directors

SECTION 1. GENERAL POWERS. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors.

SECTION 2. NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS. The number of Directors of the Corporation shall be six. The Directors shall be divided into three classes, each class to be as nearly equal in number as is possible. The term of office of Directors shall expire as follows: (i) the term of office for Directors in the first class shall expire at the first annual meeting of Shareholders after their election; (ii) the term of office for Directors in the second class shall expire at the second annual meeting after their election; and (iii) the term of office for Directors in the third class shall expire at the third annual meeting after their election. The number of Directors equal to the number of the class whose terms expire at the time of such meeting shall be elected to hold office until the third succeeding annual meeting. Directors need not be residents of Illinois or Shareholders of the Corporation. The number of Directors maybe increased or decreased from time to time by amendment of this Section. No decrease shall have the effect of shortening the term of an incumbent Director.

SECTION 3. REGULAR MEETINGS. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held without other notice than this By-Law, immediately after, and at the same place as, the annual meeting of Shareholders. The Board of Directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place, either within or without the State of Illinois, for the holding of additional regular meetings of the Board without other notice than such resolution.

SECTION 4. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by or at the request of the President or any two Directors. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix any place, either within or without the State of Illinois, as the place for holding any special meeting of the Board of Directors called by them.

 

5


SECTION 5. NOTICE. Notice of any special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given at least three days previous thereto by written notice delivered personally or by telegram or mailgram to each Director at his or her business address as shown by the records of the Corporation, or given at least five days previous thereto if mailed. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered on the second day following the date on which it was deposited in the United States mail in a sealed envelope so addressed, with proper postage thereon prepaid. If notice be given by telegram or mailgram, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when the telegram or mailgram is delivered to the telegram company. Any Director may waive notice of any meeting by executing a written waiver of notice. The attendance of a Director at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a Director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

SECTION 6. QUORUM. A majority of the Directors fixed by these By-Laws shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, provided that if less than a majority of such number of Directors is present at said meeting, a majority of the Directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice.

SECTION 7. MANNER OF ACTING. The act of a majority of the Directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

SECTION 8. VACANCIES. Any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors or any directorship to be filled by reason of an increase in the number of Directors may be filled by election at an annual meeting or at a special meeting of Shareholders called for that purpose. In the absence of a special meeting of Shareholders, the Board of Directors may fill the vacancy, except as otherwise specified in the Articles of Incorporation. A Director elected by the Shareholders to fill a vacancy shall hold office for the balance of the term for which he or she was elected. A Director appointed to fill a vacancy shall serve until the next meeting of Shareholders at which Directors are to be elected.

SECTION 9. RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS. A director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Board of Directors, its Chairman, or to the President or Secretary of the Corporation. A resignation is effective when the notice is given unless the notice specifies a future date. The pending vacancy may be filled before the effective date, but the successor shall not take office until the effective date.

One or more of the Directors may be removed, with or without cause, at a meeting of Shareholders by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares then entitled to vote at an election of Directors, except that: (i) no Director shall be removed at a meeting of Shareholders unless the notice of such meeting shall state that a purpose of the meeting is to vote upon the removal of one or more Directors named in the notice. Only the named Director or Directors may be removed at such meeting; and (ii) if less than the entire Board of Directors is to be removed, no Director may be removed, with or without cause, if the votes cast against his or her removal would be sufficient to elect him or her if then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire Board of Directors.

 

6


SECTION 10. INFORMAL ACTION BY DIRECTORS. Unless specifically prohibited by the Articles of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, any action required to be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all the Directors entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof, or by all the members of such committee, as the case may be. The consent shall be evidenced by one or more written approvals, each of which sets forth the action taken and bears the signature of one or more Directors. All the approvals evidencing the consent shall be delivered to the Secretary to be filed in the corporate records. The action taken shall be effective when all the Directors have approved the consent unless the consent specifies a different effective date. Any such consent signed by all the Directors or all the members of the committee shall have the same effect as a unanimous vote.

SECTION 11. COMPENSATION. Except as otherwise provided in any written agreement and except as otherwise set forth below, the Board of Directors, by the affirmative vote of a majority of Directors then in office, and irrespective of any personal interest of any of its members, shall have authority to establish reasonable compensation of all Directors for services to the Corporation as Directors, Officers or otherwise. By resolution of the Board of Directors, the Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors. In the event the Internal Revenue Service shall determine any such compensation paid to a Director to be unreasonable or excessive, such Director must repay to the Corporation the excess over what is determined to be reasonable compensation (the “Excess Compensation”), with interest on the Excess Compensation at the rate per year equal to the prime rate as quoted from time to time in The Wall Street Journal, from and including the date the Excess Compensation is paid to the Director, to and including the date payment is received by the Corporation. Payment of the Excess Compensation, including accrued interest, shall be made within ninety (90) days after notice from the Corporation.

SECTION 12. PRESUMPTION OF ASSENT. A Director of the Corporation who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be conclusively presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his or her dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he or she shall file his or her written dissent to such action with the person acting as the Secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered or certified mail to the Secretary of the Corporation immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a Director who voted in favor of such action.

SECTION 13. PARTICIPATION BY CONFERENCE TELEPHONE. Members of the Board of Directors or of any committee of the Board of Directors may participate in and act at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee through the use of a conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all personal participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation in such meeting shall constitute attendance and presence in person at the meeting of the person or persons so participating.

 

7


SECTION 14. COMMITTEES. A majority of the Directors may create one or more committees and appoint members of the Board of Directors to serve on such committee or committees. Each committee shall have two or more members, who serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

Unless the appointment by the Board of Directors requires a greater number, a majority of any committee shall constitute a quorum and a majority of a quorum is necessary for committee action. A committee may act by unanimous consent in writing without a meeting and, subject to the provisions of these By-Laws or action by the Board of Directors, such committee, by majority vote of its members, shall determine the time and place of meetings and the notice required therefor.

To the extent specified by the Board of Directors, each committee may exercise the authority of the Board of Directors under Article 3, Section 1 of these By-Laws; provided, however, that a committee may not:

 

  (i) authorize distributions;

 

  (ii) approve or recommend to Shareholders any act which is required to be approved by Shareholders;

 

  (iii) fill vacancies on the Board of Directors or on any of its committees;

 

  (iv) elect or remove Officers or fix the compensation of any member of the committee;

 

  (v) adopt, amend or repeal these By-Laws;

 

  (vi) approve a plan of merger not requiring Shareholder approval;

 

  (vii) authorize or approve reacquisition of shares, except according to a general formula or method prescribed by the Board of Directors;

 

  (viii) authorize or approve the issuance or sale, or contract for sale, of shares or determine the designation and relative rights, preference and limitations of a series of shares, except that the Board of Directors may direct a committee to fix the specific terms of the issuance or sale or contract for sale or the number of shares to be allocated to particular employees under an employee benefit plan; or

 

  (ix) amend, alter, repeal or take action inconsistent with any resolution or action of the Board of Directors when the resolution or action of the Board of Directors provides by its terms that it shall not be amended, altered or repealed by action of a committee.

SECTION 15. DIRECTOR CONFLICT OF INTEREST. If a transaction is fair to the Corporation at the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, the fact that a Director of the Corporation is directly or indirectly a party to the transaction is not grounds for invalidating the transaction.

 

8


In a proceeding contesting the validity of a transaction described in the preceding paragraph, the person asserting validity has the burden of proving fairness unless:

 

  (i) the material facts of the transaction and the Director’s interest or relationship were disclosed or known to the Board of Directors or a committee of the Board of Directors and the Board of Directors or committee authorized, approved or ratified the transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of disinterested Directors, even though the disinterested Directors be less than a quorum; or

 

  (ii) the material facts of the transaction and the Director’s interest or relationship were disclosed or known to the Shareholders entitled to vote and they authorized, approved or ratified the transaction without counting the vote of any Shareholder who was an interested Director.

The presence of the Director, who is directly or indirectly a party to the transaction described in the first paragraph of this Section, or a Director who is otherwise not disinterested, may be counted in determining whether a quorum is present but may not be counted when the Board of Directors or a committee of the Board of Directors takes action on the transaction.

A director is “indirectly” a party to a transaction if the other party to the transaction is (i) the spouse of the Director; (ii) an entity in which the Director has a material financial interest; or (iii) an entity of which the Director is an officer, Director or general partner.

ARTICLE IV

Officers

SECTION 1. OFFICERS. The Officers of the corporation shall be a Chairman, President, one or more Vice Presidents (the number thereof to be determined by the Board of Directors), a Treasurer, a Secretary, and such Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers or other officers as may be elected or appointed by the Board of Directors. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. All officers and agents of the Corporation shall have such express authority and perform such duties in the management of the property and affairs of the Corporation as may be provided herein, or as may be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors not inconsistent with these By-Laws, and such implied authority as is recognized by the common law from time to time.

SECTION 2. ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE. The officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors at the first meeting of the Board of Directors and thereafter at each annual meeting of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may create and fill new offices at annual or special meetings. If the election of officers shall not be held at such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as conveniently. Each Officer shall hold office until

 

9


his or her successor shall have been duly elected and shall have qualified or until his or her death or until he or she shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided. Election or appointment of an Officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights.

SECTION 3. REMOVAL. Any Officer or agent so elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed by the Board of Directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the Corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.

SECTION 4. VACANCIES. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification, or otherwise, or because of the creation of an office, may be filled by the Board of Directors for the unexpired portion of the term.

SECTION 5. CHAIRMAN. The Chairman, if active in the business, shall be the principal executive Officer of the Corporation and shall preside at all meetings of the Shareholders and the Board of Directors at which he or she is present. Except in those instances in which the authority to execute is expressly delegated exclusively to another Officer or agent of the Corporation or a different mode of execution is expressly prescribed by the Board of Directors or these By-Laws, he or she may execute for the Corporation any certificates for shares of the Corporation, any contracts, deeds, mortgages, bonds, or other instruments which the Board of Directors has authorized to be executed, and he or she may accomplish such execution either under or without the seal of the Corporation and either individually or with the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, or any other officer thereunto authorized by the Board of Directors, according to the requirements of the form of the instrument. He or she may vote all securities which the Corporation is entitled to vote except as and to the extent such authority shall be vested in a different officer or agent of the Corporation by the Board of Directors. He or she may make recommendations to the Directors with respect to the timing and payment of dividends or other distributions to Shareholders, and shall exercise such other powers and perform such other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time assign to him or her or as may be prescribed by these By-Laws.

SECTION 6. PRESIDENT. For so long as the Chairman is active in the business and acting as the principal executive Officer, the President shall be the principal operating Officer of the Corporation. If the Chairman is not active in the business of the Corporation, the President shall be the principal executive officer of the Corporation. The President, subject to the direction and control of the Board of Directors, shall in general supervise and control all of the business and affairs of the Corporation. He or she shall see that the resolutions and directives of the Board of Directors are carried into effect except in those instances in which that responsibility is assigned to some other person by the Board of Directors; and, in general, he or she shall discharge all duties incident to the office of President and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time. Except in those instances in which the authority to execute is expressly delegated to another Officer or agent of the Corporation or a different mode of execution is expressly prescribed by the Board of Directors or these By-Laws, he or she may sign certificates for shares of the Corporation, any contracts, deeds, mortgages, bonds, or other instruments which the Board of Directors has authorized to be executed on behalf of the Corporation, and he or she may accomplish such execution either under or without the seal of the Corporation and either individually or with the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, or any other officer thereunto authorized by the Board of Directors, according to the requirements of the form of the instrument.

 

10


SECTION 7. VICE-PRESIDENTS. The Vice-President (or in the event there be more than one Vice-President, each of the Vice-Presidents) shall assist the President in the discharge of his or her duties as the President may direct and shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the President or the Board of Directors. In the absence of the President or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, the Vice-President (or in the event there be more than one Vice-President, the Vice-Presidents, in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or by the President if the Board of Directors has not made such a designation, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their seniority of tenure) shall perform the duties of the President and, when so acting, shall have the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. Except in those instances in which the authority to execute is expressly delegated to another officer or agent of the Corporation or a different mode of execution is expressly prescribed by the Board of Directors or these By-Laws, the Vice-President (or any of them if there is more than one) may execute for the Corporation any certificates for shares of the Corporation, and he or she may accomplish such execution either under or without the seal of the corporation and either individually or with the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, or any other officer thereunto authorized by the Board of Directors, according to the requirements of the form of the instrument, and shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the President or by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 8. TREASURER. The Treasurer shall be the principal accounting and financial Officer of the Corporation. He or she shall (i) have charge of and be responsible for the maintenance of adequate books of account for the Corporation; (ii) have charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the Corporation, and for the receipt and disbursement thereof; receive and give receipts for moneys due and payable to the Corporation from any source whatsoever, and deposit all such moneys in the name of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositaries as shall be selected in accordance with the provisions of Article VI of these By-Laws; and (iii) perform all the duties incident to the office of Treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the President or by the Board of Directors. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in such sum and with such surety or sureties as the Board of Directors shall determine.

SECTION 9. SECRETARY. The secretary shall (i) keep, or supervise and be responsible for the keeping of, the minutes and records of all meetings and official actions of the Shareholders and of the Board of Directors, and any committees of the Board of Directors in one or more books provided for that purpose; (ii) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these By-Laws or as required by law; (iii) be a custodian of the corporate records and of the seal of the Corporation and see that the seal of the Corporation is affixed to all certificates for shares prior to the issuance thereof and to all documents, the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation under its seal is duly authorized in accordance with the provisions of these By-Laws; (iv) keep a register of the post office address of each Shareholder which shall be furnished to the Secretary by such Shareholder; (v) sign with the President, or a Vice-President, or any other officer

 

11


thereunto authorized by the Board of Directors, certificates for shares of the Corporation, the issue of which shall have been authorized by the Board of Directors, and any contracts, deeds, mortgages, bonds, or other instruments which the Board of Directors has authorized to be executed, according to the requirements of the form of the instrument, except when a different mode of execution is expressly prescribed by the Board of Directors or these By-Laws; (vi) have general charge of the stock transfer books of the Corporation; (vii) have the authority to certify the By-Laws, resolutions of the Board of Directors and committees thereof, and other documents of the Corporation as true and correct copies thereof; and (viii) in general perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the President or by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 10. ASSISTANT TREASURERS AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES. The Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the Treasurer or the Secretary, respectively, or by the President or the Board of Directors. The Assistant Secretaries may sign with the President, or a Vice-President, or any other Officer thereunto authorized by the Board of Directors, certificates for shares of the Corporation, the issue of which shall have been authorized by the Board of Directors, and any contracts, deeds, mortgages, bonds, or other instruments which the Board of Directors has authorized to be executed, according to the requirements of the form of the instrument, except when a different mode of execution is expressly prescribed by the Board of Directors or these By-Laws. If required by the Board of Directors, the Assistant Treasurers shall give bonds for the faithful discharge of their duties in such sums and with such sureties as the Board of Directors shall determine.

SECTION 11. SALARIES. Except as otherwise provided in any written employment agreement duly executed on behalf of the Corporation and except as otherwise set forth below, the compensation (including salaries and benefits) of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason of the fact that he or she is also a Director of the Corporation. In the event the Internal Revenue Service shall determine any such compensation (including any fringe benefit paid to an officer to be unreasonable or excessive, such Officer must repay to the Corporation the excess over what is determined to be reasonable compensation, with interest on such excess at the rate of nine percent (9%) per annum, within ninety (90) days after notice from the Corporation.

ARTICLE V

Indemnification of Officers, Directors,

Employees and Agents, Insurance

SECTION 1. ACTIONS OTHER THAN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION. The Corporation shall indemnify any of its Directors or Officers and may indemnify any of its employees and agents who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a Director, Officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or who

 

12


is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she or it reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her or its conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she or it reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, that the person had reasonable cause to believe that his or her or its conduct was unlawful.

SECTION 2. ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION. The Corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a Director, Officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, provided that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his or her duty to the Corporation, unless, and only to the extent that, the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses as the court shall deem proper.

SECTION 3. INDEMNIFICATION IN EVENT OF SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE. To the extent that a Director, Officer, employee or agent of the Corporation has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 1 or 2 above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

SECTION 4. PROCEDURES FOR INDEMNIFICATION. Any indemnification under Sections 1 and 2 above (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case, upon a determination that indemnification of the Director, Officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he or she or it has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in said Sections. Such determination shall be made (i) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or even if obtainable, if a quorum of disinterested Directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iii) by the Shareholders.

 

13


Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding, as authorized by the Board of Directors in the specific case, upon receipt of a written undertaking by or on behalf of the Director, Officer, employee or agent to repay such amount unless it shall ultimately be determined that he or she or it is entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article 5.

The indemnification provided by this Article 5 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any By-Law, agreement, vote of Shareholders or disinterested Directors, or otherwise, both as to action in his or her or its official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such Office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director, Officer, employee or agent, and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

If the Corporation has paid indemnity or has advanced expenses to a Director, Officer, employee or agent, the Corporation shall report the indemnification or advance in writing to the Shareholders with or before the notice of the next Shareholders’ Meeting.

For purposes of this Article 5, references to the “Corporation” shall include, in addition to the surviving corporation, any merging corporation (including any corporation having merged with a merging corporation) absorbed in a merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had the power and authority to indemnify its Directors, Officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who was a director, officer, employee or agent of such merging corporation, or was serving at the request of such merging corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article 5 with respect to the surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such merging corporation if its separate existence had continued.

For purposes of this Article 5, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a Director, Officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such Director, Officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries. A person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she or it reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interest of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article 5.

SECTION 5. INDEMNITY INSURANCE. The Corporation shall purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a Director, Officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Director, Officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article 5 or under the provisions of §8.75 of the Illinois Business Corporation Act of 1983.

 

14


ARTICLE VI

Contracts, Loans, Checks and Deposits

SECTION 1. CONTRACTS. The Board of Directors may expressly authorize any Officer or Officers and agent or agents of the Corporation to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

SECTION 2. LOANS. All loans contracted on behalf of the Corporation and all evidence of indebtedness issued in the Corporation’s name shall be authorized by resolution of the Board of Directors. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

SECTION 3. PLEDGES OF PROPERTY AND ASSETS. The pledge of all, or substantially all, the property and assets of the Corporation in the usual and regular course of business may be authorized by the Board of Directors upon such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors deems necessary or desirable, without authorization or consent of the Shareholders of the Corporation.

SECTION 4. CHECKS, DRAFTS, ETC. All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation, shall be signed by such Officer or Officers, agent or agents of the Corporation and in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

SECTION 5. DEPOSITS. All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board of Directors may select.

ARTICLE VII

Shares and their Transfer

SECTION 1. CONSIDERATION FOR SHARES. Shares may be issued for such consideration as shall be authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors through action which establishes a price in cash or other consideration, or both, or a minimum price or a general formula or method by which the price can be determined. Upon authorization by the Board of Directors, the Corporation may issue its own shares in exchange for or in conversion of its outstanding shares, or may distribute its own shares pro rata to its Shareholders or the Shareholders of one or more classes or series to effectuate dividends or splits, and any such transactions shall not require consideration; provided, that no such issuance of shares of any class or series shall be made

 

15


to the holders of shares of any other class or series unless it is either expressly provided for in the Articles of Incorporation or authorized by an affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series in which the distribution is to be made.

SECTION 2. PAYMENT FOR SHARES. The consideration for the issuance of shares shall be paid, in whole or in part, in money, in other property, tangible or intangible, or in labor or services actually performed for the Corporation, as determined by the Board of Directors. When payment of the consideration for which shares are to be issued shall have been received by the Corporation, such shares shall be deemed to be fully paid and non-assessable. In the absence of actual fraud in the transaction, and subject to the provisions of the Business Corporation Act of 1983, the judgment of the Board of Directors or the Shareholders, as the case may be, as to the value of the consideration received for shares shall be conclusive.

SECTION 3. SHARES REPRESENTED BY CERTIFICATES. Except as otherwise provided pursuant to this Article 7, the issued shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates. Certificates shall be signed by the appropriate corporate Officers and may be sealed with the seal, or a facsimile of the seal, of the Corporation. In case the seal of the Corporation is changed after the certificate is sealed with the seal or a facsimile of the seal of the Corporation, but before it is issued, the certificate may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if the seal had not been changed. If a certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent or registrar, other than the Corporation itself or its employee, any other signatures or countersignatures on the certificate may be facsimiles.

In case any Officer of the Corporation, or any officer or employee of the transfer agent or registrar who has signed, or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon, such certificate ceases to be an Officer of the Corporation, or an officer or employee of the transfer agent or registrar, before such certificate is issued, the certificate may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if the Officer of the Corporation, or the officer or employee of the transfer agent or registrar, had not ceased to be such at the date of its issue.

Every certificate representing shares issued by the Corporation at a time when the Corporation is authorized to issue shares of more than one class shall set forth upon the face or back of the certificate a full summary or statement of all of the designations, preferences, qualifications, limitations, restrictions and special or relative rights of the shares of each class authorized to be issued, and, if the Corporation is authorized to issue any preferred or special class in series, the variations in the relative rights and preferences between the shares of each such series so far as the same have been fixed and determined and the authority of the Board of Directors to fix and determine the relative rights and preferences of subsequent series. Such statement may be omitted from the certificate if it shall be set forth upon the face or back of the certificate that such statement, in full, will be furnished by the Corporation to any Shareholder upon request and without charge.

Each certificate representing shares shall also state:

 

  (i) That the Corporation is organized under the laws of Illinois;

 

16


  (ii) The name of the person to whom issued; and

 

  (iii) The number and class of shares, and the designation of the series, if any, which such certificate represents;

No certificate shall be issued for any share until such share is fully paid.

SECTION 4. UNCERTIFICATED SHARES. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may provide by resolution that some or all of any or all classes and series of its shares shall be uncertificated shares, provided that such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated shares, the Corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this Article 7. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated shares and the rights and obligations of holders of certificates representing shares of the same class and series shall be identical.

ARTICLE VIII

Fiscal Year

Except as the Board of Directors of the Corporation may otherwise provide by resolution duty adopted pursuant to the authority granted hereby, the fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin on the first day of January in each year and end on the last day of December in each year.

ARTICLE IX

Dividends

The Board of Directors may from time to time declare or effect, and the Corporation may pay or make dividends on its outstanding shares or other distributions to Shareholders, including without limitation purchases of shares of the Corporation, subject in each case to any and all terms, conditions, preferences and restrictions provided by law, by the Articles of Incorporation and by any binding contract or instrument duly executed on behalf of the Corporation.

ARTICLE X

Seal

The Board of Directors may provide a corporate seal which shall be in the form of a circle and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation and the words “Corporate Seal, Illinois.”

 

17


ARTICLE XI

Waiver of Notice

Whenever any notice whatever is required to be given to any Shareholder or Director of the Corporation under the provisions of these By-Laws or under the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation or under the Illinois Business Corporation Act of 1983, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice. Attendance at any Meeting shall constitute waiver of notice thereof unless the person at the Meeting objects to the holding of the Meeting because proper notice was not given.

ARTICLE XII

Amendments to the By-Laws

The By-Laws of the Corporation may be made, altered, amended or repealed by the Shareholders or the Board of Directors of the Corporation, but, if such By-Law expressly so provides, no By-Law adopted by the Shareholders may be altered, amended or repeated by the Board of Directors. These By-Laws may be altered or amended to contain any provisions for the regulation and management of the affairs of the Corporation not inconsistent with law or with the Articles of Incorporation.

ARTICLE XIII

Statutory References

The statutory references in these By-Laws to the “Business Corporation Act of 1983” refer, except where the context otherwise requires, to the Illinois Business Corporation Act of 1983, as amended, from time to time.

 

18


AMENDMENT NUMBER 1 TO BYLAWS

Article III, Section 2 of the By-laws of Florence Corporation is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“SECTION 2. NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS. The number of Directors of the Corporation shall be one. Directors need not be residents of Illinois or Shareholders of the Corporation. The number of Directors may be increased or decreased from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. No decrease shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent Director.


EXHIBIT C

Board Consent

See attached.


ACTION BY CONSENT

IN LIEU OF A MEETING OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

OF

FLORENCE CORPORATION

The undersigned, being the sole director of Florence Corporation (the “Company”) does hereby consent that a meeting of the directors of said Company be dispensed with for the purposes hereof, and does hereby adopt the following resolutions by written consent, pursuant to the provisions of the Illinois Business Corporation Act:

1. TENDER OFFER. The following resolutions are adopted in connection with the proposal that the Company enter into certain agreements and assume certain obligations in connection with the proposal that Gibraltar Industries, Inc. make a tender offer to purchase its 8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015:

WHEREAS, Gibraltar Industries, Inc. (“Gibraltar”) intends to make a cash tender offer (together with any amendments, supplements or extensions thereof, the “Offer”) to purchase any and all of its 8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the “Securities”) and to solicit and pay for consents of holders of the Securities to the adoption of certain proposed amendments to that certain Indenture dated as of December 8, 2005 by and among the Company, each guarantor of the Securities a party thereto, and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. as trustee (the “Indenture”); and

WHEREAS, in connection with the Offer, the Company and certain other subsidiaries of Gibraltar may be required to modify, amend or extend the Indenture (the document or documents containing any such modification, amendment or extension being hereinafter referred to as the “Supplemental Indenture”) and execute and deliver the Supplemental Indenture to effect the modifications, amendments and/or extensions contemplated thereby; and

WHEREAS, the Company and Gibraltar are engaged in related businesses, and the Company will derive substantial direct and indirect benefit from the Offer.

NOW THEREFORE, be it:

RESOLVED, that the proper officers of the Company shall be, and each of them acting alone hereby is, authorized, empowered and directed to execute and deliver the Supplemental Indenture for and on behalf of the Company; and be it further


RESOLVED, that the terms and conditions of the Supplemental Indenture shall be such as are approved by the proper officers of the Company, the execution and delivery of which by the proper officers of the Company of the Supplemental Indenture being conclusive evidence of the approval of the proper officers of the Company of the terms and conditions of the same; and it is further

RESOLVED, that all actions previously taken by any of the proper officers or directors of the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by the foregoing resolutions, and the same hereby are approved ratified and confirmed in all respects; and it is further

RESOLVED, that the proper officers of the Company be, and each of them hereby is, acting singly, authorized and directed to do or to cause to be done all further acts and things as they or any of them shall deem necessary or advisable or convenient and proper in connection with or incidental to the consummation and carrying into effect the transactions contemplated by the foregoing resolutions, including the execution, acknowledgement and delivery of any and all agreements, certificates, instruments or documents which may be reasonably required or which may be considered supplemental thereto, and that all such actions so taken be and hereby are ratified, approved, confirmed and adopted; and it is further

RESOLVED, that the use of a facsimile or PDF signature of any authorized officer on any of the agreements, certificates, instruments or documents authorized by these resolutions shall be deemed to be an execution thereof on behalf of the Company by such authorized officer, and such facsimile is hereby adopted as the signature of such authorized officer; and it is further

RESOLVED, that the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, the President and Chief Operating Officer, the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and the Secretary are hereby designated the proper officers of the Company for purposes of these resolutions.

2. SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE OFFERING. The following resolutions are adopted in connection with the proposal that the Company enter into certain agreements and assume certain obligations in connection with the issuance and sale by Gibraltar Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation, of Senior Subordinated Notes due 2021 in an aggregate principal amount of up to $210,000,000:

WHEREAS, Gibraltar Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Gibraltar”) intends to issue and sell Senior Subordinated Notes due 2021 in an aggregate principal amount of up to $210,000,000 (the “Series A Notes”), such Series A Notes to be exchangeable for comparable registered notes (the “Series B Notes” and, collectively with the Series A Notes, the “Notes”) pursuant to an exchange offer as set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) to be entered into among Gibraltar, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC on its own behalf and on behalf of KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. and any co-


managers or other parties that may be identified as initial purchasers in the Purchase Agreement (as defined below) (J.P Morgan Securities LLC and KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. and any other such parties that may be identified as initial purchasers in the Purchase Agreement being hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Initial Purchasers”), and to have such other terms and provisions as set forth in the Indenture (the “Indenture”) to be entered into between the Company and the Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. as trustee (the “Trustee”), and to be sold pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement” and, collectively with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Indenture, the “Operative Agreements”) between Gibraltar and the Initial Purchasers, a form of each such Operative Agreement having been presented to and reviewed by this Board or in the case of the Indenture, or in the case of the Indenture, having been described in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum dated January 16, 2013 (the “Offering Memorandum”); and

WHEREAS, as a condition to the purchase of the Series A Notes by the Initial Purchasers, the Company and certain other subsidiaries of Gibraltar are required to execute and deliver each of the Operative Agreements and to execute and deliver a guarantee of payment and performance of Gibraltar’s obligations under the Indenture and the Notes (the “Guarantee”); and

WHEREAS, the Company and Gibraltar are engaged in related businesses, and the Company will derive substantial direct and indirect benefit from the issuance of the Notes.

NOW THEREFORE, be it:

RESOLVED, that pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, the Company shall fully and unconditionally guarantee to each holder of the Notes and the Trustee, the payment and performance of Gibraltar’s obligations under the Indenture and the Notes; and it is further

RESOLVED, that the proper officers of the Company be, and each of them acting alone hereby is, authorized, empowered and directed on behalf of the Company to negotiate, execute and deliver, on behalf of the Company, each of the Operative Agreements (including the Guarantee contained in the Indenture) and all other documents and other agreements or instruments required of the Company in connection with the Operative Agreements and the Guarantee containing terms and provisions acceptable to the proper officers executing the same and to take all appropriate to consummate the transactions required of the Company by the Operative Agreements and the Guarantee; and it is further


RESOLVED, that it is in the best interests of the Company that the proper officers of the Company negotiate and conclude the terms and provisions of each of the Operative Agreements and the Guarantee and all other documents and other agreements or instruments required of the Company in connection with the issuance and sale of the Notes containing terms and provisions acceptable to the proper officers executing the same and to take all such other actions as such proper officers may deem necessary or appropriate to consummate the foregoing resolutions; and it is further

RESOLVED, that all actions previously taken by any of the proper officers or directors of the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by the foregoing resolutions, and the same hereby are approved ratified and confirmed in all respects; and it is further

RESOLVED, that the proper officers of the Company be, and each of them hereby is, acting singly, authorized and directed to do or to cause to be done all further acts and things as they or any of them shall deem necessary or advisable or convenient and proper in connection with or incidental to the consummation and carrying into effect the transactions contemplated by the foregoing resolutions, including the execution, acknowledgement and delivery of any and all agreements, certificates, instruments or documents which may be reasonably required or which may be considered supplemental thereto, and that all such actions so taken be and hereby are ratified, approved, confirmed and adopted; and it is further

RESOLVED, that the use of a facsimile or PDF signature of any authorized officer on any of the agreements, certificates, instruments or documents authorized by these resolutions shall be deemed to be an execution thereof on behalf of the Company by such authorized officer, and such facsimile is hereby adopted as the signature of such authorized officer; and it is further

RESOLVED, that the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer and the Secretary are hereby designated the proper officers of the Company for purposes of these resolutions.

Signature Page Follows


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have set his hand this 14 day of January, 2013.

 

/s/ Brian J. Lipke
Brian J. Lipke, Director

Signature Page to Action by Consent


EXHIBIT D

Indenture

See attached.


Execution Version

 

 

 

GIBRALTAR INDUSTRIES, INC.,

AND

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,

AS TRUSTEE

6.250% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2021

 

 

INDENTURE

Dated as of January 31, 2012

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

     Page  
ARTICLE I   
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE   
SECTION 1.1. Definitions      1   
SECTION 1.2. Other Definitions      36   
SECTION 1.3. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act      37   
SECTION 1.4. Rules of Construction      37   
ARTICLE II   
THE SECURITIES   
SECTION 2.1. Form, Dating and Terms      38   
SECTION 2.2. Execution and Authentication      45   
SECTION 2.3. Registrar and Paying Agent      47   
SECTION 2.4. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust      47   
SECTION 2.5. Holder Lists      48   
SECTION 2.6. Transfer and Exchange      48   
SECTION 2.7. Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to IAIs      51   
SECTION 2.8. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Securities      53   
SECTION 2.9. Outstanding Securities      54   
SECTION 2.10. Temporary Securities      54   
SECTION 2.11. Cancellation      55   
SECTION 2.12. Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest      55   
SECTION 2.13. Computation of Interest      56   
SECTION 2.14. CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN Numbers      56   
ARTICLE III   
COVENANTS   
SECTION 3.1. Payment of Securities      57   
SECTION 3.2. Limitation on Indebtedness      57   
SECTION 3.3. Limitation on Restricted Payments      62   
SECTION 3.4. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries      67   
SECTION 3.5. Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock      69   
SECTION 3.6. Limitation on Liens      73   
SECTION 3.7. Limitation on Layering      73   
SECTION 3.8. Limitation on Affiliate Transactions      73   
SECTION 3.9. Change of Control      75   
SECTION 3.10. SEC Reports      77   
SECTION 3.11. Future Subsidiary Guarantors      78   
SECTION 3.12. Maintenance of Office or Agency      78   

 

ii


SECTION 3.13. Corporate Existence    78
SECTION 3.14. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims    79
SECTION 3.15. Payments for Consent    79
SECTION 3.16. Compliance Certificate    79
SECTION 3.17. Further Instruments and Acts    79
SECTION 3.18. Statement by Officers as to Default    80
SECTION 3.19. Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries    80
SECTION 3.20. Effectiveness of Covenants    81
SECTION 3.21. Additional Interest Notice    82
ARTICLE IV
SUCCESSOR COMPANY
SECTION 4.1. Merger and Consolidation    83
ARTICLE V
REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES
SECTION 5.1. Redemption    85
SECTION 5.2. Applicability of Article    85
SECTION 5.3. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee    85
SECTION 5.4. Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed    85
SECTION 5.5. Notice of Redemption    86
SECTION 5.6. Deposit of Redemption Price    87
SECTION 5.7. Securities Payable on Redemption Date    87
SECTION 5.8. Securities Redeemed in Part    87
ARTICLE VI
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
SECTION 6.1. Events of Default    88
SECTION 6.2. Acceleration    90
SECTION 6.3. Other Remedies    91
SECTION 6.4. Waiver of Past Defaults    91
SECTION 6.5. Control by Majority    92
SECTION 6.6. Limitation on Suits    92
SECTION 6.7. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment    92
SECTION 6.8. Collection Suit by Trustee    92
SECTION 6.9. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim    93
SECTION 6.10. Priorities    93
SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs    93
ARTICLE VII
TRUSTEE
SECTION 7.1. Duties of Trustee    94
SECTION 7.2. Rights of Trustee    95

 

iii


SECTION 7.3. Individual Rights of Trustee    96
SECTION 7.4. Trustee’s Disclaimer    96
SECTION 7.5. Notice of Defaults    96
SECTION 7.6. Reports by Trustee to Holders    97
SECTION 7.7. Compensation and Indemnity    97
SECTION 7.8. Replacement of Trustee    98
SECTION 7.9. Successor Trustee by Merger    99
SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification    99
SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company    99
SECTION 7.12. Trustee’s Application for Instruction from the Company    99
SECTION 7.13. Paying Agents    100
ARTICLE VIII
DEFEASANCE
SECTION 8.1. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance    100
SECTION 8.2. Legal Defeasance and Discharge    100
SECTION 8.3. Covenant Defeasance    101
SECTION 8.4. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance    102
SECTION 8.5. Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions    103
SECTION 8.6. Repayment to the Company    103
SECTION 8.7. Reinstatement    104
ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENTS
SECTION 9.1. Without Consent of Holders    104
SECTION 9.2. With Consent of Holders    106
SECTION 9.3. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act    107
SECTION 9.4. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers    107
SECTION 9.5. Notation on or Exchange of Securities    108
SECTION 9.6. Trustee To Sign Amendments    108
ARTICLE X
SUBORDINATION
SECTION 10.1. Agreement To Subordinate    108
SECTION 10.2. Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy    108
SECTION 10.3. Default on Senior Indebtedness    109
SECTION 10.4. Acceleration of Payment of Securities    110
SECTION 10.5. When Distribution Must Be Paid Over    110
SECTION 10.6. Subrogation    110
SECTION 10.7. Relative Rights    110
SECTION 10.8. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Company    110
SECTION 10.9. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent    110
SECTION 10.10. Distribution or Notice to Representative    111

 

iv


SECTION 10.11. Article X Not To Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right To Accelerate

     111   

SECTION 10.12. Trust Moneys Not Subordinated

     111   

SECTION 10.13. Trustee Entitled To Rely

     111   

SECTION 10.14. Trustee To Effectuate Subordination

     112   

SECTION 10.15. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Indebtedness

     112   

SECTION 10.16. Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness on Subordination Provisions

     112   
ARTICLE XI   
SECURITIES GUARANTEE   

SECTION 11.1. Subsidiary Guarantee

     112   

SECTION 11.2. Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge

     114   

SECTION 11.3. Right of Contribution

     115   

SECTION 11.4. No Subrogation

     115   
ARTICLE XII   
SUBORDINATION OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES   

SECTION 12.1. Agreement To Subordinate

     116   

SECTION 12.2. Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy

     116   

SECTION 12.3. Default on Guarantor Senior Indebtedness

     117   

SECTION 12.4. Acceleration of Payment of Securities

     118   

SECTION 12.5. When Distribution Must Be Paid Over

     118   

SECTION 12.6. Subrogation

     118   

SECTION 12.7. Relative Rights

     118   

SECTION 12.8. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Company

     118   

SECTION 12.9. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent

     119   

SECTION 12.10. Distribution or Notice to Representative

     119   

SECTION 12.11. Article XII Not To Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right To Accelerate

     119   

SECTION 12.12. Trust Moneys Not Subordinated

     119   

SECTION 12.13. Trustee Entitled To Rely

     120   

SECTION 12.14. Trustee To Effectuate Subordination

     120   

SECTION 12.15. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness

     120   

SECTION 12.16. Reliance by Holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness on Subordination Provisions

     120   
ARTICLE XIII   
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE   

SECTION 13.1. Satisfaction and Discharge

     120   

 

v


ARTICLE XIV MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 14.1. Trust Indenture Act Controls    121
SECTION 14.2. Notices    122
SECTION 14.3. Communication by Holders with other Holders    123
SECTION 14.4. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent    123
SECTION 14.5. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion    123
SECTION 14.6. When Securities Disregarded    124
SECTION 14.7. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar    124
SECTION 14.8. Legal Holidays    124
SECTION 14.9. GOVERNING LAW    124
SECTION 14.10. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL    124
SECTION 14.11. No Recourse Against Others    125
SECTION 14.12. Successors    125
SECTION 14.13. Severability    125
SECTION 14.14. Multiple Originals    125
SECTION 14.15. Facsimile and PDF Delivery of Signature Pages    125
SECTION 14.16. Qualification of Indenture    125
SECTION 14.17. Table of Contents; Headings    125
SECTION 14.18. Force Majeure    125
SECTION 14.19. U.S.A. PATRIOT Act    126
SECTION 14.20. Payments Due on Non-Business Days    126

SCHEDULE 3.8 Existing Affiliate Transactions

EXHIBIT A Form of the Series A Note

EXHIBIT B Form of the Series B Note

EXHIBIT C Form of Indenture Supplement to Add Subsidiary Guarantors

 

vi


CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

 

TIA

Section

  

Indenture

Section

310(a)(1)

   7.10

      (a)(2)

   7.10

      (a)(3)

   N.A.

      (a)(4)

   N.A.

      (a)(5)

   7.10

      (b)

   7.3; 7.8; 7.10

311(a)

   7.11

      (b)

   7.11

312(a)

   2.5

      (b)

   14.3

      (c)

   14.3

313(a)

   7.6

      (b)

   7.6

      (c)

   7.6

      (d)

   7.6

314(a)

   3.10; 3.16; 14.5

      (b)

   N.A.

      (c)(1)

   14.4

      (c)(2)

   14.4

      (c)(3)

   N.A.

      (d)

   N.A.

      (e)

   14.5

315(a)

   7.1

      (b)

   7.5; 14.2

      (c)

   7.1

      (d)

   7.1

      (e)

   6.11

316(a)(last sentence)

   14.6

      (a)(1)(A)

   6.5

      (a)(1)(B)

   6.4

      (a)(2)

   N.A.

      (b)

   6.7

      (c)

   9.4

317(a)(1)

   6.8

      (a)(2)

   6.9

      (b)

   2.4

318(a)

   14.1

N.A. means Not Applicable.

 

Note:      This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture.

 

 

vii


INDENTURE dated as of January 31, 2013, among GIBRALTAR INDUSTRIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Subsidiary Guarantors (as hereinafter defined) from time to time parties hereto and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., a national banking association (the “Trustee”), as Trustee.

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Securities by the Holders thereof, each party hereto covenants and agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of all Holders of (i) the Company’s 6.250% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2021 issued on the date hereof (the “Initial Securities”), (ii) if and when issued, an unlimited principal amount of additional 6.250% Senior Subordinated Notes, Series A, due 2021 in a non-registered offering or 6.250% Senior Subordinated Notes, Series B, due 2021 in a registered offering of the Company, that may be offered from time to time subsequent to the Issue Date (the “Additional Securities”) and (iii) if and when issued, the Company’s 6.250% Senior Subordinated Notes, Series B, due 2021, that may be issued from time to time in exchange for Initial Securities or any Additional Securities in an offer registered under the Securities Act as provided in a Registration Rights Agreement (as hereinafter defined) (the “Exchange Securities,” and together with the Initial Securities and Additional Securities, the “Securities”).

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

SECTION 1.1. Definitions.

“Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (i) of a Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case whether or not Incurred by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such acquisition. Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been Incurred, with respect to clause (i) of the preceding sentence, on the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and, with respect to clause (ii) of the preceding sentence, on the date of consummation of such acquisition of assets.

“Additional Assets” means:

 

  (1) any property, plant or equipment (excluding working capital for the avoidance of doubt) to be used by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Related Business;

 

  (2) the Capital Stock of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

  (3) Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary;


provided, however, that, in the case of clauses (2) and (3), such Restricted Subsidiary is primarily engaged in a Related Business.

“Additional Securities” has the meaning ascribed to it in the second introductory paragraph of this Indenture.

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control,” when used with respect to any Person, means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing; provided that exclusively for purposes of Section 3.8, beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person shall be deemed to be control.

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to a Security on any date of redemption, the greater of:

 

  (1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Security, and

 

  (2) the excess, if any, of (a) the present value as of such date of redemption of (i) the redemption price of such Security on February 1, 2017, (such redemption price being described in paragraph 5 of the form of Securities set forth in Exhibit A and Exhibit B hereto) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Security through February 1, 2017 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the date of redemption), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such date of redemption plus 50 basis points, over (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Security.

“Asset Disposition” means any direct or indirect sale, lease (other than an operating lease entered into in the ordinary course of business), transfer, issuance or other disposition, or a series of related sales, leases, transfers, issuances or dispositions that are part of a common plan, of shares of Capital Stock of a Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares), property or other assets (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a “disposition”) by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction.

Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall not be deemed to be Asset Dispositions:

 

  (1) a disposition of assets by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity); provided that in the case of a sale by a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary, the Company directly or indirectly owns an equal or greater percentage of the Common Stock of the transferee than of the transferor;

 

  (2) the sale of cash or Cash Equivalents;

 

64


  (3) a disposition of inventory in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (4) a disposition of obsolete or worn out equipment or equipment that is no longer useful in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and that is disposed of in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (5) transactions permitted under Section 4.1;

 

  (6) an issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity);

 

  (7) for purposes of Section 3.5 only, the making of a Permitted Investment (other than a Permitted Investment to the extent such transaction results in the receipt of cash or Cash Equivalents by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries) or a disposition subject to Section 3.3;

 

  (8) sales of accounts receivable and related assets or an interest therein of the type specified in the definition of “Qualified Receivables Transaction” to a Receivables Entity;

 

  (9) dispositions of assets with an aggregate fair market value since the Issue Date of less than $10.0 million;

 

  (10) the creation of a Permitted Lien and dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens;

 

  (11) dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements;

 

  (12) the issuance by a Restricted Subsidiary of Preferred Stock that is permitted by Section 3.2;

 

  (13) the licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles and licenses, leases or subleases of other property which do not materially interfere with the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

  (14) foreclosure on assets.

“Attributable Indebtedness” in respect of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction means, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the interest rate implicit in the transaction) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale/Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended), determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that if such Sale/Leaseback Transaction results in (i) a Capitalized Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of “Capitalized Lease Obligations” or (ii) a Synthetic Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of “Synthetic Lease Obligations.”

 

65


“Average Life” means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of the numbers of years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment by (2) the sum of all such payments.

“Bank Indebtedness” means any and all amounts, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or Incurred after the Issue Date, payable by the Company or the Subsidiary Borrower under or in respect of the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and any related notes, collateral documents, letters of credit and guarantees and any Interest Rate Agreement entered into in connection with the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, including principal, premium, if any, interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company at the rate specified therein, whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings), fees, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations, guarantees and all other amounts payable thereunder or in respect thereof.

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code, as amended or any similar federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

“Board of Directors” means, as to any Person, the board of directors of such Person or any duly authorized committee thereof.

“Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of a Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.

“Borrowing Base” means, as of the date of determination, an amount equal to the sum, without duplication, of (1) 85% of the net book value of the Company’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ accounts receivable at such date, (2) 65% of the net book value of the Company’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ inventories at such date and (3) $50.0 million. Net book value shall be determined in accordance with GAAP and shall be calculated using amounts reflected on the most recent available balance sheet (it being understood that the accounts receivable and inventories of an acquired business may be included if such acquisition has been completed on or prior to the date of determination).

“Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close.

“Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock and limited liability or partnership interests (whether general or limited), but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity.

 

66


“Capitalized Lease Obligations” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation will be the capitalized amount of such obligation at the time any determination thereof is to be made as determined in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof will be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date such lease may be terminated without penalty.

“Cash Equivalents” means:

 

  (1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States Government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof), having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition;

 

  (2) marketable general obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition and, at the time of acquisition, having a credit rating of “A” or better from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.;

 

  (3) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any commercial bank the long-term debt of which is rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least “A” or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, or “A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and having combined capital and surplus in excess of $250 million;

 

  (4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (1), (2) and (3) entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

 

  (5) commercial paper rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or “P-2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized rating agency, if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of investments, and in any case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition thereof; and

 

  (6) interests in any investment company or money market fund which invests 95% or more of its assets in instruments of the type specified in clauses (1) through (5) above.

“Cash Management Obligations” means, as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of cash management services (including treasury, depository, overdraft (daylight and temporary), credit or debit card, electronic funds transfer, netting and other cash management arrangements), including obligations for the payment of fees, interest, charges, expenses, attorneys’ fees and disbursements in connection therewith to the extent provided for in the documents evidencing such cash management services.

 

67


“Change of Control” means:

 

  (1) any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than Permitted Holders, becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that such person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all shares that any such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 35% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company (or its successor by merger, consolidation or purchase of all or substantially all of its assets) (for the purposes of this clause, such person or group shall be deemed to beneficially own any Voting Stock of the Company held by a parent entity, if such person or group “beneficially owns” (as defined above), directly or indirectly, more than 35% of the voting power of the Voting Stock of such parent entity); or

 

  (2) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company are not Continuing Directors; or

 

  (3) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than a Permitted Holder; or

 

  (4) the adoption by the stockholders of the Company of a plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme, or any successor securities clearing agency.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Commodity Agreement” means any commodity futures contract, commodity option or other similar agreement or arrangement entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary designed to protect the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries against fluctuations in the price of commodities actually used in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Common Stock” means with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests or other participations in, and other equivalents (however designated and whether voting or nonvoting) of such Person’s common stock whether or not outstanding on the Issue Date, and includes, without limitation, all series and classes of such common stock.

 

68


“Company” means Gibraltar Industries, Inc., or its successors and assigns.

“Consolidated Coverage Ratio” means as of any date of determination, with respect to any Person, the ratio of (x) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which financial statements are in existence to (y) Consolidated Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters; provided, however, that:

 

  (1) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary:

 

  (a) has Incurred any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day of such period (except that in making such computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility outstanding on the date of such calculation will be deemed to be (i) the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such four fiscal quarters or such shorter period for which such facility was outstanding or (ii) if such facility was created after the end of such four fiscal quarters, the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the period from the date of creation of such facility to the date of such calculation) and the discharge of any other Indebtedness repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period; or

 

  (b) has repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged any Indebtedness since the beginning of the period that is no longer outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio involves a discharge of Indebtedness (in each case other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and the related commitment terminated), Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such discharge of such Indebtedness, including with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness, as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period;

 

  (2) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary will have made any Asset Disposition or disposed of any company, division, operating unit, segment, business, group of related assets or line of business or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is such an Asset Disposition:

 

69


  (a) the Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) directly attributable to the assets which are the subject of such disposition for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) directly attributable thereto for such period; and

 

  (b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated Interest Expense directly attributable to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged with respect to the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition for such period (or, if the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period directly attributable to the Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness after such sale);

 

  (3) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) will have made an Investment in any Restricted Subsidiary (or any Person which becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged with or into the Company) or an acquisition of assets, including any acquisition of assets occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, which constitutes all or substantially all of a company, division, operating unit, segment, business, group of related assets or line of business, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any Indebtedness) as if such Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period; and

 

  (4) if since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) will have Incurred any Indebtedness or discharged any Indebtedness, made any Asset Disposition or any Investment or acquisition of assets that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (2) or (3) above if made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction occurred on the first day of such period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any calculation under this definition, the pro forma calculations will be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company (including pro forma expense and cost reductions calculated on a basis consistent with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated on a weighted average basis for the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters with respect to such Indebtedness (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months). If any Indebtedness that is being given pro forma effect bears an interest rate at the option of the Company, the interest rate shall be calculated by applying such optional rate chosen by the Company.

 

70


“Consolidated EBITDA” for any period means, without duplication, the Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income:

 

  (1) Consolidated Interest Expense; plus

 

  (2) Consolidated Income Taxes; plus

 

  (3) consolidated depreciation expense; plus

 

  (4) consolidated amortization expense or impairment charges recorded in connection with the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other, or Topic 360, Property, Plant and Equipment; plus

 

  (5) Refinancing Charges; plus

 

  (6) other non-cash charges, including any write-offs or write-downs (excluding any such non-cash charge to the extent it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was capitalized at the time of payment) and non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights to officers, directors or employees; less

 

  (7) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income (excluding any such items which represent the recognition of deferred revenue, the reversal of any accrual of, or reserve for, anticipated cash charges that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period, and any such items for which cash was received in a prior period that did not increase Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period) and if Consolidated Income Taxes is a benefit, by the amount of such benefit; and

 

  (8) increased or decreased (without duplication) to eliminate the following items to the extent reflected in such Consolidated Net Income:

 

  (a) any unrealized net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging;

 

  (b) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses pursuant to Accounting Standards Codification Topic 830, Foreign Currency Matters, related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness; and

 

  (c) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in any line item in such Person’s consolidated financial statements in such period pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to any completed acquisition.

 

71


Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, clauses (2) through (6) relating to amounts of a Restricted Subsidiary of a Person will be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated EBITDA of such Person only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the net income (loss) of such Restricted Subsidiary was included in calculating the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and, to the extent the amounts set forth in clauses (2) through (6) are in excess of those necessary to offset a net loss of such Restricted Subsidiary or if such Restricted Subsidiary has net income for such period included in Consolidated Net Income, only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to the Company by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior approval (that has not been obtained), pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders.

“Consolidated Income Taxes” means, with respect to any Person for any period, taxes imposed upon such Person or other payments required to be made by such Person by any governmental authority which taxes or other payments are calculated by reference to the income or profits of such Person or such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent such income or profits were included in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period), regardless of whether such taxes or payments are required to be remitted to any governmental authority.

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period, the total interest expense of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, whether paid or accrued, plus, to the extent not included in such interest expense:

 

  (1) interest expense attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations and the interest portion of rent expense associated with Attributable Indebtedness in respect of the relevant lease giving rise thereto, determined as if such lease were a capitalized lease in accordance with GAAP and the interest component of any deferred payment obligations;

 

  (2) amortization of debt discount and debt issuance cost (provided that any amortization of bond premium will be credited to reduce Consolidated Interest Expense unless, pursuant to GAAP, such amortization of bond premium has otherwise reduced Consolidated Interest Expense);

 

  (3) non-cash interest expense;

 

  (4) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing;

 

72


  (5) the interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (6) costs associated with Hedging Obligations (including amortization of fees); provided, however, that if Hedging Obligations result in net benefits rather than costs, such benefits shall be credited to reduce Consolidated Interest Expense unless, pursuant to GAAP, such net benefits are otherwise reflected in Consolidated Net Income;

 

  (7) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period;

 

  (8) the product of (a) all dividends paid or payable, in cash, Cash Equivalents or Indebtedness or accrued during such period on any series of Disqualified Stock of such Person or on Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors payable to a party other than the Company or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state, provincial and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP;

 

  (9) Receivable Fees; and

 

  (10) the cash contributions to any employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to the extent such contributions are used by such plan or trust to pay interest or fees to any Person (other than the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in connection with Indebtedness Incurred by such plan or trust.

For the purpose of calculating the Consolidated Coverage Ratio in connection with the Incurrence of any Indebtedness described in the final paragraph of the definition of “Indebtedness,” the calculation of Consolidated Interest Expense shall include all interest expense (including any amounts described in clauses (1) through (10) above) relating to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary described in the final paragraph of the definition of “Indebtedness.”

For purposes of the foregoing, total interest expense will be determined (i) after giving effect to any net payments made or received by the Company and its Subsidiaries with respect to Interest Rate Agreements and (ii) exclusive of (a) amounts classified as other comprehensive income in the balance sheet of the Company and (b) Refinancing Charges. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges Incurred in connection with any transaction pursuant to which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer or grant a security interest in any accounts receivable or related assets shall be included in Consolidated Interest Expense.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that there will not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:

 

73


  (1) any net income (loss) of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that:

 

  (a) subject to the limitations contained in clauses (3), (4) and (5) below, the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Person for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash actually distributed by such Person during such period to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (2) below); and

 

  (b) the Company’s equity in a net loss of any such Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) for such period will be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income to the extent such loss has been funded with cash from the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (2) any net income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary if such Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Company, except that:

 

  (a) subject to the limitations contained in clauses (3), (4) and (5) below, the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash that could have been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend (subject, in the case of a dividend to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause); and

 

  (b) the Company’s equity in a net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income;

 

  (3) any gain (loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any property, plant or equipment of the Company or its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries (including pursuant to any Sale/Leaseback Transaction) which is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business and any gain (loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person;

 

  (4) any extraordinary gain or loss;

 

  (5) any income or loss from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or early termination of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments; and

 

  (6) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles.

 

74


“Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who: (1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of this Indenture; or (2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such nomination or election.

“Corporate Trust Office” means the designated office of the Trustee at which at any time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date hereof is located at 10161 Centurion Parkway, 2nd Floor, Jacksonville, Florida 32256, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company).

“Currency Agreement” means, in respect of a Person, any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, futures contract, option contract or other similar agreement as to which such Person is a party or a beneficiary.

“Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

“Debt Facility” means, with respect to the Company, the Subsidiary Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor, one or more debt facilities (including the Senior Secured Credit Agreement) or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit or issuances of debt securities evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or similar instruments, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities) in whole or in part from time to time (and whether or not with the original administrative agent, lenders or trustee or another administrative agent or agents, other lenders or trustee and whether provided under the original Senior Secured Credit Agreement or any other credit or other agreement or indenture).

“Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

“Definitive Securities” means certificated Securities.

“Designated Guarantor Senior Indebtedness” means, with respect to a Subsidiary Guarantor, (1) the Guarantee by such Subsidiary Guarantor of the Bank Indebtedness (to the extent such Guarantee of the Bank Indebtedness constitutes Guarantor Senior Indebtedness) and (2) any other Guarantor Senior Indebtedness which, at the date of determination, has an aggregate principal amount outstanding of, or under which, at the date of determination, the holders thereof are committed to lend up to, at least $25.0 million and is specifically designated in the instrument evidencing or governing such Guarantor Senior Indebtedness as “Designated Guarantor Senior Indebtedness” for purposes of this Indenture.

 

75


“Designated Senior Indebtedness” means (1) the Bank Indebtedness (to the extent such Bank Indebtedness constitutes Senior Indebtedness) and (2) any other Senior Indebtedness which, at the date of determination, has an aggregate principal amount outstanding of, or under which, at the date of determination, the holders thereof are committed to lend up to, at least $25.0 million and is specifically designated in the instrument evidencing or governing such Senior Indebtedness as “Designated Senior Indebtedness” for purposes of this Indenture.

“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event:

 

  (1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise;

 

  (2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (excluding Capital Stock which is convertible or exchangeable solely at the option of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary); or

 

  (3) is redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock in whole or in part,

in each case on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the earlier of the date (a) of the Stated Maturity of the Securities or (b) on which there are no Securities outstanding; provided that only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date will be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided, further that any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale (each defined in a substantially identical manner to the corresponding definitions in this Indenture) shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock (and all such securities into which it is convertible or for which it is ratable or exchangeable) provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock (and all such securities into which it is convertible or for which it is ratable or exchangeable) pursuant to such provision prior to compliance by the Company with Section 3.5 and Section 3.9 of this Indenture and such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 3.3.

“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors and assigns, or such other depository institution hereinafter appointed by the Company.

“Equity Offering” means a public offering for cash by the Company of its Common Stock, or options, warrants or rights with respect to its Common Stock, other than (x) public offerings with respect to the Company’s Common Stock, or options, warrants or rights, registered on Form S-4 or S-8, (y) an issuance to any Subsidiary or (z) any offering of Common Stock issued in connection with a transaction that constitutes a Change of Control.

“Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.Y., as operator of Euroclear systems Clearance System or any successor securities clearing agency

 

76


“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

“Exchange Offer” shall have the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Exchange Securities” has the meaning ascribed to it in the second introductory paragraph of this Indenture.

“Existing Senior Subordinated Notes” means the Company’s existing 8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect as of the date of this Indenture, including those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession. All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture will be computed in conformity with GAAP.

“Government Securities” means securities that are (1) direct obligations of the United States for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States the timely payment of which is unconditionally Guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the United States, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depositary receipt.

“Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:

 

  (1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or

 

  (2) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” will not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

 

77


“Guarantor Senior Indebtedness” means, with respect to a Subsidiary Guarantor, the following obligations, whether outstanding on the date of this Indenture or thereafter issued, without duplication:

 

  (1) any Guarantee of the Bank Indebtedness by such Subsidiary Guarantor and all other Guarantees by such Subsidiary Guarantor of Senior Indebtedness of the Company or Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of any other Subsidiary Guarantor; and

 

  (2) all obligations consisting of principal of and premium, if any, accrued and unpaid interest on, and fees and other amounts relating to, all other Indebtedness of the Subsidiary Guarantor. Guarantor Senior Indebtedness includes interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Subsidiary Guarantor regardless of whether post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding paragraph, Guarantor Senior Indebtedness will not include:

 

  (1) the portion of any Indebtedness Incurred in violation of this Indenture;

 

  (2) any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor to another Subsidiary or the Company;

 

  (3) any liability for Federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes owed or owing by such Subsidiary Guarantor;

 

  (4) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business (including Guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities);

 

  (5) any Indebtedness, Guarantee or obligation of such Subsidiary Guarantor that is expressly subordinate or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness, Guarantee or obligation of such Subsidiary Guarantor, including any Guarantor Senior Subordinated Indebtedness and Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of such Guarantor; or

 

  (6) any Capital Stock.

“Guarantor Senior Subordinated Indebtedness” means, with respect to a Subsidiary Guarantor, the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Subsidiary Guarantee and any other Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that specifically provides that such Indebtedness is to rank equally in right of payment with the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Subsidiary Guarantee and is not expressly subordinated by its terms in right of payment to any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor which is not Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor.

 

78


“Guarantor Subordinated Obligation” means, with respect to a Subsidiary Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) which is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to a written agreement.

“Hedging Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement, Currency Agreement or Commodity Agreement.

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Security is registered on the Registrar’s books.

“IAI” means an institutional “accredited investor” as described in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.

“Incur” means issue, create, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) will be deemed to be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; and the terms “Incurred” and “Incurrence” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication):

 

  (1) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;

 

  (2) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

 

  (3) the principal component of all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto except to the extent such reimbursement obligation relates to a trade payable and such obligation is satisfied within 30 days of Incurrence);

 

  (4) the principal component of all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (including earn-out obligations), which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery and title thereto, except (a) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business, and (b) any earn-out obligation until the amount of such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

 

79


  (5) Capitalized Lease Obligations, Synthetic Lease Obligations and all Attributable Indebtedness of such Person;

 

  (6) the principal component or liquidation preference of all obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends);

 

  (7) the principal component of all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of (a) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons;

 

  (8) the principal component of Indebtedness of other Persons to the extent Guaranteed by such Person;

 

  (9) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net obligations of such Person under Hedging Obligations (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to the termination value of such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligation that would be payable by such Person at such time); and

 

  (10) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, the Receivables Transaction Amount outstanding relating to a Qualified Receivables Transaction.

The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date will be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and the maximum liability, upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, of any contingent obligations at such date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, money borrowed and set aside at the time of the Incurrence of any Indebtedness in order to pre-fund the payment of interest on such Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be “Indebtedness”; provided that such money is held to secure the payment of such interest.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall (i) be the accreted value thereof in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount or the aggregate principal amount outstanding in the case of Indebtedness issued with interest payable in kind and (ii) include any interest (or in the case of Preferred Stock, dividends) thereon that is more than 30 days past due. Except to the extent provided in the preceding sentence, the amount of any Indebtedness that is convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock of the Company outstanding as of any date shall be deemed to be equal to the principal and premium, if any, in respect of such Indebtedness, notwithstanding the provisions of GAAP (including Accounting Standards Codification Topic 470-20, Debt-Debt with Conversion and Other Options).

 

80


In addition, “Indebtedness” of any Person shall include Indebtedness described in the preceding paragraph that would not appear as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person if:

 

  (1) such Indebtedness is the obligation of a partnership or joint venture that is not a Restricted Subsidiary (a “Joint Venture”);

 

  (2) such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a general partner of the Joint Venture (a “General Partner”); and

 

  (3) there is recourse, by contract or operation of law, with respect to the payment of such Indebtedness to property or assets of such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person; and then such Indebtedness shall be included in an amount not to exceed:

 

  (a) the lesser of (i) the net assets of the General Partner and (ii) the amount of such obligations to the extent that there is recourse, by contract or operation of law, to the property or assets of such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person; or

 

  (b) if less than the amount determined pursuant to clause (a) immediately above, the actual amount of such Indebtedness that is recourse to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, if the Indebtedness is evidenced by a writing and is for a determinable amount.

“Indenture” means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Related Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

“Initial Purchasers” means, together, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc., HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. and RBS Securities Inc.

“Initial Securities” has the meaning ascribed to it in the second introductory paragraph of this Indenture.

“Interest Rate Agreement” means, with respect to any Person, any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement as to which such Person is party or a beneficiary.

“Investment” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of any direct or indirect advance, loan (other than advances or extensions of credit to customers in the ordinary course of business) or other extensions of credit (including by way of Guarantee or similar arrangement, but excluding any debt or extension of credit represented by a bank deposit other than a time deposit) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such Person and all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that none of the following will be deemed to be an Investment:

 

81


  (1) Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business and in compliance with this Indenture;

 

  (2) endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business; and

 

  (3) an acquisition of assets, Capital Stock or other securities by the Company or a Subsidiary for consideration to the extent such consideration consists of Common Stock of the Company.

For purposes of Section 3.3,

 

  (1) “Investment” will include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in a Restricted Subsidiary to be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Restricted Subsidiary at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company will be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (a) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (b) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets (as conclusively determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith) of such Subsidiary at the time that such Subsidiary is so re-designated a Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

  (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary sells or otherwise disposes of any Voting Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such entity is no longer a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value (as conclusively determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith) of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of.

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and BBB- (or the equivalent) by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc., or any other equivalent rating by any Rating Agency, in each case, with a stable or better outlook.

“Issue Date” means January 31, 2013.

“Legal Holiday” has the meaning ascribed to it under Section 14.8.

 

82


“Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof).

“Net Available Cash” from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise and net proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any securities or other assets received as consideration, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net of:

 

  (1) all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses Incurred, and all Federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be paid or accrued as a liability under GAAP (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing agreements), as a consequence of such Asset Disposition;

 

  (2) all payments made on any Indebtedness which is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or which must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Disposition, or by applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition;

 

  (3) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition; and

 

  (4) the deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition.

“Net Cash Proceeds,” with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and charges actually Incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result of such issuance or sale (after taking into account any available tax credit or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements).

“Non-Guarantor Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor.

 

83


“Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness of a Person:

 

  (1) as to which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary (a) provides any Guarantee or credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, guarantee, indemnity, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness) or (b) is directly or indirectly liable (as a guarantor or otherwise);

 

  (2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare a default under such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity; and

 

  (3) the explicit terms of which provide there is no recourse against any of the assets of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, except that Standard Securitization Undertakings shall not be considered recourse.

“Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person (as defined in Regulation S).

“Obligations” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), other monetary obligations, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and Guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

“Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company. Officer of any Subsidiary Guarantor has a correlative meaning.

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by two Officers or by an Officer and either an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary of the Company.

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company.

“Permitted Holders” means (i) Brian Lipke, Neil Lipke, Eric Lipke, Meredith Lipke or Curtis Lipke (or in the event of the incompetence or death of any Permitted Holder, his or her estate, heirs, executor, administrator, committee or other personal representative), (ii) any trust or foundation established for estate or charitable planning purposes for which any of the individuals named in clause (i) is either a trustee or director or principal beneficiary or (iii) any Person the majority of the equity interests of which is owned by one or more of the individuals or entities named in clause (i) above.

 

84


“Permitted Investment” means an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in:

 

  (1) a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity) or a Person which will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity); provided, however, that the primary business of such Restricted Subsidiary is a Related Business;

 

  (2) another Person if as a result of such Investment such other Person is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its assets to, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity); provided, however, that such Person’s primary business is a Related Business;

 

  (3) cash and Cash Equivalents;

 

  (4) receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided, however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances;

 

  (5) payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (6) loans or advances to employees (other than executive officers) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries made in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed $2.5 million (loans or advances that are forgiven shall continue to be deemed outstanding);

 

  (7) Capital Stock, obligations or securities received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of a debtor;

 

  (8) Investments made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Disposition that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 3.5;

 

  (9) Investments in existence on the Issue Date (with the exception of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries);

 

  (10) Currency Agreements, Interest Rate Agreements, Commodity Agreements and related Hedging Obligations, which transactions or obligations are Incurred in compliance with Section 3.2;

 

  (11) Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, together with all other Investments pursuant to this clause (11), in an aggregate amount at the time of such Investment not to exceed the greater of (a) 1.0% of Total Assets and (b) $25.0 million outstanding at any one time (with the fair market value of such Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

 

  (12) Guarantees issued in accordance with Section 3.2;

 

85


  (13) Investments by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Receivables Entity or any Investment by a Receivables Entity in any other Person, in each case, in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; provided, however, that any Investment in any such Person is in the form of a Purchase Money Note, or any equity interest or interests in Receivables and related assets generated by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and transferred to any Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction or any such Person owning such Receivables;

 

  (14) Investments consisting of prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers’ compensation, performance and other similar deposits made in the ordinary course of business by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

  (15) repurchases of the Securities.

“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:

 

  (1) Liens securing Indebtedness and other obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and related Hedging Obligations and other Senior Indebtedness and Liens on assets of Restricted Subsidiaries securing Guarantees of Indebtedness and other obligations under a Debt Facility and other Guarantor Senior Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under this Indenture;

 

  (2) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or United States government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (3) Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, landlords’, materialmen’s and repairmen’s Liens, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (4) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet subject to penalties for non-payment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings provided appropriate reserves required pursuant to GAAP have been made in respect thereof;

 

  (5) Liens in favor of issuers of surety or performance bonds or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances or similar obligations issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business; provided, however, that such letters of credit do not constitute Indebtedness;

 

86


  (6) encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

 

  (7) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under this Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligation;

 

  (8) leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses of assets (including real property and intellectual property rights) which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (9) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

 

  (10) Liens for the purpose of securing the payment of all or a part of the purchase price of, or Capitalized Lease Obligations, Synthetic Lease Obligations, purchase money obligations or other payments Incurred to finance the acquisition, lease, improvement or construction of, assets or property acquired or constructed in the ordinary course of business; provided that:

 

  (a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Liens is otherwise permitted to be Incurred under this Indenture and does not exceed the cost of the assets or property so acquired or constructed; and

 

  (b) such Liens are created within 180 days of construction or acquisition of such assets or property and do not encumber any other assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than such assets or property and assets affixed or appurtenant thereto;

 

  (11) Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution; provided that:

 

  (a) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by the Company in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board; and

 

  (b) such deposit account is not intended by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depository institution;

 

87


  (12) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (13) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens permitted under clause (1));

 

  (14) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; provided further, however, that any such Lien may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (15) Liens on property at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (16) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity);

 

  (17) Liens securing the Securities and Subsidiary Guarantees;

 

  (18) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance, refund, replace, amend, extend or modify, as a whole or in part, Indebtedness that was previously so secured pursuant to clauses (10), (13), (14), (15) and (17); provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the Indebtedness being refinanced or is in respect of property that is the security for a Permitted Lien hereunder;

 

  (19) any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligation, Synthetic Lease Obligation or operating lease;

 

  (20) Liens under industrial revenue, municipal or similar bonds;

 

  (21) Liens on assets transferred to a Receivables Entity or on assets of a Receivables Entity, in either case Incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

 

  (22) Liens in favor of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor;

 

  (23) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business; and

 

  (24) Liens securing Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $5.0 million.

 

88


“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

“Preferred Stock,” as applied to the Capital Stock of any corporation, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such corporation, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such corporation.

“Purchase Money Note” means a promissory note of a Receivables Entity evidencing the deferred purchase price of Receivables (and related assets) and/or a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, from the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction with a Receivables Entity, which deferred purchase price or line is repayable from cash available to the Receivables Entity, other than amounts required to be established as reserves pursuant to agreements, amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, principal and other amounts owing to such investors and amounts owing to such investors and amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated Receivables.

“QIB” means any “qualified institutional buyer” as such term is defined in Rule 144A.

“Qualified Receivables Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (1) a Receivables Entity (in the case of a transfer by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) and (2) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Entity), or may grant a security interest in, any Receivables (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including all collateral securing such Receivables, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, the proceeds of such Receivables and other assets which are customarily transferred, or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted, in connection with asset securitizations involving Receivables.

“Rating Agency” means each of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. and Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or, if Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or both shall not make a rating on the Securities publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company (as certified by a resolution of the Board of Directors) which shall be substituted for Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or both, as the case may be.

 

89


“Receivable” means a right to receive payment arising from a sale or lease of goods or the performance of services by a Person pursuant to an arrangement with another Person pursuant to which such other Person is obligated to pay for goods or services under terms that permit the purchase of such goods and services on credit and shall include, in any event, any items of property that would be classified as an “account,” “chattel paper,” “payment intangible” or “instrument” under the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York and any “supporting obligations” as so defined.

“Receivables Entity” means a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary (or another Person in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary makes an Investment and to which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary transfers Receivables and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of Receivables and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company (as provided below) as a Receivables Entity:

 

  (1) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which:

 

  (a) is guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding guarantees of Obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings);

 

  (b) is recourse to or obligates the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings; or

 

  (c) subjects any property or asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings;

 

  (2) with which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding (except in connection with a Purchase Money Note or Qualified Receivables Transaction) other than on terms no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company, other than fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing Receivables; and

 

  (3) to which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

 

90


“Receivables Fees” means any fees or interest paid to purchasers or lenders providing the financing in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, factoring agreement or other similar agreement, including any such amounts paid by discounting the face amount of Receivables or participations therein transferred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, factoring agreement or other similar arrangement, regardless of whether any such transaction is structured as on-balance sheet or off-balance sheet or through a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“Receivables Transaction Amount” means the amount of obligations outstanding under the legal documents entered into as part of such Qualified Receivables Transaction on any date of determination that would be characterized as principal if such Qualified Receivables Transaction were structured as a secured lending transaction rather than as a purchase.

“Refinancing Charges” means the aggregate charges relating to the repurchase and/or redemption of the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes, together with any related consent fees, including, without limitation, (i) the amount of all prepayment premiums and other fees paid in connection with the repurchase of the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes, (ii) the unamortized portion of the debt discount and (iii) the unamortized portion of the debt issuance cost incurred in connection with the issuance of the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes

“Redemption Date” means, with respect to any redemption of Securities, the date of redemption with respect thereto.

“Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refund, refinance, replace, exchange, renew, repay or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) (collectively, “refinance,” “refinances,” and “refinanced” shall have a correlative meaning) any Indebtedness existing on the date of this Indenture or Incurred in compliance with this Indenture (including Indebtedness of the Company that refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of another Restricted Subsidiary) including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness; provided, however, that:

 

  (1) (a) if the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced is earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Securities, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced or (b) if the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced is later than the Stated Maturity of the Securities, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity at least 91 days later than the Stated Maturity of the Securities;

 

  (2) the Refinancing Indebtedness has an Average Life at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Indebtedness being refinanced;

 

  (3) such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced (plus, without duplication, any additional Indebtedness Incurred to pay interest or premiums required by the instruments governing such existing Indebtedness and fees Incurred in connection therewith); and

 

  (4) if the Indebtedness being refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Securities or the Subsidiary Guarantee, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Securities or the Subsidiary Guarantee on terms at least as favorable to the holders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded.

 

91


“Registration Rights Agreement” means that certain registration rights agreement dated as of the date of this Indenture by and among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers set forth therein and, with respect to any Additional Securities, one or more substantially similar registration rights agreements among the Company and the other parties thereto, as such agreements may be amended from time to time.

“Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.

“Related Business” means any business that, if added to the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, would not substantially change the general nature of the business in which the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are engaged on the Issue Date.

“Representative” means any trustee, agent or representative (if any) of an issue of Senior Indebtedness; provided that when used in connection with the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, the term “Representative” shall refer to the administrative agent under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement.

“Restricted Investment” means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

“Restricted Period”, with respect to any Securities, means the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (A) the day on which the Securities are first offered to Persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S), notice of which day shall be promptly given by the Company to the Trustee, and (B) the issue date with respect to such Securities.

“Restricted Securities Legend” means the Private Placement Legend set forth in Section 2.1(d)(A) or the Regulation S Legend set forth in Section 2.1(d)(B), as applicable.

“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

“Sale/Leaseback Transaction” means an arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired whereby the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person.

 

92


“SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Securities” has the meaning ascribed to it in the second introductory paragraph of this Indenture.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

“Securities Custodian” means the custodian with respect to the Global Securities (as appointed by DTC), or any successor Person thereto and shall initially be the Trustee.

“Securities Register” means the register of Securities, maintained by the Registrar, pursuant to Section 2.3.

“Senior Indebtedness” means, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter issued, created, Incurred or assumed, the Bank Indebtedness and all amounts payable by the Company under or in respect of all other Indebtedness of the Company, including premiums and accrued and unpaid interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company at the rate specified in the documentation with respect thereto whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding) and fees relating thereto; provided, however, that Senior Indebtedness will not include:

 

  (1) the portion of any Indebtedness Incurred in violation of this Indenture;

 

  (2) any Indebtedness of the Company to any Subsidiary;

 

  (3) any liability for Federal, state, foreign, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company;

 

  (4) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business (including Guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities);

 

  (5) any Indebtedness, Guarantee or obligation of the Company that is expressly subordinate or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness, Guarantee or obligation of the Company, including any Senior Subordinated Indebtedness and any Subordinated Obligations; or

 

  (6) any Capital Stock.

“Senior Secured Credit Agreement” means the Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2011, among the Company, the Subsidiary Borrower, KeyBank National Association, as Administrative Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Bank of America, N.A., as Co-Syndication Agents, and the lenders parties thereto from time to time, as the same may be amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time (including increasing the amount loaned thereunder provided that such additional Indebtedness is Incurred in accordance with Section 3.2); provided that a Senior Secured Credit Agreement shall not (x) include Indebtedness issued, created or Incurred pursuant to a registered offering of securities under the Securities Act or a private placement of securities (including under Rule 144A or Regulation S) pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act or (y) relate to Indebtedness that does not consist exclusively of Senior Indebtedness or Guarantor Senior Indebtedness.

 

93


“Senior Subordinated Indebtedness” means the Securities and any other Indebtedness of the Company that specifically provides that such Indebtedness is to rank equally with the Securities in right of payment and is not subordinated by its terms in right of payment to any Indebtedness or other obligation of the Company which is not Senior Indebtedness.

“Shelf Registration Statement” shall have the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “Significant Subsidiary” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC.

“Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company which are reasonably customary in securitization of Receivables transactions.

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

“Subordinated Obligation” means any Indebtedness of the Company (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) which is subordinated or junior in right of payment to the Securities pursuant to a written agreement.

“Subsidiary” of any Person means (a) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total ordinary voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof (or persons performing similar functions) or (b) any partnership, joint venture limited liability company or similar entity of which more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, is, in the case of clauses (a) and (b), at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (1) such Person, (2) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or (3) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person. Unless otherwise specified herein, each reference to a Subsidiary will refer to a Subsidiary of the Company.

“Subsidiary Borrower” means Gibraltar Steel Corporation of New York, as a borrower under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement.

 

94


“Subsidiary Guarantee” means, individually, any Guarantee of payment of the Securities and Exchange Securities issued in an Exchange Offer by a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and any supplemental indenture thereto (which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit C), and, collectively, all such Guarantees. Each such Subsidiary Guarantee will be in the form prescribed by this Indenture.

“Subsidiary Guarantor” means each Restricted Subsidiary in existence on the Issue Date that provides a Subsidiary Guarantee on the Issue Date (and any other Restricted Subsidiary that provides a Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture); provided that upon release or discharge of such Restricted Subsidiary from its Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Restricted Subsidiary shall cease to be a Subsidiary Guarantor.

“Synthetic Lease Obligations” means the present value, determined on the basis of the implicit interest rate, of all basic rental obligations under any lease (a) that is accounted for by the lessee as an operating lease and (b) under which the lessee is intended to be the “owner” of the leased property for federal income tax purposes.

“TIA” or “Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as in effect on the date of this Indenture.

“Total Assets” means, with respect to any Person, the total assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP, as shown on its most recent balance sheet.

“Transfer Restricted Notes” means Definitive Securities and any other Securities that bear or are required to bear the Restricted Securities Legend.

“Treasury Rate” means as of any date of redemption of Securities the yield to maturity at the time of computation of U.S. Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source or similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to February 1, 2017; provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to February 1, 2017 is not equal to the constant maturity of a U.S. Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of U.S. Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the redemption date to February 1, 2017 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded U.S. Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

“Trust Officer” shall mean, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

 

95


“Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

“Unrestricted Global Note” means any Security in global form that does not bear or is not required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

 

  (1) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of the Company in the manner provided under Section 3.19; and

 

  (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary or a Person becoming a Subsidiary through merger or consolidation or Investment therein) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary only if:

 

  (1) such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries does not own any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of or have any Investment in, or own or hold any Lien on any property of, any other Subsidiary of the Company which is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or otherwise an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

  (2) all the Indebtedness of such Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries shall, at the date of designation, and will at all times thereafter, consist of Non-Recourse Debt;

 

  (3) such designation and the Investment of the Company in such Subsidiary complies with Section 3.3;

 

  (4) such Subsidiary, either alone or in the aggregate with all other Unrestricted Subsidiaries, does not operate, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

  (5) such Subsidiary is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation:

 

  (a) to subscribe for additional Capital Stock of such Person; or

 

  (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and

 

  (6) on the date such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary is not a party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with terms substantially less favorable to the Company than those that might have been obtained from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company.

 

96


Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the foregoing conditions. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the foregoing requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred as of such date.

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof and the Company could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 3.2(a) on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.

“U.S. Government Obligations” means securities that are (a) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (b) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligations or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligations held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Obligations evidenced by such depositary receipt.

“Voting Stock” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees, as applicable.

“Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary, all of the Capital Stock of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) is owned by the Company or another Wholly-Owned Subsidiary.

 

97


SECTION 1.2. Other Definitions.

 

Term

   Defined in
Section

“Additional Restricted Securities”

   2.1(b)

“Affiliate Transaction”

   3.8

“Agent”

   3.12

“Additional Interest Notice”

   3.21

“Agent Members”

   2.1(e)

“Asset Disposition Offer”

   3.5

“Asset Disposition Offer Amount”

   3.5

“Asset Disposition Offer Period”

   3.5

“Asset Disposition Purchase Date”

   3.5

“Authenticating Agent”

   2.2

“Blockage Notice”

   10.3

“Change of Control Offer”

   3.9

“Change of Control Payment”

   3.9

“Change of Control Payment Date”

   3.9

“Company Order”

   2.2

“Covenant Defeasance”

   8.3

“cross acceleration provision”

   6.1(6)(b)

“Defaulted Interest”

   2.12

“Designation”

   3.19(a)

“Event of Default”

   6.1

“Excess Proceeds”

   3.5

“Exchange Global Note”

   2.1(b)

“Global Securities”

   2.1(b)

“Guarantor Obligations”

   11.1

“Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note”

   2.1(b)

“Institutional Accredited Investor Notes”

   2.1(b)

“Legal Defeasance”

   8.2(a)

“Pari Passu Notes”

   3.5

“payment default”

   6.1(6)(a)

“Paying Agent”

   2.3

“Payment Blockage Period”

   10.3

“Private Placement Legend”

   2.1(d)

“protected purchaser”

   2.8

“Registrar”

   2.3

“Regulation S Global Note”

   2.1(b)

“Regulation S Legend”

   2.1(d)

“Regulation S Notes”

   2.1(b)

“Reinstatement Date”

   3.20(b)

“Restricted Payment”

   3.3

“Restricted Securities”

   2.1(a)

“Revocation”

   3.19(b)

“Rule 144A Global Note”

   2.1(b)

“Rule 144A Notes”

   2.1(b)

“Special Interest Payment Date”

   2.12(a)

“Special Record Date”

   2.12(a)

“Successor Company”

   4.1

“Suspended Covenants”

   3.20(a)

“Suspension Date”

   3.20(a)

“Suspension Period”

   3.20(b)

 

98


SECTION 1.3. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. This Indenture is subject to the mandatory provisions of the TIA, which are incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms have the following meanings:

“Commission” means the SEC.

“indenture securities” means the Securities.

“indenture security holder” means a Holder.

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture.

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee.

“obligor” on the indenture securities means the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantors and any other obligor on the indenture securities.

All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined in the TIA by reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions.

SECTION 1.4. Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires:

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(3) “including” means including without limitation;

(4) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular;

(5) the principal amount of any non-interest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(6) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock or (ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock, whichever is greater;

(7) all amounts expressed in this Indenture or in any of the Securities in terms of money refer to the lawful currency of the United States of America; and

(8) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

 

99


ARTICLE II

THE SECURITIES

SECTION 2.1. Form, Dating and Terms.

(a) The aggregate principal amount of Securities that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. The Initial Securities issued on the date hereof will be in an aggregate principal amount of $210,000,000. In addition, the Company may issue, from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, Additional Securities and Exchange Securities. Furthermore, Securities may be authenticated and delivered upon registration or transfer, or in lieu of, other Securities pursuant to Section 2.6, 2.8, 2.10, 5.8 or 9.5 or in connection with a Change of Control Offer pursuant to Section 3.9 or an Asset Disposition Offer under Section 3.5.

The Initial Securities shall be known and designated as “6.250% Senior Subordinated Notes, Series A, due 2021” of the Company. Additional Securities issued as securities bearing one of the restrictive legends described under Section 2.1(d) (“Restricted Securities”) shall be known and designated as “6.250% Senior Subordinated Notes, Series A, due 2021” of the Company. Additional Securities issued other than as Restricted Securities shall be known and designated as “6.250% Senior Subordinated Notes, Series B, due 2021” of the Company, and Exchange Securities shall be known and designated as “6.250% Senior Subordinated Notes, Series B, due 2021” of the Company.

With respect to any Additional Securities, the Company shall set forth in (a) a Board Resolution of the Company and (b) (i) an Officers’ Certificate or (ii) one or more indentures supplemental hereto, the following information:

(1) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Securities to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture which may be in an unlimited aggregate principal amount;

(2) the issue price and the issue date of such Additional Securities, including the date from which interest shall accrue; and

(3) whether such Additional Securities shall be Restricted Securities issued in the form of Exhibit A hereto and/or shall be issued in the form of Exhibit B hereto.

The Initial Securities, the Additional Securities and the Exchange Securities shall be considered collectively as a single class for all purposes of this Indenture. Holders of the Initial Securities, the Additional Securities and the Exchange Securities will vote and consent together on all matters to which such Holders are entitled to vote or consent as one class, and none of the Holders of the Initial Securities, the Additional Securities or the Exchange Securities shall have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter to which such Holders are entitled to vote or consent.

 

100


If any of the terms of any Additional Securities are established by action taken pursuant to a Board Resolution of the Company, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officers’ Certificate or the indenture supplemental hereto setting forth the terms of the Additional Securities.

(b) The Initial Securities are being offered and sold by the Company pursuant to a Purchase Agreement, dated January 18, 2013, among the Company and the Initial Purchasers. The Initial Securities and any Additional Securities (if issued as Restricted Securities) (the “Additional Restricted Securities”) will be resold initially only to (A) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A and (B) Non-U.S. Persons in reliance on Regulation S. Such Initial Securities and Additional Restricted Securities may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs, purchasers in reliance on Regulation S and IAIs in accordance with Rule 501 of the Securities Act, in each case, in accordance with the procedures described herein. Additional Securities offered after the date hereof may be offered and sold by the Company from time to time pursuant to one or more purchase agreements in accordance with applicable law.

Initial Securities and Additional Restricted Securities offered and sold to QIBs in the United States of America in reliance on Rule 144A (the “Rule 144A Notes”) shall be issued in the form of a permanent global Security, without interest coupons, substantially in the form of Exhibit A, which is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, including appropriate legends as set forth under Section 2.1(d) (the “Rule 144A Global Note”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Rule 144A Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the Rule 144A Global Note and on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.

Initial Securities and Additional Securities offered and sold outside the United States of America (the “Regulation S Notes”) in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued in the form of a permanent global Security, without interest coupons, substantially in the form of Exhibit A including appropriate legends as set forth under Section 2.1(d) (the “Regulation S Global Note”). The Regulation S Global Note will be deposited upon issuance with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. During the Restricted Period, interests in the Regulation S Global Note may be transferred to Non-U.S. Persons pursuant to Regulation S or to QIBs and IAIs in accordance with this Indenture. The Regulation S Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the Regulation S Global Note and on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.

 

101


Initial Securities and Additional Securities resold to IAIs (the “Institutional Accredited Investor Notes”) in the United States of America shall be issued in the form of a permanent global Security, without interest coupons, substantially in the form of Exhibit A including appropriate legends as set forth under Section 2.1(d) (the “Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note”) deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the Institutional Accredited Investor Note and on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.

Exchange Securities exchanged for interests in the Rule 144A Notes, the Regulation S Notes and the Institutional Accredited Investor Notes will be issued in the form of a permanent global Security, without interest coupons, substantially in the form of Exhibit B, which is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, deposited with the Trustee as hereinafter provided, including the appropriate legend set forth under Section 2.1(d) (the “Exchange Global Note”). The Exchange Global Note will be deposited upon issuance with, or on behalf of, the Trustee as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Exchange Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate.

The Rule 144A Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note, the Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note and the Exchange Global Note are sometimes collectively herein referred to as the “Global Securities.”

The principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Securities shall be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, State of New York, or at such other office or agency of the Company as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3; provided, however, that, at the option of the Company, each installment of interest may be paid by (i) check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Securities Register or (ii) wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee. Payments in respect of Securities represented by a Global Security (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by DTC. Payments in respect of Securities represented by Definitive Securities (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) held by a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Securities represented by Definitive Securities will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

 

102


The Securities may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage, in addition to those set forth on Exhibit A and Exhibit B and under Section 2.1(d). The Company and the Trustee shall approve the forms of the Securities and any notation, endorsement or legend on them. Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms of the Securities set forth in Exhibit A and Exhibit B are part of the terms of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Company and the Trustee by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to be bound by such terms.

(c) Denominations. The Securities shall be issuable only in fully registered form, without interest coupons, and only in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

(d) Restrictive Legends. Unless and until (i) an Initial Security is sold under an effective registration statement or (ii) an Initial Security is exchanged for an Exchange Security in connection with an effective registration statement, in each case pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or a similar agreement,

(A) the Rule 144A Global Note and the Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note shall bear the following legend (the “Private Placement Legend”) on the face thereof:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND THAT IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF SECURITIES OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/ OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

 

103


(B) the Regulation S Global Note shall bear the following legend (the “Regulation S Legend”) on the face thereof:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S) IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S, ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND THAT IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF SECURITIES OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/ OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

104


(C) Each Global Security, whether or not an Initial Security, shall bear the following legend on the face thereof:

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE, AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY, THE HOLDER THEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (1) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OF A PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) OR PROVISIONS UNDER ANY OTHER FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”), OR OF AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH PLAN, ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT, OR (2) THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAWS.

 

105


(e) Book-Entry Provisions.

(i) This Section 2.1(e) shall apply only to Global Securities deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC.

(ii) The Company shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this Section 2.1(e) and Section 2.2 and pursuant to an order of the Company signed by one Officer of the Company, authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global Securities that (i) shall be registered in the name of DTC for such Global Security or Global Securities or the nominee of DTC, (ii) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such Depositary or pursuant to DTC’s instructions or held by the Trustee as Custodian and (iii) shall bear legends as set forth under Section 2.1(d).

(iii) Members of, or participants in, DTC (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Security held on their behalf by DTC or by the Trustee as the custodian of DTC or under such Global Security, and DTC may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Security for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by DTC or impair, as between DTC and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of DTC governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Security.

(iv) In connection with any transfer of a portion of the beneficial interest in a Global Security pursuant to subsection (f) of this Section 2.1 to beneficial owners who are required to hold Definitive Securities, the Securities Custodian shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Security in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Security to be transferred, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, one or more Definitive Securities of like tenor and amount.

(v) In connection with the transfer of an entire Global Security to beneficial owners pursuant to subsection (f) of this Section 2.1, such Global Security shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, to each beneficial owner identified by DTC in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Security, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Securities of authorized denominations.

 

106


(vi) The registered Holder of a Global Security may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any person, including Agent Members and persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Securities.

(vii) Any Holder of a Global Security shall, by acceptance of such Global Security, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Security may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by (a) the Holder of such Global Security (or its agent) or (b) any Holder of a beneficial interest in such Global Security, and that ownership of a beneficial interest in such Global Security shall be required to be reflected in a book entry.

(f) Definitive Securities. (i) Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in Global Securities will not be entitled to receive Definitive Securities. If required to do so pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, beneficial owners may obtain Definitive Securities in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Security upon written request in accordance with DTC’s and the Registrar’s procedures. In addition, Definitive Securities shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Security if (A) DTC notifies the Company at any time that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for such Global Security or DTC ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, at a time when DTC is required to be so registered in order to act as depositary, and in each case a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice or (B) the Company in its sole discretion executes and delivers to the Trustee and Registrar an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Global Security shall be so exchangeable or (C) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a request from DTC. In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in clause (A), (B) or (C) of the preceding sentence, the Company shall promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Securities in fully registered form without interest coupons.

(ii) Any Definitive Security delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Security pursuant to Section 2.1(e)(iv) or (v) shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.6(c), bear the applicable legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the Definitive Security set forth under Section 2.1(d).

(iii) In connection with the exchange of a portion of a Definitive Security for a beneficial interest in a Global Security, the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Security, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, to the transferring Holder a new Definitive Security representing the principal amount not so transferred.

SECTION 2.2. Execution and Authentication. One Officer shall sign the Securities for the Company by manual or facsimile signature. If an Officer whose signature is on a Security no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Security, the Security shall be valid nevertheless.

 

107


A Security shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually authenticates the Security. The signature of the Trustee on a Security shall be conclusive evidence that such Security has been duly and validly authenticated and issued under this Indenture. A Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery: (1) Initial Securities for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $210,000,000, (2) subject to the terms of this Indenture, Additional Securities for original issue in an unlimited principal amount and (3) Exchange Securities for issue only in an Exchange Offer or upon resale under an effective Shelf Registration Statement, and only in exchange for Initial Securities or Additional Securities of an equal principal amount, in each case upon a written order of the Company signed by one Officer of the Company (the “Company Order”). Such Company Order shall specify whether the Securities will be in the form of Definitive Securities or Global Securities, the amount of the Securities to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Securities is to be authenticated and whether the Securities are to be Initial Securities, Additional Securities or Exchange Securities.

The Trustee may appoint an agent (the “Authenticating Agent”) reasonably acceptable to the Company to authenticate the Securities. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by a Trust Officer, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Company. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, any such Authenticating Agent may authenticate Securities whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by the Authenticating Agent. An Authenticating Agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands.

In case the Company, pursuant to Article IV, shall be consolidated or merged with or into any other Person or shall convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, and the successor Person resulting from such consolidation, or surviving such merger, or into which the Company shall have been merged, or the Person which shall have received a conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition as aforesaid, shall have executed an indenture supplemental hereto with the Trustee pursuant to Article IV, any of the Securities authenticated or delivered prior to such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition may, from time to time, at the request of the successor Person, be exchanged for other Securities executed in the name of the successor Person with such changes in phraseology and form as may be appropriate, but otherwise in substance of like tenor as the Securities surrendered for such exchange and of like principal amount; and the Trustee, upon Company Order of the successor Person, shall authenticate and make available for delivery Securities as specified in such order for the purpose of such exchange. If Securities shall at any time be authenticated and delivered in any new name of a successor Person pursuant to this Section 2.2 in exchange or substitution for or upon registration of transfer of any Securities, such successor Person, at the option of the Holders but without expense to them, shall provide for the exchange of all Securities at the time outstanding for Securities authenticated and delivered in such new name.

 

108


SECTION 2.3. Registrar and Paying Agent. The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Securities may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”) and an office or agency where Securities may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”). The Company shall cause each of the Registrar and the Paying Agent to maintain an office or agency in New York, New York. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Securities and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent, and the term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar.

The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the terms of the TIA. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of each such agent. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.7. Any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries organized in the United States may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or transfer agent.

The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Securities. The Company may remove any Registrar or Paying Agent without notice to any Holder upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided, however, that no such removal shall become effective until (i) acceptance of any appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Company and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee or (ii) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (i) above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon written notice to the Company and the Trustee.

SECTION 2.4. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. By no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Security is due and payable, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient in immediately available funds to pay such principal, premium, if any, or interest when due. The Company shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all money held by such Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, of or interest on the Securities (whether such assets have been distributed to it by the Company or other obligors on the Securities) and shall notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor in making any such payment. If any Subsidiary Guarantor of the Company acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds or assets disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section 2.4, the Paying Agent (if other than a Subsidiary Guarantor of the Company) shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. Upon any bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding with respect to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Securities.

 

109


SECTION 2.5. Holder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, or to the extent otherwise required under the TIA, the Company, on its own behalf and on behalf of each of the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, shall furnish or cause the Registrar to furnish to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders, and the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a).

SECTION 2.6. Transfer and Exchange.

(a) Transfer of Global Securities.

(i) The transfer and exchange of Global Securities or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through DTC, in accordance with this Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 2.6(b), if any) and the procedures of DTC therefor. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Security shall deliver to the Registrar a written order given in accordance with DTC’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of DTC to be credited with a beneficial interest in such Global Security, or another Global Security and such account shall be credited in accordance with such order with a beneficial interest in the applicable Global Security and the account of the Person making the transfer shall be debited by an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Global Security being transferred.

(ii) If the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global Security to a beneficial interest in another Global Security, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Security to which such interest is being transferred in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interest to be so transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of the Global Security from which such interest is being transferred.

(iii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture (other than the provisions set forth in Section 2.1(f)), a Global Security may not be transferred except as a whole and not in part if the transfer is by DTC to a nominee of DTC or by a nominee of DTC to DTC or another nominee of DTC or by DTC or any such nominee to a successor depositary or a nominee of such successor depositary.

(b) Restrictions on Transfer of Global Securities; Voluntary Exchange of Interests in Transfer Restricted Notes for Interests in Unrestricted Global Securities:

(i) Transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through another Transfer Restricted Note shall be made in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC and the Restricted Securities Legend and only upon receipt by the Trustee of a certification from the transferor substantially in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A, as applicable, and, as applicable, delivery of such legal opinions, certifications and other information as may reasonably be requested pursuant thereto. In addition, in the case of a transfer of a beneficial interest in either a Regulation S Global Note or a Rule 144A Global Note for an interest in an IAI Global Note, the transferee must furnish a signed letter substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.7 to the Trustee;

 

110


(ii) During the Restricted Period, beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note may only be sold, pledged or transferred through Euroclear or Clearstream in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC, the Restricted Securities Legend on such Regulation S Global Note and any applicable securities laws. Prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through a Rule 144A Global Note or an IAI Global Note shall be made only in accordance with the applicable securities laws, the applicable procedures of DTC and the Restricted Securities Legend and upon receipt by the Trustee of a written certification from the transferor of the beneficial interest in the form provided on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A for exchange or registration of transfers. Such written certification shall no longer be required after the expiration of the Restricted Period. Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period, beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note shall be transferable in accordance with applicable law and the other terms of this Indenture.

(iii) Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may be exchanged for beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note upon certification in the form provided on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A for an exchange from a Regulation S Global Note to an Unrestricted Global Note.

(iv) Beneficial interests in a Transfer Restricted Note that is a Rule 144A Global Note or an IAI Global Note may be exchanged for beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note if the Holder certifies in writing to the Registrar that its request for such exchange is in respect of a transfer made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A) and/or upon delivery of such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company or the Trustee may reasonably request.

(v) If no Unrestricted Global Note is outstanding at the time of a transfer contemplated by the preceding clauses (iii) and (iv), the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon an Authentication Order, a new Unrestricted Global Note in the appropriate principal amount.

(c) Restricted Securities Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Securities not bearing a Restricted Securities Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Securities that do not bear a Restricted Securities Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Securities bearing a Restricted Securities Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Securities that bear a Restricted Securities Legend unless (i) Initial Securities are being exchanged for Exchange Securities in an Exchange Offer, in which case the Exchange Securities shall not bear a Restricted Securities Legend, (ii) an Initial Security is being transferred pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement or other effective registration statement or (iii) there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act. Any Additional Securities sold in a registered offering shall not be required to bear the Restricted Securities Legend.

 

111


(d) The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.1 or this Section 2.6. The Company shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable prior written notice to the Registrar.

(e) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Securities.

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall, subject to the other terms and conditions of this Article II, execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate, Definitive Securities and Global Securities at the Registrar’s request.

(ii) No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require the Holder to pay a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessment or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charges payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Section 9.5).

(iii) The Company (and the Registrar) shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Security for a period beginning 15 days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Securities and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing. The Company (and the Registrar) shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Security selected for redemption.

(iv) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Security, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Security is registered as the absolute owner of such Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, including the transfer or exchange of such Security, whether or not such Security is overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(v) All Securities issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Securities surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

(f) No Obligation of the Trustee.

(i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Security, a member of, or a participant in, DTC or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of DTC or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Securities or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than DTC) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount or delivery of any Securities (or other security or property) under or with respect to such Securities. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders in respect of the Securities shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be DTC or its nominee in the case of a Global Security). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Security shall be exercised only through DTC subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by DTC with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

 

112


(ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Security (including any transfers between or among DTC participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Security) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

SECTION 2.7. Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to IAIs.

[Date]

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.

10161 Centurion Parkway

Jacksonville, FL 32256

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

 

  Re: Gibraltar Industries, Inc.

6.250% Senior Subordinated Notes, Series A, due 2021

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $            principal amount of the 6.250% Senior Subordinated Notes, Series A, due 2021 (the “Securities”) of Gibraltar Industries, Inc. (the “Company”).

Upon transfer, the Securities would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows:

Name:                                                                  
Address:                                                              
Taxpayer ID Number:                                     

 

113


The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:

1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)), purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least $250,000 principal amount of the Securities, and we are acquiring the Securities for investment purposes and not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Securities, and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Securities in the normal course of our business. We and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

2. We understand that the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Securities to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Securities prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Company or any affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Securities (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”) only (a) to the Company, (b) pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act, (c) in a transaction complying with the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act, to a person we reasonably believe is a “qualified institutional buyer” under Rule 144A under the Securities Act (a “QIB”) that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (d) pursuant to offers and sales that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (e) to an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor,” in each case in a minimum principal amount of Securities of $250,000, for investment purposes and not with a view to or for offer or sale in connection with any distribution in violation of the Securities Act or (f) pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, subject in each of the foregoing cases to any requirement of law that the disposition of our property or the property of such investor account or accounts be at all times within our or their control and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Securities is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (e) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (the “Trustee”), which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” (within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) and that it is acquiring such Securities for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Company and the Trustee reserve the right prior to any offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Termination Date of the Securities pursuant to clause (d), (e) or (f) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications and/or other information satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee.

 

114


The Trustee and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

TRANSFEREE:                                                                         
BY:    

 

cc: Gibraltar Industries, Inc.

SECTION 2.8. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Securities. If a mutilated Security is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Security claims that the Security has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Security if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met, such that the Holder (a) notifies the Company or the Trustee within a reasonable time after such Holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar has not registered a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (b) makes such request to the Company or the Trustee prior to the Security being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a “protected purchaser”) and (c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee. If required by the Trustee or the Company, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Company and the Trustee to protect the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Security is replaced, and, in the absence of notice to the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or the Trustee that such Security has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and, upon receipt of a Company Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, in exchange for any such mutilated Security or in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Security, a new Security of like tenor and principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay such Security.

Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section, the Company may require that such Holder pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of counsel and of the Trustee) in connection therewith.

Every new Security issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor (if applicable) and any other obligor upon the Securities, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities duly issued hereunder.

 

115


The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities.

SECTION 2.9. Outstanding Securities. Securities outstanding at any time are all Securities authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section as not outstanding. A Security does not cease to be outstanding in the event either of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Security; provided, however, that (i) for purposes of determining which are outstanding for consent or voting purposes hereunder, the provisions of Section 14.6 shall apply and (ii) in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in making a determination whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of outstanding Securities are present at a meeting of Holders of Securities for quorum purposes or have consented to or voted in favor of any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver, amendment or modification hereunder, or relying upon any such quorum, consent or vote, only Securities which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be held by the Company or an Affiliate of the Company shall not be considered outstanding.

If a Security is replaced pursuant to Section 2.8 (other than a mutilated Security surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue unless the Trustee and the Company receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Security is held by a protected purchaser. A mutilated Security ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Security and replacement pursuant to Section 2.8.

If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a Redemption Date or maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest payable on that date with respect to the Securities (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, and the Paying Agent is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Securities (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

SECTION 2.10. Temporary Securities. In the event that Definitive Securities are to be issued under the terms of this Indenture, until such Definitive Securities are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Securities. Temporary Securities shall be substantially in the form, and shall carry all rights, of Definitive Securities but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Securities. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Securities. After the preparation of Definitive Securities, the temporary Securities shall be exchangeable for Definitive Securities upon surrender of the temporary Securities at any office or agency maintained by the Company for that purpose and such exchange shall be without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Securities, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange therefor, one or more Definitive Securities representing an equal principal amount of Securities. Until so exchanged, the Holder of temporary Securities shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as a Holder of Definitive Securities.

 

116


SECTION 2.11. Cancellation. The Company at any time may deliver Securities to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Securities surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Securities surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and dispose of such Securities in accordance with its internal policies and customary procedures and shall deliver canceled Securities to the Company pursuant to written direction by an Officer of the Company. If the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor acquires any of the Securities, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Indebtedness represented by such Securities unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.11. The Company may not issue new Securities to replace Securities it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for any reason other than in connection with a transfer or exchange.

At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Security have either been exchanged for Definitive Securities, transferred, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global Security shall be returned by DTC to the Trustee for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Security is exchanged for Definitive Securities, transferred in exchange for an interest in another Global Security, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Securities represented by such Global Security shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Securities Custodian for such Global Security) with respect to such Global Security, by the Trustee or the Securities Custodian, to reflect such reduction.

SECTION 2.12. Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest. Interest on any Security which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any interest payment date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Security (or one or more predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such payment at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3.

Any interest on any Security which is payable, but is not paid when the same becomes due and payable and such nonpayment continues for a period of 30 days shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the regular record date, and such defaulted interest and (to the extent lawful) interest on such defaulted interest at the rate borne by the Securities (such defaulted interest and interest thereon herein collectively called “Defaulted Interest”) shall be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (a) or (b) below:

(a) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Securities (or their respective predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date (as defined below) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Security and the date (not less than 30 days after such notice) of the proposed payment (the “Special Interest Payment Date”), and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a record date (the “Special Record Date”) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which date shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the Special Interest Payment Date and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Special Interest Payment Date therefor to be given in the manner provided for under Section 14.2 not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Special Interest Payment Date therefor having been so given, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid on the Special Interest Payment Date to the Persons in whose names the Securities (or their respective predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (b).

 

117


(b) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Securities may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Security delivered under this Indenture upon registration of, transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Security.

SECTION 2.13. Computation of Interest. Interest on the Securities shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

SECTION 2.14. CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN Numbers. The Company in issuing the Securities may use “CUSIP,” “Common Code” or “ISIN” numbers and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP,” “Common Code” or “ISIN” numbers in notices of redemption or purchase as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of a redemption or purchase and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities, and any such redemption or purchase shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such CUSIP, Common Code or ISIN number. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in any CUSIP, Common Code or ISIN number.

 

118


ARTICLE III

COVENANTS

SECTION 3.1. Payment of Securities. The Company shall promptly pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities on the dates and in the manner provided in the Securities and in this Indenture. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds in accordance with this Indenture immediately available funds sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Securities, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.

The Company and any Subsidiary Guarantors will pay any present or future stamp, court or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies that arise in any jurisdiction from the execution, delivery, enforcement or registration of the Securities, the Subsidiary Guarantees (if any), this Indenture or any other document or instrument in relation thereof, or the receipt of any payments with respect to the Securities or any Subsidiary Guarantees, excluding such taxes, charges or similar levies imposed by any jurisdiction outside of the United States, the jurisdiction of incorporation of any successor of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor or any jurisdiction in which a Paying Agent is located, other than those resulting from, or required to be paid in connection with, the enforcement of the Securities, the Subsidiary Guarantees or any other such document or instrument following the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Securities. The Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, will agree to indemnify the Holders for any such taxes paid by such Holders.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor may, to the extent it is required to do so by law, deduct or withhold income or other similar taxes imposed by the United States of America from principal, premium or interest payments hereunder.

SECTION 3.2. Limitation on Indebtedness. (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness); provided, however, that the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) if on the date thereof:

(1) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is at least 2.00 to 1.00; and

(2) no Default or Event of Default will have occurred or be continuing or would occur as a consequence of Incurring the Indebtedness or transactions relating to such Incurrence.

 

119


(b) Section 3.2(a) will not prohibit the Incurrence of the following Indebtedness:

 

  (1) Indebtedness of the Company, the Subsidiary Borrower and Subsidiary Guarantors Incurred pursuant to a Debt Facility, together with the principal component of amounts outstanding under Qualified Receivables Transactions, in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of (a) the Borrowing Base and (b) $250.0 million;

 

  (2) Guarantees by (x) the Company or Subsidiary Guarantors of Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and (y) Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries of Indebtedness Incurred by Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; provided that in the event such Indebtedness that is being Guaranteed is (a) Senior Subordinated Indebtedness or Guarantor Senior Subordinated Indebtedness, then the related Guarantee shall rank equally in right of payment to the Subsidiary Guarantees or (b) a Subordinated Obligation or a Guarantor Subordinated Obligation, then the related Guarantee shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Securities or the Subsidiary Guarantees, as the case may be;

 

  (3) Indebtedness of the Company owing to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity) or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity); provided, however,

 

  (a) if the Company is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations with respect to the Securities;

 

  (b) if a Subsidiary Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor is not the obligee, such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to any Subsidiary Guarantees of such Subsidiary Guarantor;

 

  (c)(i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Indebtedness being beneficially held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity) of the Company; and

(ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity) of the Company,

shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be.

 

  (4) Indebtedness represented by (a) the Securities issued on the Issue Date, the Subsidiary Guarantees and the related Exchange Securities and exchange guarantees issued in an Exchange Offer, (b) any Indebtedness (other than the Indebtedness described in clauses (1), (2), (3), (6), (8), (9), (10) and (12)) outstanding on the Issue Date and (c) any Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness described in this clause (4) or clause (5) or Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(a);

 

120


  (5) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred and outstanding on the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired by, or merged into, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness Incurred (a) to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by the Company or (b) otherwise in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition); provided, however, that at the time such Restricted Subsidiary is acquired by the Company:

 

  1. the Company would have been able to Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 3.2(a) after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (5); or

 

  2. on a pro forma basis, the Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is higher than such ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;

 

  (6) Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations that are Incurred in the ordinary course of business (and not for speculative purposes) (1) for the purpose of fixing or hedging interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness Incurred without violation of this Indenture; (2) for the purpose of fixing or hedging currency exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchanges; or (3) for the purpose of fixing or hedging commodity price risk with respect to any commodities;

 

  (7) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capitalized Lease Obligations, Synthetic Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations with respect to assets other than Capital Stock or other Investments, in each case Incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvements of property used in the business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, and Attributable Indebtedness, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refund, defease, renew, extend, refinance or replace any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (7), not to exceed $30.0 million at any time outstanding;

 

  (8) Indebtedness Incurred in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, performance, surety and similar bonds and completion guarantees provided by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (9) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the maximum aggregate liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

 

121


  (10) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished promptly;

 

  (11) Indebtedness Incurred by Foreign Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $30.0 million at any time outstanding;

 

  (12) Cash Management Obligations and guarantees in respect thereof incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

 

  (13) in addition to the items referred to in clauses (1) through (12) above, Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (13) and then outstanding, will not exceed $30.0 million at any time outstanding.

The Company will not Incur any Indebtedness under the preceding paragraph if the proceeds thereof are used, directly or indirectly, to refinance any Subordinated Obligations of the Company unless such Indebtedness will be subordinated to the Securities to at least the same extent as such Subordinated Obligations. No Subsidiary Guarantor will Incur any Indebtedness if the proceeds thereof are used, directly or indirectly, to refinance any Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor unless such Indebtedness will be subordinated to the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee to at least the same extent as such Guarantor Subordinated Obligations. No Subsidiary Guarantor will Incur any Indebtedness if the proceeds thereof are used, directly or indirectly, to refinance any Guarantor Senior Subordinated Indebtedness unless such refinancing Indebtedness is either Guarantor Senior Subordinated Indebtedness or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations.

For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this Section 3.2:

 

  (1) in the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 3.2(a) or (b), the Company, in its sole discretion, will classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of Incurrence and, with the exception of clause (1) of the second paragraph, may later classify such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this Section 3.2 and only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of such clauses;

 

  (2) all Indebtedness outstanding on the date of this Indenture under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement shall be deemed Incurred under clause (1) of Section 3.2(b) and not the first paragraph or clause (4) of Section 3.2(b);

 

  (3) Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness which is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included;

 

122


  (4) if obligations in respect of letters of credit are Incurred pursuant to a Debt Facility and are being treated as Incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the second paragraph above and the letters of credit relate to other Indebtedness, then such other Indebtedness shall not be included;

 

  (5) the principal amount of any Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, will be equal to the greater of the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption or repurchase premium) or the liquidation preference thereof;

 

  (6) Indebtedness permitted by this Section 3.2 need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this Section 3.2 permitting such Indebtedness;

 

  (7) the principal amount of any Indebtedness outstanding in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction is the Receivables Transaction Amount relating to such Qualified Receivables Transaction; and

 

  (8) the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof will be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

Accrual of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness and the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 3.2.

In addition, the Company will not permit any of its Unrestricted Subsidiaries to Incur any Indebtedness or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock, other than Non-Recourse Debt. If at any time an Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be Incurred as of such date under this Section 3.2, the Company shall be in Default of this Section 3.2).

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness; provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-dominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-dominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3.2, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company may Incur pursuant to this Section 3.2 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such Refinancing Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

 

123


SECTION 3.3. Limitation on Restricted Payments. (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to:

 

  (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution (whether made in cash, securities or other property) on or in respect of its Capital Stock (including any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) except:

 

  (a) dividends or distributions payable in Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Capital Stock of the Company; and

 

  (b) dividends or distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (and if such Restricted Subsidiary is not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, to its other holders of common Capital Stock on a pro rata basis);

 

  (2) purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any Capital Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company held by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than in exchange for Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock));

 

  (3) purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations (other than (x) Indebtedness of the Company owing to and held by any Subsidiary Guarantor or Indebtedness of a Subsidiary Guarantor owing to and held by the Company or any other Subsidiary Guarantor permitted under clause (3) of Section 3.2(b) or (y) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement); or

 

  (4) make any Restricted Investment in any Person;

 

124


(any such dividend, distribution, purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, other acquisition, retirement or Restricted Investment referred to in clauses (1) through (4) shall be referred to herein as a “Restricted Payment”), if at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment:

 

  (a) a Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result therefrom); or

 

  (b) the Company is not able to Incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 3.2(a) after giving effect, on a pro forma basis, to such Restricted Payment; or

 

  (c) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments declared or made subsequent to the Issue Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (2), (3), (4), (6), (7) and (8) of the next succeeding paragraph) would exceed the sum of:

 

  (i) 50% of Consolidated Net Income for the period (treated as one accounting period) from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing after the date of this Indenture to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment for which financial statements are in existence (or, in case such Consolidated Net Income is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit); plus

 

  (ii) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company from the issue or sale of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) or other capital contributions subsequent to the Issue Date (other than Net Cash Proceeds received from an issuance or sale of such Capital Stock to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan, option plan or similar trust to the extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination) excluding in any event Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company from the issue and sale of its Capital Stock or capital contributions to the extent applied to redeem Securities in compliance with the provisions of Article V as it relates to the second paragraph of Section 5 of the Securities; plus

 

  (iii) the amount by which Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries is reduced on the Company’s balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange (other than by a Subsidiary of the Company) subsequent to the Issue Date of any Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries convertible or exchangeable for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company (less the amount of any cash, or the fair market value of any other property, distributed by the Company upon such conversion or exchange); plus

 

125


  (iv) the amount equal to the net reduction in Restricted Investments made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any Person resulting from:

 

  (A) repurchases or redemptions of such Restricted Investments by such Person, proceeds realized upon the sale of such Restricted Investment to an unaffiliated purchaser, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets (including by way of dividend or distribution) by such Person to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than for reimbursement of tax payments); or

 

  (B) the redesignation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries (valued in each case as provided in the definition of “Investment”) not to exceed, in the case of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, the amount of Investments previously made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Unrestricted Subsidiary,

which amount in each case under this clause (iv) was included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; provided, however, that no amount will be included under this clause (iv) to the extent it is already included in Consolidated Net Income.

(b) The provisions of the preceding paragraph will not prohibit:

 

  (1) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Capital Stock, Disqualified Stock or Subordinated Obligations of the Company or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock and other than Capital Stock issued or sold to a Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to the extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination); provided, however, that the Net Cash Proceeds from such sale of Capital Stock will be excluded from clause (c)(ii) of the preceding paragraph;

 

126


  (2) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Obligations of the Company or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Subordinated Obligations of the Company or any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Guarantor Subordinated Obligations made by exchange for or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of Guarantor Subordinated Obligations that, in each case, is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2 and that in each case constitutes Refinancing Indebtedness;

 

  (3) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of Disqualified Stock of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that, in each case, is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2 and that in each case constitutes Refinancing Indebtedness;

 

  (4) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any purchase or redemption of Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor from Net Available Cash to the extent permitted under Section 3.5;

 

  (5) the payment of any dividend or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or the giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or redemption payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

 

  (6) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense”;

 

  (7) repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants or other convertible securities if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price thereof;

 

127


  (8) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Obligation (i) at a purchase price not greater than 101% of the principal amount of such Subordinated Obligation in the event of a Change of Control in accordance with provisions similar to Section 3.9 or (ii) at a purchase price not greater than 100% of the principal amount thereof in accordance with provisions similar to Section 3.5; provided that, prior to or simultaneously with such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement, the Company has made the Change of Control Offer or Asset Disposition Offer, as applicable, as provided in such covenant with respect to the Securities and has completed the repurchase or redemption of all Securities validly tendered for payment in connection with such Change of Control Offer or Asset Disposition Offer;

 

  (9) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Company’s Common Stock in an amount not to exceed the greater of (a) $0.25 per share in any fiscal year, which amount will be reduced to reflect any subdivision of the Common Stock by means of a stock split, stock dividend or otherwise, or (b) $25.0 million in the aggregate in any fiscal year; provided that at the time of declaration of such dividend (x) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and (y) the Company is able to Incur at least an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to
Section 3.2(a);

 

  (10) payments to enable the Company to make cash payments to holders of its Capital Stock in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of its Capital Stock;

 

  (11) the designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with this Indenture if the Restricted Subsidiary to be so designated has total consolidated assets of $10,000 or less; and

 

  (12) Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25.0 million.

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on the date of such Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be paid, transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any cash Restricted Payment shall be its face amount and any non-cash Restricted Payment shall be determined conclusively by the Board of Directors of the Company acting in good faith whose resolution with respect thereto shall be delivered to the Trustee, such determination to be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an Independent Financial Advisor if such fair market value is estimated in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company to exceed $10.0 million. Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the calculations required by this Section 3.3 were computed, together with a copy of any fairness opinion or appraisal required by this Indenture.

 

128


SECTION 3.4. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

  (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on Common Stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock);

 

  (2) make any loans or advances to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that the subordination of loans or advances made to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances); or

 

  (3) transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that such transfers shall not include any type of transfer described in clause (1) or (2) above).

The provisions of the preceding paragraph will not prohibit:

 

  (i) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement in effect at or entered into on the date of this Indenture, including this Indenture, the Securities, the Exchange Securities, the Subsidiary Guarantees and the Senior Secured Credit Agreement (and related documentation) in effect on such date;

 

  (ii) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement relating to any Capital Stock or Indebtedness Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary on or before the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Capital Stock or Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by the Company or in contemplation of the transaction) and outstanding on such date; provided, that any such encumbrance or restriction shall not extend to any assets or property of the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary other than the assets and property so acquired;

 

  (iii) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement effecting a refunding, replacement or refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to an agreement referred to in clause (i) or (ii) of this paragraph or this clause (iii) or contained in any amendment, restatement, modification, renewal, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing of an agreement referred to in clause (i) or (ii) of this paragraph or this clause (iii); provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary contained in any such agreement are no less favorable in any material respect, taken as a whole, to the Holders of the Securities than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in such agreements referred to in clauses (i) or (ii) of this paragraph on the Issue Date or the date such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged into a Restricted Subsidiary, whichever is applicable;

 

129


  (iv) in the case of clause (3) of the first paragraph of this Section 3.4, any encumbrance or restriction:

 

  (a) that restricts in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease, license or similar contract, or the assignment or transfer of any such lease, license or other contract;

 

  (b) contained in mortgages, pledges or other security agreements permitted under this Indenture securing Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such encumbrances or restrictions restrict the transfer of the property subject to such mortgages, pledges or other security agreements; or

 

  (c) pursuant to customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (v) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and (b) Capitalized Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations permitted under this Indenture, in each case, that impose encumbrances or restrictions of the nature described in clause (3) of the first paragraph of this Section 3.4 on the property so acquired;

 

  (vi) any Purchase Money Note or other Indebtedness or contractual requirements Incurred with respect to a Qualified Receivables Transaction relating exclusively to a Receivables Entity that, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors, are necessary to effect such Qualified Receivables Transaction;

 

  (vii) any customary provisions in joint venture agreements relating to joint ventures that are not Restricted Subsidiaries and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (viii) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth provisions in leases and other agreements entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (ix) encumbrances or restrictions arising or existing by reason of applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

 

130


  (x) encumbrances or restrictions contained in indentures or other debt agreements Incurred or Preferred Stock issued by Restricted Subsidiaries subsequent to the Issue Date and permitted pursuant to Section 3.2; provided that such encumbrances and restrictions contained in any agreement or instrument will not materially affect the Company’s ability to make anticipated principal or interest payments on the Securities (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company);

 

  (xi) customary non-assignment provisions in contracts, leases and licenses entered into in the ordinary course of business; and

 

  (xii provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets or property in asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into with the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors, which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such agreements.

SECTION 3.5. Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Asset Disposition unless:

 

  (1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at least equal to the fair market value (such fair market value to be determined on the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition), as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors (including as to the value of all non-cash consideration), of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition;

 

  (2) at least 75% of the consideration from such Asset Disposition received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; and

 

  (3) an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition is applied by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be:

 

  (a) to permanently reduce (and permanently reduce commitments with respect thereto): (i) obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and (ii) Senior Indebtedness of the Company or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Disqualified Stock, Guarantor Senior Subordinated Indebtedness or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations), in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or an Affiliate of the Company; and

 

131


  (b) to permanently reduce obligations under other Indebtedness of the Company (other than any Disqualified Stock or Subordinated Obligations) or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Disqualified Stock or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations), in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or an Affiliate of the Company; provided that the Company shall equally and ratably reduce obligations under the Securities, as provided under Article V, through open market purchases at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Disposition Offer) to all holders to purchase their Securities at 100% of the principal amount thereof, in each case plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the Securities that are purchased or redeemed;

 

  (c) to invest in Additional Assets; or

 

  (d) any combination of the foregoing.

provided that pending the final application of any such Net Available Cash in accordance with clause (a) or clause (b) above, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce Indebtedness or otherwise invest such Net Available Cash in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture; provided, further, that in the case of clause (c), a binding commitment to invest in Additional Assets shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Available Cash from the date of such commitment so long as the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Available Cash will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 270 days of such commitment (an “Acceptable Commitment”) and such Net Available Cash is actually applied in such manner within the later of 365 days from the consummation of the Asset Disposition and 270 days from the date of the Acceptable Commitment, and in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Available Cash is applied in connection therewith, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment (a “Second Commitment”) within 180 days of such cancellation or termination and such Net Available Cash is actually applied in such manner within 180 days from the date of the Second Commitment, it being understood that if a Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Available Cash is applied, then such Net Available Cash shall constitute Excess Proceeds.

For the purposes of clause (2) of the first paragraph of this Section 3.5, the following will be deemed to be cash:

 

  (1) the assumption by the transferee of Indebtedness (other than Senior Subordinated Indebtedness, Subordinated Obligations or Disqualified Stock) of the Company or Indebtedness of a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary (other than Guarantor Senior Subordinated Indebtedness, Guarantor Subordinated Obligations or Disqualified Stock of any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary Guarantor) and the release of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from all liability on such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Disposition (in which case the Company will, without further action, be deemed to have applied such deemed cash to Indebtedness in accordance with clause (3)(a) of the first paragraph of this Section 3.5);

 

132


  (2) securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the transferee that are promptly converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash;

 

  (3) any stock or assets of the kind referred to in the definition of Additional Assets with a fair market value (to be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors if the fair market value of any stock or assets received in connection with any Asset Disposition and deemed cash pursuant to this clause exceeds $5.0 million) for all Asset Dispositions not to exceed $15.0 million in the aggregate; and

 

  (4) any combination of the consideration specified in clauses (1) through (3) above.

Any Net Available Cash from Asset Dispositions that are not applied or invested as provided in the preceding paragraph will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” On the 366th day after an Asset Disposition, if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, the Company will be required to make an offer (“Asset Disposition Offer”) to all Holders of Securities and to the extent required by the terms of other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness, to all holders of other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness outstanding with similar provisions requiring the Company to make an offer to purchase such Senior Subordinated Indebtedness with the proceeds from any Asset Disposition (“Pari Passu Notes”), to purchase the maximum principal amount of Securities and any such Pari Passu Notes to which the Asset Disposition Offer applies that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Securities and Pari Passu Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture or the agreements governing the Pari Passu Notes, as applicable, in each case in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Securities and Pari Passu Notes so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Securities surrendered by Holders thereof and other Pari Passu Notes surrendered by holders or lenders, collectively, exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Securities and Pari Passu Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of tendered Securities and Pari Passu Notes. Upon completion of such Asset Disposition Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

The Asset Disposition Offer will remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Asset Disposition Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Asset Disposition Offer Period (the “Asset Disposition Purchase Date”), the Company will purchase the principal amount of Securities and Pari Passu Notes required to be purchased pursuant to this Section 3.5 (the “Asset Disposition Offer Amount”) or, if less than the Asset Disposition Offer Amount has been so validly tendered, all Securities and Pari Passu Notes validly tendered in response to the Asset Disposition Offer.

 

133


If the Asset Disposition Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest will be paid to the Person in whose name a Security is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders who tender Securities pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer.

On or before the Asset Disposition Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Asset Disposition Offer Amount of Securities and Pari Passu Notes or portions of Securities and Pari Passu Notes so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer, or if less than the Asset Disposition Offer Amount has been validly tendered and not properly withdrawn, all Securities and Pari Passu Notes so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn, in each case in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Securities or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.5 and, in addition, the Company will deliver all certificates and notes required, if any, by the agreements governing the Pari Passu Notes. The Company or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later than five Business Days after termination of the Asset Disposition Offer Period) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder of Securities or holder or lender of Pari Passu Notes, as the case may be, an amount equal to the purchase price of the Securities or Pari Passu Notes so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn by such holder or lender, as the case may be, and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company will promptly issue a new Security, and the Trustee, upon delivery of an Officers’ Certificate from the Company, will authenticate and mail or deliver such new Security to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Security surrendered; provided that each such new Security will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. In addition, the Company will take any and all other actions required by the agreements governing the Pari Passu Notes. Any Security not so accepted will be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Asset Disposition Offer on the Asset Disposition Purchase Date.

The Company will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Securities pursuant to this Indenture. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 3.5, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue of any conflict.

 

134


SECTION 3.6. Limitation on Liens. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of its property or assets (including Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries), whether owned on the date of this Indenture or acquired after that date, which Lien is securing any Senior Subordinated Indebtedness, Subordinated Obligations, Guarantor Senior Subordinated Indebtedness or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, unless contemporaneously with the Incurrence of such Liens effective provision is made to secure the Indebtedness due under this Indenture and the Securities or, in respect of Liens on any Restricted Subsidiary’s property or assets, any Subsidiary Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, equally and ratably with (or senior in priority to in the case of Liens with respect to Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, as the case may be) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien for so long as such Indebtedness is so secured.

SECTION 3.7. Limitation on Layering. The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) if such Indebtedness is or purports to be by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Senior Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) of the Company or Guarantor Senior Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness ) of such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is:

(a) pari passu or expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Securities or the Subsidiary Guarantees; and

(b) subordinated to all Senior Indebtedness or Guarantor Senior Indebtedness, as the case may be, at least to the same extent as the Securities or the Subsidiary Guarantees.

For purposes of the foregoing, no Indebtedness will be deemed to be contractually subordinate or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness solely by virtue of (1) being unsecured or (2) its having a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

SECTION 3.8. Limitation on Affiliate Transactions. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or conduct any transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Company (an “Affiliate Transaction”) unless:

 

  (1) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction in arm’s-length dealings with a Person who is not such an Affiliate;

 

  (2) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million, the terms of such transaction have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company and by a majority of the disinterested directors, if any (and such majority or majorities, as the case may be, determines that such Affiliate Transaction satisfies the criteria in clause (1) above); and

 

  (3) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million, the Company has received a written opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor that such Affiliate Transaction is either (a) not materially less favorable than those that might reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction at such time on an arm’s-length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate or (b) fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from a financial point of view.

 

135


The preceding paragraph will not apply to:

 

  (1) any Restricted Payment (other than a Restricted Investment) permitted to be made pursuant to Section 3.3;

 

  (2) any issuance of securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment agreements and other compensation arrangements, options to purchase Capital Stock of the Company, restricted stock plans, long-term incentive plans, stock appreciation rights plans, participation plans or similar employee benefits plans and/or indemnity provided on behalf of officers and employees approved by the Board of Directors of the Company;

 

  (3) loans or advances to employees, officers or directors in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries but in any event not to exceed $2.5 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time (without giving effect to the forgiveness of any such loan) with respect to all loans or advances made since the Issue Date;

 

  (4) any transaction between or among the Company and/or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity) and Guarantees issued by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary for the benefit of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in accordance with Section 3.2;

 

  (5) the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to, awards or grants of restricted stock or stock appreciation rights to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, directors of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (6) the existence of, and the performance of obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under the terms of any agreement to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party as of or on the Issue Date and identified on Schedule 3.8 to this Indenture on the Issue Date, as these agreements may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended or renewed from time to time; provided, however, that any future amendment, modification, supplement, extension or renewal entered into after the Issue Date will be permitted to the extent that its terms are not more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Securities than the terms of the agreements in effect on the Issue Date;

 

136


  (7) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that in the reasonable determination of the members of the Board of Directors or senior management of the Company, such transactions are on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person;

 

  (8) any issuance or sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) to Affiliates of the Company and the granting of registration and other customary rights in connection therewith; and

 

  (9) sales or other transfers or dispositions of Receivables and other related assets customarily transferred in an asset securitization transaction involving accounts receivable to a Receivables Entity in a Qualified Receivables Transaction, and acquisitions of Permitted Investments in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction.

SECTION 3.9. Change of Control. If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder shall have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) of such Holder’s Securities at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Securities plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall mail a notice (the “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder or otherwise deliver notice in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC, with a copy to the Trustee, stating:

 

  (1) that a Change of Control has occurred and that such Holder has the right to require the Company to purchase such Holder’s Securities at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of such Securities plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on a record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date) (the “Change of Control Payment”);

 

  (2) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed) (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); and

 

  (3) the procedures determined by the Company, consistent with this Indenture, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Securities repurchased.

 

  (4) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful:

 

137


  (5) accept for payment all Securities or portions of Securities (in integral multiples of $1,000) properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

 

  (6) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Securities or portions of Securities so tendered; and

 

  (7) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Securities so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Securities or portions of Securities being purchased by the Company.

The Paying Agent shall promptly mail (or otherwise deliver in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC) to each Holder of Securities so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Securities, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail (or otherwise deliver in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Security equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Securities surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Security shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

If the Change of Control Payment Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Security is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender pursuant to the Change of Control Offer.

Prior to mailing a Change of Control Offer, and as a condition to such mailing (i) all Senior Indebtedness must be repaid in full, or the Company must offer to repay all Senior Indebtedness and make payment to the holders that accept such offer and obtain waivers of any event of default from the remaining holders of such Senior Indebtedness or (ii) the requisite holders of each issue of Senior Indebtedness shall have consented to such Change of Control Offer being made. The Company covenants to effect such repayment or obtain such consent prior to the Change of Control Payment Date, it being a default of this Section 3.9 if the Company fails to comply with this provision.

The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (2) a notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Article V of this Indenture, unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price.

The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Securities pursuant to this Section 3.9. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue of the conflict.

 

138


SECTION 3.10. SEC Reports. The Company will file with the SEC, and make available to the Trustee and the registered Holders of the Securities, the annual reports and the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may by rules and regulations prescribe) that are specified under Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act within the time periods specified therein or in the relevant forms. In the event that the Company is not permitted to file such reports, documents and information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act, the Company will nevertheless make available such Exchange Act information to the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities as if the Company were subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act within the time periods specified therein or in the relevant form. Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only, and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder.

If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraph shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes to the financial statements and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

In addition, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors have agreed that they will make available to the Holders and to prospective investors, upon the request of such Holders, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act so long as the Securities are not freely transferable under the Securities Act. For purposes of this Section 3.10, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors will be deemed to have furnished the reports to the Trustee and the Holders of Securities as required by this Section 3.10 if the Company has filed such reports with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system and such reports are publicly available.

In addition, no later than five Business Days after the date the annual and quarterly financial information for the prior fiscal period have been filed or furnished pursuant to this Section 3.10, the Company shall also hold live quarterly conference calls with the opportunity to ask questions of management. No fewer than five Business Days prior to the date such conference call is to be held, the Company shall issue a press release to the appropriate U.S. wire services announcing such quarterly conference call, which press release shall contain the time and the date of such conference call and direct the recipients thereof to contact an individual at the Company (for whom contact information shall be provided in such notice) to obtain information on how to access such quarterly conference call.

The filing requirements set forth above for the applicable period shall be deemed satisfied by the Company prior to the commencement of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement by the filing with the SEC of the exchange offer registration statement and/or Shelf Registration Statement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act; provided that this paragraph shall not supersede or in any manner suspend or delay the Company’s reporting obligations set forth in the first three paragraphs of this Section 3.10.

 

139


SECTION 3.11. Future Subsidiary Guarantors. The Company will cause each Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a borrower under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement or that Guarantees, on the Issue Date or any time thereafter, the Obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement or any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture to this Indenture pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary will irrevocably and unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) in respect of the Securities on a senior subordinated basis and all other obligations under this Indenture.

SECTION 3.12. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Company shall maintain an office or agency where the Securities may be presented or surrendered for payment, where, if applicable, the Securities may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities and this Indenture may be served. The agency of The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (the “Agent”), currently located at 10161 Centurion Parkway, Jacksonville, Florida 32256, Attention: Corporation Trust Administration (or at such address in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York as the Agent shall designate upon request therefor from the Company or any Holder), shall be such office or agency of the Company, unless the Company shall designate and maintain some other office or agency for one or more of such purposes. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change in the location of any such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Agent of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Securities may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind any such designation. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

SECTION 3.13. Corporate Existence. Except as otherwise provided in Article III, Article IV and Section 11.2(b), the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of each Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, in accordance with their respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) and the rights (charter and statutory) licenses and franchises of the Company and each such Subsidiary Guarantor; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise or the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of any Subsidiary Guarantor if the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not, and will not be, disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders; provided, further, that the foregoing shall not prohibit a sale, transfer, or conveyance of a Restricted Subsidiary or any of its assets in compliance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

140


SECTION 3.14. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims. The Company shall pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (i) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or upon the income, profits or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies, which, if unpaid, might by law become a material liability or lien upon the property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim the amount, applicability or validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate actions and for which appropriate reserves, if necessary (in the good faith judgment of management of the Company), are being maintained in accordance with GAAP or where the failure to effect such payment will not be disadvantageous to the Holders.

SECTION 3.15. Payments for Consent. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Securities unless such consideration is offered to all Holders and is paid to all Holders that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or amendment; provided that if such consents, waivers or amendments are sought in connection with an exchange offer where participation in such exchange offer is limited to Holders who are “qualified institutional buyers” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act, or non-U.S. persons, within the meaning given to such term in Regulation S under the Securities Act, then such consideration need only be offered to all Holders to whom the exchange offer is made and to be paid to all such Holders that consent, waive or agree to amend in such time frame.

SECTION 3.16. Compliance Certificate. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company an Officers’ Certificate stating that in the course of the performance by the signers of their duties as Officers of the Company they would normally have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default and whether or not the signers know of any Default or Event of Default that occurred during the previous fiscal year. If they do, the certificate shall describe the Default or Event of Default, its status and the action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Company also shall comply with TIA § 314(a)(4).

SECTION 3.17. Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the Trustee or as necessary to comply with any future developments or requirements, the Company shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture with respect to such future developments or requirements.

 

141


SECTION 3.18. Statement by Officers as to Default. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, as soon as possible and in any event within 30 days after the occurrence of any Event of Default or an event which, with notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the details of such Event of Default or Default, its status and the actions which the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

SECTION 3.19. Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

(a) The Company may designate after the Issue Date any Subsidiary (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” under this Indenture (a “Designation”) only if:

(i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing after giving effect to such Designation;

(ii) the Subsidiary to be so designated and its Subsidiaries do not at the time of Designation own any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of, or own or hold any Lien with respect to, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(iii) all the Indebtedness of such Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries shall, at the date of designation, and will at all times thereafter, consist of Non-Recourse Debt;

(iv) such Subsidiary is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation:

(a) to subscribe for additional Capital Stock of such Subsidiary; or

(b) to maintain or preserve such Subsidiary’s financial condition or to cause such Subsidiary to achieve any specified levels of operating results;

(v) on the date such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary is not a party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with terms substantially less favorable to the Company than those that might have been obtained from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company; and

(vi) either (a) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total consolidated assets of $10,000 or less or (b) if such Subsidiary has consolidated assets greater than $10,000, then such Designation would be permitted under Section 3.3 and the definition of “Investments”.

(b) The Company may revoke any Designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary (a “Revocation”) only if, immediately after giving effect such Revocation:

(i) (a) The Company would be able to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 3.2(a) or Section 3.2(b) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such Revocation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such Revocation;

 

142


(ii) all Liens of such Unrestricted Subsidiary outstanding immediately following such Revocation would, if Incurred at such time, have been permitted to be Incurred for all purposes of this Indenture; and

(iii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing after giving effect to such Revocation.

Any such Designation or Revocation shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such Designation or Revocation, as the case may be, and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Designation or Revocation complied with the foregoing conditions.

A Revocation will be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the foregoing requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture, and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred as of such date.

SECTION 3.20. Effectiveness of Covenants.

(a) Following the first day (such date, a “Suspension Date”):

(i) the Securities have an Investment Grade Rating from both of the Rating Agencies; and

(ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture,

the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the provisions of Sections 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.7, 3.8, 3.11 (but only with respect to any Person that is required to become a Subsidiary Guarantor after the date of the commencement of the applicable Suspension Date), 3.15, 3.19 and 4.1(3) (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”).

(b) If at any time the Securities’ credit rating is downgraded from an Investment Grade Rating by any Rating Agency or if a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then the Suspended Covenants will thereafter be reinstated as if such covenants had never been suspended (the “Reinstatement Date”) and be applicable pursuant to the terms of this Indenture (including in connection with performing any calculation or assessment to determine compliance with the terms of this Indenture), unless and until the Securities subsequently attain an Investment Grade Rating from both of the Rating Agencies and no Default or Event of Default is in existence (in which event the Suspended Covenants shall no longer be in effect for such time that the Securities maintain an Investment Grade Rating from both of the Rating Agencies and no Default or Event of Default is in existence); provided, however, that no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind shall be deemed to exist under this Indenture, the Securities or the Subsidiary Guarantees with respect to the Suspended Covenants based on, and none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall bear any liability for, any actions taken or events occurring during the Suspension Period, regardless of whether such actions or events would have been permitted if the applicable Suspended Covenants remained in effect during such period. The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reinstatement Date is referred to as the “Suspension Period.”

 

143


(c) On the Reinstatement Date, all Indebtedness Incurred during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(a) or one of the clauses set forth in Section 3.2(b) (in each case to the extent such Indebtedness would be permitted to be Incurred thereunder as of the Reinstatement Date and after giving effect to Indebtedness Incurred prior to the Suspension Period and outstanding on the Reinstatement Date). To the extent such Indebtedness would not be so permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(a) or Section 3.2(b), such Indebtedness will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified under clause (4) of Section 3.2(b). Calculations made after the Reinstatement Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 3.3 will be made as though the covenants described under Section 3.3 had been in effect since the Issue Date and throughout the Suspension Period. Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 3.3(a).

(d) During any period when the Suspended Covenants are suspended, the Board of Directors of the Company may not designate any of the Company’s Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to this Indenture.

(e) Promptly following the occurrence of any Suspension Date or Reinstatement Date, the Company will provide an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee regarding such occurrence. The Trustee shall have no obligation to independently determine or verify if a Suspension Date or Reinstatement Date has occurred or notify the Holders of any Suspension Date or Reinstatement Date. The Trustee may provide a copy of such Officers’ Certificate to any Holder of the Securities upon request.

SECTION 3.21. Additional Interest Notice. In the event that the Company is required to pay additional interest to Holders of Securities pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will provide written notice (an “Additional Interest Notice”) to the Trustee of its obligation to pay additional interest no later than fifteen days prior to the proposed payment date for the additional interest, and the Additional Interest Notice shall set forth the amount of additional interest to be paid by the Company on such payment date. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder of Securities to determine the additional interest, or with respect to the nature, extent, or calculation of the amount of additional interest owed, or with respect to the method employed in such calculation of the additional interest.

 

144


ARTICLE IV

SUCCESSOR COMPANY

SECTION 4.1. Merger and Consolidation. The Company will not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its assets to, any Person, unless:

 

  (1) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Company”) will be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia and the Successor Company (if not the Company) will expressly assume, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Company under the Securities, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

  (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any Subsidiary of the Successor Company as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

  (3) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction, and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period,

 

  (A) the Successor Company would be able to Incur at least an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 3.2(a); or

 

  (B) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;

 

  (4) each Subsidiary Guarantor (unless it is the other party to the transactions above, in which case clause (1) shall apply) shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Subsidiary Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations in respect of this Indenture and the Securities and its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement shall continue to be in effect; and

 

  (5) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture.

 

145


For purposes of this Section 4.1, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company, which properties and assets, if held by the Company instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.

The predecessor Company will be released from its obligations under this Indenture and the Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture, but, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the predecessor Company will not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Securities.

Notwithstanding the preceding clause (3), (x) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company and (y) the Company may merge with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction to realize tax benefits; provided that, in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary that merges into the Company, the Company will not be required to comply with the preceding clause (5).

In addition, the Company will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to consolidate with, merge with or into any Person (other than another Subsidiary Guarantor) and will not permit the conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the assets of any Subsidiary Guarantor (other than another Subsidiary Guarantor) unless:

 

  (1) (a) if such entity remains a Subsidiary Guarantor, the resulting, surviving or transferee Person will be a corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia and shall have confirmed by supplemental indenture that its Subsidiary Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations in respect of this Indenture and the Securities and the obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement shall continue to be in effect; (b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the resulting, surviving or transferee Person or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by such Person or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and (c) the Company will have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture; or

 

  (2) in the event the transaction results in the release of the Subsidiary’s Note Guarantee under Section 11.2(b), the transaction is made in compliance with Section 3.5 (it being understood that only such portion of the Net Available Cash as is required to be applied on the date of such transaction in accordance with the terms of this Indenture needs to be applied in accordance therewith at such time).

 

146


ARTICLE V

REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

SECTION 5.1. Redemption. The Securities may be redeemed, as a whole or from time to time in part, subject to the conditions and at the redemption prices specified in paragraph 5 of the form of Securities set forth in Exhibit A and Exhibit B hereto, which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date.

SECTION 5.2. Applicability of Article. Redemption of Securities at the election of the Company or otherwise, as permitted or required by any provision of this Indenture, shall be made in accordance with such provision and this Article.

SECTION 5.3. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee. The election of the Company to redeem any Securities pursuant to Section 5.1 shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution of the Company. In case of any redemption at the election of the Company, the Company shall, upon not later than the earlier of the date that is 45 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by the Company or the date on which notice is given to the Holders (except as provided under Section 5.5 or unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of Securities to be redeemed and shall deliver to the Trustee such documentation and records as shall enable the Trustee to select the Securities to be redeemed pursuant to Section 5.4. Any such notice may be cancelled at any time prior to notice of such redemption being mailed to any Holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect.

SECTION 5.4. Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed. If less than all the Securities are to be redeemed at any time pursuant to an optional redemption, the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which such Securities are listed, or, if such Securities are not so listed, in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC; provided, however, that no such partial redemption shall reduce the portion of the principal amount of a Security not redeemed to less than $2,000.

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Securities selected for redemption and, in the case of any Securities selected for partial redemption, the method it has chosen for the selection of Securities and the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to redemption of Securities shall relate, in the case of any Security redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Security which has been or is to be redeemed.

 

147


SECTION 5.5. Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption shall be given in the manner provided for under Section 14.2 not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed. At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense; provided, however, that the Company shall deliver to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the Redemption Date, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice at the Company’s expense and the form of notice that shall include the following items.

All notices of redemption shall state:

(1) the Redemption Date,

(2) the redemption price and the amount of accrued interest to the Redemption Date payable as provided under Section 5.7, if any,

(3) if less than all outstanding Securities are to be redeemed, the identification of the particular Securities (or portion thereof) to be redeemed, as well as the aggregate principal amount of Securities to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Securities to be outstanding after such partial redemption,

(4) in case any Security is to be redeemed in part only, the notice which relates to such Security shall state that on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Security, the Holder will receive, without charge, a new Security or Securities of authorized denominations for the principal amount thereof remaining unredeemed,

(5) that on the Redemption Date the redemption price (and accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date payable as provided under Section 5.7) will become due and payable upon each such Security, or the portion thereof, to be redeemed (subject, in each case, to any applicable conditions), and, unless the Company defaults in making the redemption payment, that interest on Securities called for redemption (or the portion thereof) will cease to accrue on and after said date,

(6) the place or places where such Securities are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price and accrued interest, if any,

(7) the name and address of the Paying Agent,

(8) that Securities called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price,

(9) the CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN numbers, if applicable, and that no representation is made as to the accuracy or correctness of the CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN numbers, if applicable, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Securities, and

(10) the paragraph of the Securities pursuant to which the Securities are to be redeemed.

 

148


Any notice of redemption may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including completion of an Equity Offering or other corporate transaction.

SECTION 5.6. Deposit of Redemption Price. Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided under Section 2.4) an amount of money sufficient to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest on, all the Securities which are to be redeemed on that date, other than Securities or portions of Securities called for redemption that are beneficially owned by the Company and have been delivered by the Company to the Trustee for cancellation.

SECTION 5.7. Securities Payable on Redemption Date. Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid and subject to the satisfaction of any applicable conditions precedent, the Securities or portions of Securities so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the redemption price therein specified (together with accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date), and on and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the redemption price and accrued interest) such Securities shall cease to bear interest and the only right of the Holders thereof will be to receive payment of the redemption price and, subject to the next sentence, unpaid interest on such Securities to the Redemption Date. Upon surrender of any such Security for redemption in accordance with said notice, such Security shall be paid by the Company at the redemption price, together with accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the unpaid principal (and premium, if any) shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate borne by the Securities.

SECTION 5.8. Securities Redeemed in Part. Any Security which is to be redeemed only in part (pursuant to the provisions of this Article) shall be surrendered at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 3.12 (with, if the Company or the Trustee so require, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the Holder of such Security at the expense of the Company, a new Security or Securities, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in an aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Security so surrendered, provided, that each such new Security will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or integral multiple thereof.

 

149


ARTICLE VI

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

SECTION 6.1. Events of Default. Each of the following is an event of default (an “Event of Default”):

 

  (1) default in any payment of interest or additional interest (as required by the Registration Rights Agreement) on any Security when due, continued for 30 days, whether or not such payment is prohibited by the provisions of Article X and Article XII;

 

  (2) default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, on any Security when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise, whether or not such payment is prohibited by the provisions of Article X and Article XII;

 

  (3) failure by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply with its obligations under Section 4.1;

 

  (4) failure by the Company to comply for 30 days after notice as provided below with any of its obligations under Article III (in each case, other than a failure to purchase Securities which will constitute an Event of Default under clause (2) of this section and a failure to comply with Section 4.1, which will constitute an Event of Default under clause (3) of this section);

 

  (5) failure by the Company to comply for 60 days after notice as provided below with its other agreements contained in this Indenture;

 

  (6) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of this Indenture, which default:

 

  (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness (“payment default”); or

 

  (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its maturity (the “cross acceleration provision”);

 

150


and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $30.0 million or more;

 

  (7)  (a) the Company or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

 

  (i) commences a voluntary case or proceeding;

 

  (ii) consents to the entry of judgment, decree or order for relief against it in an involuntary case or proceeding;

 

  (iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property;

 

  (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

 

  (v) consents to or acquiesces in the institution of a bankruptcy or an insolvency proceeding against it;

 

  (vi) takes any corporate action to authorize or effect any of the foregoing; or

 

  (vii) takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency; or

 

  (b) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

  (i) is for relief in an involuntary case against the Company or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law;

 

  (ii) appoints a Custodian for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law; or

 

151


  (iii) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law; and

 

  (iv) in each case the order, decree or relief remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days;

 

  (8) failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $30.0 million (net of any amounts that a reputable and creditworthy insurance company has acknowledged liability for in writing), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days (the “judgment default provision”); or

 

  (9) any Subsidiary Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would constitute a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms of this Indenture) or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that taken together as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would constitute a Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms its obligations under this Indenture or its Subsidiary Guarantee.

However, a default under clauses (4) and (5) of this paragraph will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities notify the Company of the default and the Company does not cure such default within the time specified in clauses (4) and (5) of this paragraph after receipt of such notice.

The foregoing shall constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

SECTION 6.2. Acceleration. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in clause (7) of Section 6.1) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities by notice to the Company and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Securities to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal, premium and accrued and unpaid interest will be due and payable immediately; provided, however, that so long as any

Indebtedness permitted by the provisions of this Indenture to be Incurred under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement shall be outstanding, no such acceleration shall be effective until the earlier of (x) acceleration of any such Indebtedness under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement or (y) five Business Days after the giving of the acceleration notice to the Company and the administrative agent under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement of such acceleration.

 

152


In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Securities because an Event of Default described in clause (6) of Section 6.1 has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Securities shall be automatically annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (6) of Section 6.1 shall be remedied or cured by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or waived by the holders of the relevant Indebtedness within 20 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if (1) the annulment of the acceleration of the Securities would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal, premium or interest on the Securities that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Securities, have been cured or waived.

If an Event of Default described in clause (7) of Section 6.1 occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Securities will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.

SECTION 6.3. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on the Securities or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Securities or this Indenture.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Securities or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative.

SECTION 6.4. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities by notice to the Trustee may (a) waive, by their consent (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Securities), an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences, except a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on a Security, and (b) rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Securities and its consequences if (1) rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived. When a Default or Event of Default is waived, it is deemed cured, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any consequent right.

 

153


SECTION 6.5. Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.2, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided, however, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action hereunder, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

SECTION 6.6. Limitation on Suits. Subject to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest when due, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Securities unless:

(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(2) Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(3) such Holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense;

(4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(5) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities have not given the Trustee a direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder.

SECTION 6.7. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture (including Section 6.6), the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Securities held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Securities, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

SECTION 6.8. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in clauses (1) or (2) of Section 6.1 occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on any unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for under Section 7.7.

 

154


SECTION 6.9. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company, its Subsidiaries or its or their respective creditors or properties and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may be entitled and empowered to participate as a member of any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7.

SECTION 6.10. Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article VI, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:

FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.7;

SECOND: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Securities for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Securities for principal and interest, respectively; and

THIRD: to the Company.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10.

SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.7 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in outstanding principal amount of the Securities.

 

155


ARTICLE VII

TRUSTEE

SECTION 7.1. Duties of Trustee. (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates, opinions or orders furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine such certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.1;

(2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.5.

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company.

(e) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

(f) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

156


(g) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.1 and to the provisions of the TIA.

(h) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.

(i) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

SECTION 7.2. Rights of Trustee. Subject to Section 7.1:

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely on any document (whether in its original or facsimile form) reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. The Trustee shall receive and retain financial reports and statements of the Company as provided herein, but shall have no duty to review or analyze such reports or statements to determine compliance under covenants or other obligations of the Company.

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate and/or an Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on an Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers, unless the Trustee’s conduct constitutes willful misconduct or negligence.

(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Securities shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

(f) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Trust Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee specified under Section 14.2, and such notice references the Securities and this Indenture.

(g) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

 

157


(h) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any fact or matter unless such fact or matter is actually known to a Trust Officer of the Trustee.

(i) Whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may request, and in the absence of bad faith or willful misconduct on its part, rely upon an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel.

(j) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

(k) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

SECTION 7.3. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11. In addition, the Trustee shall be permitted to engage in transactions with the Company; provided, however, that if the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest, as defined in TIA § 310(b), the Trustee must (i) eliminate such conflict within 90 days of acquiring such conflicting interest, (ii) apply to the SEC for permission to continue acting as Trustee or (iii) resign. Any Paying Agent, Registrar, co-registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like rights.

SECTION 7.4. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Securities, shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities, shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee or any money paid to the Company pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and shall not be responsible for any statement of the Company in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Securities or in the Securities other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication.

SECTION 7.5. Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs and is continuing and is known to the Trustee, the Trustee must mail to each holder notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Security, the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as a committee of Trust Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding notice is in the interests of the holders.

 

158


SECTION 7.6. Reports by Trustee to Holders. As promptly as practicable after each August 1 following the date of this Indenture beginning August 1, 2013, and in any event prior to August 1 in each year, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder a brief report dated as of such mail date that complies with TIA § 313(a) if and to the extent required thereby. The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b) and TIA § 313(c).

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Holders shall be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Securities are listed. The Company agrees to notify promptly the Trustee whenever the Securities become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof and the Trustee shall comply with TIA § 313(d).

SECTION 7.7. Compensation and Indemnity. The Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, shall be joint and severally liable for paying to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the Company and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, shall be joint and severally liable for reimbursing the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, costs of preparing and reviewing reports, certificates and other documents, costs of preparation and mailing of notices to Holders and reasonable fees and expenses of counsel retained by the Trustee, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts. The Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor (if any), jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all loss, liability, damages, claims or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by it without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on its part in connection with the administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture (including this Section 7.7) and of defending itself against any claims (whether asserted by any Holder, the Company or otherwise). The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor of its obligations hereunder, except to the extent that they were prejudiced by such failure to notify. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall provide reasonable cooperation at the Company’s expense in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel; provided that the Company shall not be required to pay such fees and expenses if they assume the Trustee’s defense, and, in the reasonable judgment of outside counsel to the Trustee, there is no conflict of interest between the Company and the Trustee in connection with such defense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense which is finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have been caused by the Trustee’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

To secure the Company’s and the Subsidiary Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.7, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Securities on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Securities. Such lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. The Trustee’s right to receive payment of any amounts due under this Section 7.7 shall not be subordinate to any other liability or Indebtedness of the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors (if any).

 

159


The Company’s and the Subsidiary Guarantors’ payment obligations pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall survive the discharge of this Indenture. When the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in clause (7) of Section 6.1 with respect to the Company, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

SECTION 7.8. Replacement of Trustee. The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Company in writing. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities may remove the Trustee by so notifying the removed Trustee in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee with the Company’s written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. The Company shall remove the Trustee if:

 

  (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

 

  (2) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;

 

  (3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 

  (4) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting as trustee hereunder.

If the Trustee resigns or is removed by the Company or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee as described in the preceding paragraph, or if a vacancy exists in the office of the Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee, upon payment of its charges hereunder, shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for under Section 7.7.

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the Securities may petition, at the Company’s expense, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, unless the Trustee’s duty to resign is stayed as provided in TIA § 310(b), any Holder, who has been a bona fide holder of a Security for at least six months, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

160


Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.8, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.7 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

SECTION 7.9. Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Securities shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Securities so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Securities shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Securities either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; provided that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or authenticate Securities in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall only apply to its successor or successors by merger, consolidation or conversion.

SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. This Indenture shall always have a Trustee that satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310 in every respect. The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 310(b); provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Company are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met.

SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company. The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated.

SECTION 7.12. Trustee’s Application for Instruction from the Company. Any application by the Trustee for written instructions from the Company may, at the option of the Trustee, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Trustee under this Indenture and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be effective. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken by, or omission of, the Trustee in accordance with a proposal included in such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be less than three Business Days after the date any officer of the Company actually receives such application, unless any such officer shall have consented in writing to any earlier date) unless prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in the case of an omission), the Trustee shall have received written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted.

 

161


SECTION 7.13. Paying Agents. The Company shall cause each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to it and the Trustee an instrument in which such agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 7.13:

(1) that it will hold all sums held by it as agent for the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, the Securities (whether such sums have been paid to it by the Company or by any obligor on the Securities) in trust for the benefit of Holders of the Securities or the Trustee;

(2) that it will at any time during the continuance of any Event of Default, upon written request from the Trustee, deliver to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by it together with a full accounting thereof; and

(3) that it will give the Trustee written notice within three Business Days of any failure of the Company (or by any obligor on the Securities) in the payment of any installment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, the Securities when the same shall be due and payable.

ARTICLE VIII

DEFEASANCE

SECTION 8.1. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.2 or Section 8.3 applied to all outstanding Securities upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

SECTION 8.2. Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

(a) Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.1 of the option applicable to this Section 8.2, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to this Indenture, all outstanding Securities and the Subsidiary Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (“Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Securities, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.5 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all of its other obligations under such Securities and this Indenture, including that of the Subsidiary Guarantors (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

(1) the rights of Holders to receive payments in respect of the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities when such payments are due, solely out of the trust created pursuant to this Indenture referred to in Section 8.4;

 

162


(2) the Company’s obligations with respect to the Securities concerning issuing temporary Securities, registration of Securities, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for Security payments held in trust;

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Company’s and each Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations in connection therewith; and

(4) this Section 8.2.

(b) Following the Company’s exercise of its Legal Defeasance option, payment of the Securities may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default.

(c) Subject to compliance with this Article VIII, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.2 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.3.

SECTION 8.3. Covenant Defeasance. Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.1 of the option applicable to this Section 8.3, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 3.10, 3.11, 3.13, 3.15, 3.19 and clause (3) of Section 4.1 with respect to the outstanding Securities, and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all Subsidiary Guarantees, on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 are satisfied (“Covenant Defeasance”), and the Securities shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Securities shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to this Indenture and the outstanding Securities, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.1, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Securities shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.1 of the option applicable to this Section 8.3, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4, an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(3) that resulted solely from the failure of the Company to comply with clause (3) of Section 4.1, Sections 6.1(4) (only with respect to covenants that are released as a result of such Covenant Defeasance), 6.1(5) (only with respect to covenants that are released as a result of such Covenant Defeasance), 6.1(6), 6.1(7) (solely with respect to Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited financial statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), 6.1(8) and 6.1(9), in each case, shall not constitute an Event of Default.

 

163


SECTION 8.4. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. The following shall be the conditions to the exercise of either the Legal Defeasance option under Section 8.2 or the Covenant Defeasance option under Section 8.3 with respect to the Securities:

(1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in amounts as will be sufficient, as confirmed, certified or attested by an Independent Financial Advisor, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest due on the outstanding Securities on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Securities are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,

(A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

(B) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit or will occur as a result of such deposit (other than a Default or an Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the Senior Secured Credit Agreement or any other material agreement or material instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is bound;

(5) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or others;

 

164


(6) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with; and

(7) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Securities at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be (which instructions may be contained in the Officers’ Certificate referred to in clause (6) above).

SECTION 8.5. Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. Subject to Section 8.6, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.4 in respect of the outstanding Securities shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. Money and Government Securities so held in trust are not subject to Article X or Article XII.

The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.4 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders.

Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.4 which, in the opinion of an Independent Financial Advisor expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.4(a)), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

SECTION 8.6. Repayment to the Company.

Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Security and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Security shall thereafter look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in The New York Times or The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining shall be repaid to the Company.

 

165


SECTION 8.7. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.2 or Section 8.3, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the Subsidiary Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture, the Securities shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.2 or Section 8.3 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.2 or Section 8.3, as the case may be; provided that, if the Company makes any payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Security following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

SECTION 9.1. Without Consent of Holders. The Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Securities or any Subsidiary Guarantees without the consent of any Holder to:

 

  (1) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

 

  (2) provide for the assumption by a successor corporation of the obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture;

 

  (3) provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or in place of certificated Securities (provided that the uncertificated Securities are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code;

 

  (4) add Guarantees with respect to the Securities or release a Subsidiary Guarantor upon its designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the designation is in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;

 

  (5) secure the Securities;

 

  (6) add to the covenants of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the benefit of the Holders or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (7) make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder;

 

  (8) comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;

 

166


  (9) provide for the issuance of the Exchange Securities which shall have terms substantially identical in all respects to the Initial Securities or the Additional Securities, as the case may be (except that the transfer restrictions contained in the Initial Securities or the Additional Securities, as the case may be, shall be modified or eliminated as appropriate), and which shall be treated, together with any outstanding Initial Securities or Additional Securities, as a single class of securities;

 

  (10) release a Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or this Indenture in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;

 

  (11) provide for the appointment of a successor trustee; provided that the successor trustee is otherwise qualified and eligible to act as such under the terms of this Indenture;

 

  (12) make any change to the subordination provisions of Article X or Article XII or any other subordination provisions of this Indenture that would limit or terminate the benefits available to any holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Company or a holder of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness (or any Representative thereof) under such subordination provisions;

 

  (13) evidence and provide for the acceptance of an appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee; provided that the successor Trustee is otherwise qualified and eligible to act as such under the terms of this Indenture;

 

  (14) conform the text of this Indenture or the Securities to any provision of the “Description of notes” section of the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in such “Description of notes” section was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture or the Securities; or

 

  (15) make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Securities as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Securities, Exchange Securities or, if Incurred in compliance with this Indenture, Additional Securities; provided, however, that (A) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Securities being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (B) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Securities.

However, no amendment may be made to the subordination provisions of Article X or Article XII or any other subordination provisions of this Indenture that adversely affects the rights of any holder of Senior Indebtedness or Guarantor Senior Indebtedness then outstanding unless the holders of such Senior Indebtedness or Guarantor Senior Indebtedness (or any group or representative thereof authorized to give a consent) consent to such change.

 

167


After an amendment or supplement under this Section becomes effective, the Company shall mail to Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment or supplement. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment or supplement under this Section 9.1.

SECTION 9.2. With Consent of Holders. The Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Securities or any Subsidiary Guarantee with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Securities). Any past default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Securities or any Subsidiary Guarantee (other than a Default or an Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on a Security) (except in accordance with Section 6.4) may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Securities). However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not (with respect to any Securities held by a non-consenting Holder of Securities):

(1) reduce the amount of Securities whose Holders must consent to an amendment;

(2) reduce the stated rate of or extend the stated time for payment of interest on any Security;

(3) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any Security;

(4) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption or repurchase of any Security or change the time at which any Security may be redeemed or repurchased pursuant to Article V or Section 3.9, whether through an amendment or waiver of provisions in the covenants, definitions or otherwise;

(5) make any Security payable in money other than that stated in the Security;

(6) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on such Holder’s Securities on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Securities;

(7) make any change to the amendment provisions which require each Holder’s consent or to the waiver provisions;

(8) make any change to the subordination provisions of Article X or Article XII or any other subordination provisions of this Indenture that adversely affects the rights of any Holder of Securities; or

 

168


(9) modify the Subsidiary Guarantees in any manner adverse to the Holders of the Securities.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. A consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver under this Indenture by any Holder of the Securities given in connection with a tender or exchange of such Holder’s Securities will not be rendered invalid by such tender or exchange.

After an amendment or supplement under this Section becomes effective, the Company shall mail to Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment or supplement. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment or supplement under this Section 9.2.

However, no amendment may be made to the subordination provisions of Article X or Article XII or any other subordination provisions of this Indenture that adversely affects the rights of any holder of Senior Indebtedness or Guarantor Senior Indebtedness then outstanding unless the holders of such Senior Indebtedness or Guarantor Senior Indebtedness (or any group or representative thereof authorized to give a consent) consent to such change.

SECTION 9.3. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Securities shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.

SECTION 9.4. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers. A consent to an amendment, supplement or a waiver by a Holder of a Security shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Security or portion of the Security that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Security, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Security. Any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder’s Security or portion of the Security if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective or otherwise in accordance with any related solicitation documents. After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (1) through (9) of Section 9.2, in which case the amendment, supplement, waiver or other action shall bind each Holder who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Securities. An amendment, supplement or waiver shall become effective upon receipt by the Trustee of the requisite number of written consents under Section 9.1 or 9.2 as applicable.

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall become valid or effective more than 120 days after such record date.

 

169


SECTION 9.5. Notation on or Exchange of Securities. If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Security, the Trustee may require the Holder of the Security to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Security regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determine, the Company in exchange for the Security shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Security that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Security shall not affect the validity of such amendment.

SECTION 9.6. Trustee To Sign Amendments. The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing such amendment, supplement or waiver the Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and shall be provided with, and (subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.2) shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company and any Subsidiary Guarantors, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.3).

ARTICLE X

SUBORDINATION

SECTION 10.1. Agreement To Subordinate. The Company agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Security agrees, that the Indebtedness evidenced by, and all other obligations in respect of, the Securities is subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article X, to the prior payment of all Senior Indebtedness and that the subordination is for the benefit of and enforceable by the holders of Senior Indebtedness. The Securities shall in all respects rank pari passu with all other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company and only Indebtedness of the Company that is Senior Indebtedness will rank senior to the Securities in accordance with the provisions set forth herein. All provisions of this Article X shall be subject to Section 10.12.

SECTION 10.2. Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy. Upon any payment or distribution of the assets of the Company to creditors upon a total or partial liquidation or a total or partial dissolution of the Company or in a reorganization, bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Company or its properties or an assignment for the benefit of creditors or marshalling of the Company’s assets and liabilities:

(1) holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled to receive payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of all Senior Indebtedness (including interest accruing after, or which would accrue but for, the commencement of any proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Senior Indebtedness, whether or not a claim for such interest would be allowed) before Holders shall be entitled to receive any payment or distribution, in the event of any payment or distribution of the assets or securities of the Company (except, in each case, that holders of Securities may receive and retain Capital Stock, debt securities that are subordinated to such Senior Indebtedness to at least the same extent as the Securities and payments made from any trust described in Article VIII); and

 

170


(2) until the Senior Indebtedness is paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents, any payment or distribution to which Holders would be entitled but for this Article X shall be made to holders of Senior Indebtedness, as their respective interests may appear, except, in each case, that holders of the Securities may receive and retain Capital Stock, debt securities that are subordinated to such Senior Indebtedness to at least the same extent as the Securities and payments made from any trust described in Article VIII.

SECTION 10.3. Default on Senior Indebtedness. The Company shall not pay the principal of, premium (if any) or interest on or other payment obligations in respect of the Securities or make any deposit pursuant to Article VIII or Article XIII and may not otherwise repurchase, redeem or otherwise retire any Securities (collectively, “pay the Securities”) if (i) any Senior Indebtedness is not paid when due in cash or Cash Equivalents (taking into account any applicable grace periods) or (ii) any other default on Senior Indebtedness occurs and the maturity of such Senior Indebtedness is accelerated in accordance with its terms unless, in either case, (x) the default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration has been rescinded or (y) such Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents; provided, however, that the Company may pay the Securities, without regard to the foregoing, if the Company and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the Representative of the Senior Indebtedness with respect to which either of the events set forth in clause (i) or (ii) of this sentence has occurred and is continuing. During the continuance of any default (other than a default described in clause (i) or (ii) of the preceding sentence) with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be accelerated immediately without further notice (except such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace periods, the Company may not pay the Securities for a period (a “Payment Blockage Period”) commencing upon the receipt by the Trustee (with a copy to the Company) of written notice (a “Blockage Notice”) of such default from the Representative(s) of the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness specifying an election to effect a Payment Blockage Period and ending 179 days thereafter (or earlier if such Payment Blockage Period is terminated (i) by written notice to the Trustee and the Company from the Person or Persons who gave such Blockage Notice, (ii) because the default giving rise to such Blockage Notice is no longer continuing or (iii) because such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been repaid in full). Notwithstanding the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence, unless the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representative(s) of such holders shall have accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness, the Company may resume payments on the Securities after the end of such Payment Blockage Period (including any missed payments). Not more than one Blockage Notice may be given in any consecutive 360-day period, irrespective of the number of defaults with respect to Designated Senior Indebtedness during such period. However, if any Blockage Notice within such 360-day period is given by or on behalf of any holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness other than the Bank Indebtedness, the Representatives of the Bank Indebtedness may give another Blockage Notice within such period. In no event, however, may the total number of days during which any Payment Blockage Period or Periods is in effect exceed 179 days in the aggregate during any 360 consecutive day period. For purposes of this Section 10.3, no default or event of default that existed or was continuing on the date of the commencement of any Payment Blockage Period with respect to the Designated Senior Indebtedness initiating such Payment Blockage Period shall be, or be made, the basis of the commencement of a subsequent Payment Blockage Period by the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness, whether or not within a period of 360 consecutive days, unless such default or event of default shall have been cured or waived for a period of not less than 90 consecutive days.

 

171


SECTION 10.4. Acceleration of Payment of Securities. If payment of the Securities is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Company or the Trustee shall promptly notify the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness (or their Representatives) of the acceleration. If any Designated Senior Indebtedness is outstanding, the Company shall not pay the Securities until five Business Days after the holders or Representative(s) of such Designated Senior Indebtedness receives notice of such acceleration and, thereafter, may pay the Securities only if this Article X otherwise permits payments at that time.

SECTION 10.5. When Distribution Must Be Paid Over. If a distribution is made to Holders that because of this Article X should not have been made to them, the Holders who receive the distribution shall hold it in trust for holders of Senior Indebtedness and promptly pay it over to them as their respective interests may appear.

SECTION 10.6. Subrogation. After all Senior Indebtedness is paid in full and until the Securities are paid in full, Holders shall be subrogated to the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness to receive distributions applicable to Senior Indebtedness. A distribution made under this Article X to holders of Senior Indebtedness which otherwise would have been made to Holders is not, as between the Company and Holders, a payment by the Company on such Senior Indebtedness.

SECTION 10.7. Relative Rights. This Article X defines the relative rights of Holders and holders of Senior Indebtedness. Nothing in this Indenture shall:

(1) impair, as between the Company and Holders, the obligation of the Company which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of and interest on the Securities in accordance with their terms; or

(2) prevent the Trustee or any Holder from exercising its available remedies upon a Default or Event of Default, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness to receive distributions otherwise payable to Holders.

SECTION 10.8. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Company. No right of any holder of Senior Indebtedness to enforce the subordination of the Indebtedness evidenced by the Securities shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by the Company or by the failure of any of them to comply with this Indenture.

SECTION 10.9. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent. Notwithstanding Section 10.3, the Trustee or Paying Agent may continue to make payments on the Securities and shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts that would prohibit the making of any such payments unless, not less than two Business Days prior to the date of such payment, a Trust Officer of the Trustee receives notice in writing satisfactory to it that payments may not be made under this Article X. The Company, the Registrar, the Paying Agent, a Representative or a holder of Senior Indebtedness may give the notice; provided, however, that, if an issue of Senior Indebtedness has a Representative, only the Representative may give the notice.

 

172


The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may hold Senior Indebtedness with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may do the same with like rights. The Trustee shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article X with respect to any Senior Indebtedness which may at any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Indebtedness; and nothing in Article VII shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article X shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.7.

SECTION 10.10. Distribution or Notice to Representative. Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior Indebtedness, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their Representative (if any).

SECTION 10.11. Article X Not To Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right To Accelerate. The failure to make a payment in respect of the Securities, by reason of any provision in this Article X, shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default. Nothing in this Article X shall have any effect on the right of the Holders or the Trustee to accelerate the maturity of the Securities.

SECTION 10.12. Trust Moneys Not Subordinated. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, payments from money or the proceeds of U.S. Government Obligations held in trust under Article VIII by the Trustee for the payment of principal of premium, if any, and interest on the Securities shall not be subordinated to the prior payment of any Senior Indebtedness or subject to the restrictions set forth in this Article X, and none of the Holders shall be obligated to pay over any such amount to the Company, any holder of Senior Indebtedness, or any other creditor of the Company.

SECTION 10.13. Trustee Entitled To Rely. Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article X, the Trustee and the Holders shall be entitled to rely (i) upon any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to under Section 10.2 are pending, (ii) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment or distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders or (iii) upon the Representatives for the holders of Senior Indebtedness for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of Senior Indebtedness and other Indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article X. In the event that the Trustee determines, in good faith, that evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Indebtedness to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article X, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article X, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment. The provisions of Sections 7.1 and 7.2 shall be applicable to all actions or omissions of actions by the Trustee pursuant to this Article X.

 

173


SECTION 10.14. Trustee To Effectuate Subordination. Each Holder by accepting a Security authorizes and directs the Trustee on its behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination between the Holders and the holders of Senior Indebtedness as provided in this Article X and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

SECTION 10.15. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Indebtedness. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Indebtedness and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders or the Company or any other Person, money or assets to which any holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled by virtue of this Article X or otherwise.

SECTION 10.16. Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness on Subordination Provisions. Each Holder by accepting a Security acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are intended to be, an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Senior Indebtedness, whether such Senior Indebtedness was created or acquired before or after the issuance of the Securities, to acquire, or to continue to hold, such Senior Indebtedness, and such holder of Senior Indebtedness shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on such subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Senior Indebtedness.

ARTICLE XI

SECURITIES GUARANTEE

SECTION 11.1. Subsidiary Guarantee. Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, jointly and severally with each other Subsidiary Guarantor, to each Holder of the Securities and the Trustee the full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities and all other monetary obligations of the Company under this Indenture (including interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Guarantor Obligations”). Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees (to the extent permitted by law) that the Guarantor Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound under this Article XI notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guarantor Obligation.

Each Subsidiary Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Company of any of the Guarantor Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Subsidiary Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Securities or the Guarantor Obligations.

Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that its Subsidiary Guarantee herein constitutes a Guarantee of payment when due (and not a Guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder to any security held for payment of the Guarantor Obligations.

 

174


Except as set forth under Section 11.2, the obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than payment of the Guarantor Obligations in full), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guarantor Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Guarantor Obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (a) the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Company or any other person under this Indenture, the Securities or any other agreement or otherwise; (b) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Securities or any other agreement; (d) the release of any security held by any Holder or the Trustee for the Guarantor Obligations or any of them; (e) the failure of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy against any other Subsidiary Guarantor, or (f) any change in the ownership of the Company; (g) by any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Guarantor Obligations, or (h) by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Subsidiary Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of such Subsidiary Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.

Subject to the provisions of Section 3.11, each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that its Subsidiary Guarantee herein shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Guarantor Obligations or such Subsidiary Guarantor is released from its Subsidiary Guarantee upon the merger or the sale of all the Capital Stock or assets of the Subsidiary Guarantor in compliance with Section 11.2. Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that its Subsidiary Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the Guarantor Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise.

In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder has at law or in equity against any Subsidiary Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Company to pay any of the Guarantor Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby promises to and will, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid amount of such Guarantor Obligations then due and owing and (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guarantor Obligations then due and owing (but only to the extent not prohibited by law) (including interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding relating to the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding).

 

175


Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that, as between such Subsidiary Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the Guarantor Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in this Indenture for the purposes of its Subsidiary Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guarantor Obligations guaranteed hereby and (y) in the event of any such declaration of acceleration of such Guarantor Obligations, such Guarantor Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Subsidiary Guarantor for the purposes of this Subsidiary Guarantee.

Each Subsidiary Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under this Section.

SECTION 11.2. Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge. (a) Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Subsidiary Guarantor (including any guarantees under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement) and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state law and not otherwise being void or voidable under any similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

(b) Upon the sale or disposition of a Subsidiary Guarantor (by merger, consolidation, the sale of its Capital Stock or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets (other than by lease)), and whether or not the Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving corporation in such transaction, to a Person which is not the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than a Receivables Entity), such Subsidiary Guarantor will be automatically released from all its obligations under this Indenture and its Subsidiary Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement and such Subsidiary Guarantee will terminate; provided, however, that (x) the sale or other disposition is in compliance with this Indenture, including Sections 3.5 and 4.1 and (y) all the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under all Credit Facilities and related documentation and any other agreements relating to any other Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries terminate upon consummation of such transaction.

(c) Each Subsidiary Guarantor shall be deemed released from all its obligations under this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement and such Subsidiary Guarantee shall terminate (x) upon the legal defeasance of the Securities pursuant to the provisions of Article VIII hereof or (y) in accordance with Section 3.11 of this Indenture.

(d) Each Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released from its obligations under this Indenture, its Subsidiary Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement if the Company designates such Subsidiary Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation complies with the other applicable provisions of this Indenture.

 

176


(e) Each Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released from its obligations under this Indenture, its Subsidiary Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement upon satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Section 13.1.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event any Subsidiary Guarantor is released and discharged in full from all of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantees of (1) the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and (2) all other Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, then the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released or discharged; provided that such Restricted Subsidiary has not Incurred any Indebtedness in reliance on its status as a Subsidiary Guarantor under Section 3.2 unless such Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations under such Indebtedness are satisfied in full and discharged or are otherwise permitted to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Subsidiary Guarantor) under Section 3.2(b).

(g) The Trustee shall promptly execute and deliver an appropriate instrument prepared and delivered to it at the expense of the Company evidencing any such release upon receipt of a request by the Company accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate certifying as to the compliance with this Section 11.2.

SECTION 11.3. Right of Contribution. Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that any Subsidiary Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made on the obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantees, such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against the Company, or any other Subsidiary Guarantor who has not paid its proportionate share of such payment. The provisions of this Section 11.3 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of each Subsidiary Guarantor to the Trustee and the Holders and each Subsidiary Guarantor shall remain liable to the Trustee and the Holders for the full amount guaranteed by such Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder.

SECTION 11.4. No Subrogation. Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by each Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder, no Subsidiary Guarantor shall be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Trustee or any Holder against the Company or any other Subsidiary Guarantor or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by the Trustee or any Holder for the payment of the Guarantor Obligations, nor shall any Subsidiary Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Company or any other Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of payments made by such Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder, until all amounts owing to the Trustee and the Holders by the Company on account of the Guarantor Obligations are paid in full. If any amount shall be paid to any Subsidiary Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Guarantor Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by such Subsidiary Guarantor in trust for the Trustee and the Holders, segregated from other funds of such Subsidiary Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Subsidiary Guarantor, be turned over to the Trustee in the exact form received by such Subsidiary Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Subsidiary Guarantor to the Trustee, if required), to be applied against the Guarantor Obligations.

 

177


ARTICLE XII

Subordination of Subsidiary Guarantees

SECTION 12.1. Agreement To Subordinate. Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Security agrees, that the Indebtedness evidenced by, and all other obligations in respect of, the Subsidiary Guarantees are subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article XII, to the prior payment of all Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor and that the subordination is for the benefit of and enforceable by the holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor. The Subsidiary Guarantees shall in all respects rank pari passu with all other Guarantor Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Subsidiary Guarantor and only Indebtedness of the Subsidiary Guarantor that is Guarantor Senior Indebtedness will rank senior to the Subsidiary Guarantees in accordance with the provisions set forth herein. All provisions of this Article XII shall be subject to Section 12.12.

SECTION 12.2. Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy. Upon any payment or distribution of the assets of any Subsidiary Guarantor to creditors upon a total or partial liquidation or a total or partial dissolution of any Subsidiary Guarantor or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to any Subsidiary Guarantor or its properties or an assignment for the benefit of creditors or marshalling of the Subsidiary Guarantor’s assets and liabilities:

(1) holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be entitled to receive payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of all Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor (including interest accruing after, or which would accrue but for, the commencement of any proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Guarantor Senior Indebtedness, whether or not a claim for such interest would be allowed) before Holders shall be entitled to receive any payment or distribution, in the event of any payment or distribution of the assets or securities of any Subsidiary Guarantor (except, in each case, that holders of Securities may receive and retain Capital Stock, debt securities that are subordinated to such Guarantor Senior Indebtedness to at least the same extent as the Subsidiary Guarantees and payments made from any trust described in Article VIII); and

(2) until the Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor is paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents, any payment or distribution to which Holders would be entitled but for this Article XII shall be made to holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor, as their respective interests may appear, except, in each case, that holders of the Securities may receive and retain Capital Stock, debt securities that are subordinated to such Guarantor Senior Indebtedness to at least the same extent as the Subsidiary Guarantees and payments made from any trust described in Article VIII.

 

178


SECTION 12.3. Default on Guarantor Senior Indebtedness. A Subsidiary Guarantor shall not pay the principal of, premium (if any) or interest on or other payment obligations in respect of the Subsidiary Guarantees or make any deposit pursuant to Article VIII or Article XIII or repurchase, redeem or otherwise retire the Subsidiary Guarantee (collectively, “pay the Securities”) if (i) any Senior Indebtedness or Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor is not paid when due in cash or Cash Equivalents (taking into account any applicable grace periods) or (ii) any other default on Senior Indebtedness or Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor occurs and the maturity of such Senior Indebtedness or Guarantor Senior Indebtedness is accelerated in accordance with its terms unless, in either case, (x) the default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration has been rescinded or (y) such Senior Indebtedness or Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor has been paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents; provided, however, that each Subsidiary Guarantor may pay the Securities, without regard to the foregoing if the Company and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the Representative of the Senior Indebtedness or Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor with respect to which either of the events set forth in clause (i) or (ii) of the preceding sentence has occurred and is continuing. During the continuance of any default (other than a default described in clause (i) or (ii) of the preceding sentence) with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness or Designated Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be accelerated immediately without further notice (except such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace periods, each Subsidiary Guarantor may not pay the Securities during the Payment Blockage Period (as defined under Section 10.3) commencing upon the receipt by the Trustee (with a copy to the Company) of the Blockage Notice (as defined under Section 10.3) of such default from the Representative(s) of the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness or Designated Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor specifying an election to effect a Payment Blockage Period and ending 179 days thereafter (or earlier if such Payment Blockage Period is terminated (i) by written notice to the Trustee and the Company from the Person or Persons who gave such Blockage Notice, (ii) because the default giving rise to such Blockage Notice is no longer continuing or (iii) because such Designated Senior Indebtedness or Designated Guarantor Senior Indebtedness has been repaid in full). Notwithstanding the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence, unless the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or Designated Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor or the Representative(s) of such holders shall have accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or such Designated Guarantor Senior Indebtedness, such Subsidiary Guarantor may resume payments on the Securities after the end of such Payment Blockage Period (including any missed payments). Not more than one Blockage Notice may be given in any consecutive 360-day period, irrespective of the number of defaults with respect to Designated Senior Indebtedness or Designated Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor during such period. However, if any Blockage Notice within such 360-day period is given by or on behalf of any holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness or Designated Guarantor Senior Indebtedness other than the Bank Indebtedness, the Representatives of the Bank Indebtedness may give another Blockage Notice within such period. In no event, however, may the total number of days during which any Payment Blockage Period or Periods is in effect exceed 179 days in the aggregate during any 360 consecutive day period. For purposes of this Section 12.3, no default or event of default that existed or was continuing on the date of the commencement of any Payment Blockage Period with respect to the Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Designated Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor initiating such Payment Blockage Period shall be, or be made, the basis of the commencement of a subsequent Payment Blockage Period by the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Designated Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor, whether or not within a period of 360 consecutive days, unless such default or event of default shall have been cured or waived for a period of not less than 90 consecutive days.

 

179


SECTION 12.4. Acceleration of Payment of Securities. If payment of the Securities is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Company and the Trustee shall promptly notify the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness and Designated Guarantor Senior Indebtedness (or their Representatives) of the acceleration. If any Designated Senior Indebtedness or Designated Guarantor Senior Indebtedness is outstanding, no Subsidiary Guarantor shall pay the Securities until five Business Days after the holders or Representative(s) of such Designated Senior Indebtedness and Designated Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor receive notice of such acceleration and, thereafter, a Subsidiary Guarantor may pay the Securities only if this Article XII otherwise permits payments at that time.

SECTION 12.5. When Distribution Must Be Paid Over. If a distribution is made to Holders that because of this Article XII should not have been made to them, the Holders who receive the distribution shall hold it in trust for holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor and promptly pay it over to them as their respective interests may appear.

SECTION 12.6. Subrogation. After all Guarantor Senior Indebtedness is paid in full and until the Securities are paid in full, Holders shall be subrogated to the rights of holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness to receive distributions applicable to Guarantor Senior Indebtedness. A distribution made under this Article XII to holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness which otherwise would have been made to Holders is not, as between the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, on the one hand, and Holders, on the other, a payment by the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, on such Guarantor Senior Indebtedness.

SECTION 12.7. Relative Rights. This Article XII defines the relative rights of Holders and holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness. Nothing in this Indenture shall:

(1) impair, as between Subsidiary Guarantor and Holders, the obligation of each Subsidiary Guarantor which is absolute and unconditional, to guarantee the payment of principal of and interest on the Securities in accordance with their terms; or

(2) prevent the Trustee or any Holder from exercising its available remedies upon a Default or Event of Default, subject to the rights of holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness to receive distributions otherwise payable to Holders.

SECTION 12.8. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Company. No right of any holder of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness to enforce the subordination of the Indebtedness evidenced by the Subsidiary Guarantees shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by any Subsidiary Guarantor or by the failure of any of them to comply with this Indenture.

 

180


SECTION 12.9. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent. Notwithstanding Section 12.3, the Trustee or Paying Agent may continue to make payments on the Securities and shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts that would prohibit the making of any such payments unless, not less than two Business Days prior to the date of such payment, a Trust Officer of the Trustee receives notice in writing satisfactory to it that payments may not be made under this Article XII. Each Subsidiary Guarantor, the Company, the Registrar, the Paying Agent, a Representative or a holder of Senior Indebtedness may give the notice; provided, however, that, if an issue of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness has a Representative, only the Representative may give the notice.

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may hold Guarantor Senior Indebtedness with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may do the same with like rights. The Trustee shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article XII with respect to any Guarantor Senior Indebtedness which may at any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness; and nothing in Article VII shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article XII shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.7.

SECTION 12.10. Distribution or Notice to Representative. Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their Representative (if any).

SECTION 12.11. Article XII Not To Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right To Accelerate. The failure to make a payment in respect of the Securities and the Subsidiary Guarantees, by reason of any provision in this Article XII, shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default. Nothing in this Article XII shall have any effect on the right of the Holders or the Trustee to accelerate the maturity of the Securities.

SECTION 12.12. Trust Moneys Not Subordinated. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, payments from money or the proceeds of U.S. Government Obligations held in trust under Article VIII by the Trustee for the payment of principal of and interest on the Securities or the Subsidiary Guarantees shall not be subordinated to the prior payment of any Guarantor Senior Indebtedness or subject to the restrictions set forth in this Article XII, and none of the Holders shall be obligated to pay over any such amount to the Company, any holder of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness, or any other creditor of such Subsidiary Guarantor.

 

181


SECTION 12.13. Trustee Entitled To Rely. Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article XII, the Trustee and the Holders shall be entitled to rely (i) upon any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to under Section 12.2 are pending, (ii) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment or distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders or (iii) upon the Representatives for the holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness and other Indebtedness of each Subsidiary Guarantor, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article XII. In the event that the Trustee determines, in good faith, that evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article XII, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article XII, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment. The provisions of Sections 7.1 and 7.2 shall be applicable to all actions or omissions of actions by the Trustee pursuant to this Article XII.

SECTION 12.14. Trustee To Effectuate Subordination. Each Holder by accepting a Security authorizes and directs the Trustee on its behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination between the Holders and the holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness as provided in this Article XII and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

SECTION 12.15. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders or any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other Person, money or assets to which any holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled by virtue of this Article XII or otherwise.

SECTION 12.16. Reliance by Holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness on Subordination Provisions. Each Holder by accepting a Security acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are intended to be, an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Senior Indebtedness or Guarantor Senior Indebtedness, whether such Senior Indebtedness or Guarantor Senior Indebtedness was created or acquired before or after the issuance of the Securities, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to hold, such Senior Indebtedness or Guarantor Senior Indebtedness and such holder of Senior Indebtedness or Guarantor Senior Indebtedness shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on such subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Senior Indebtedness or Guarantor Senior Indebtedness.

ARTICLE XIII

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

SECTION 13.1. Satisfaction and Discharge

(a) This Indenture will be discharged, and will cease to be of further effect as to all Securities, when either:

(1) all Securities that have been authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Securities that have been replaced or paid and Securities for whose payment money has been deposited in trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

182


(2) (A) all Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the giving of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, and the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee, as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, as confirmed, certified or attested to by an Independent Financial Advisor in writing to the Trustee, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

(3) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit or will occur as a result of such deposit (other than a Default or an Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the Senior Secured Credit Agreement or any other material agreement or material instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is bound;

(4) the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by the Company under this Indenture; and

(5) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Securities at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

(b) In addition, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied. Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (A) of clause (2) of Section 13.1(a), the provisions of Section 13.2 and Section 8.6 shall survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 13.1 will be deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.7 that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

ARTICLE XIV

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 14.1. Trust Indenture Act Controls. If and to the extent that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required

to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the provision required by the TIA shall control. Each Subsidiary Guarantor in addition to performing its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee shall perform such other obligations as may be imposed upon it with respect to this Indenture under the TIA.

 

183


SECTION 14.2. Notices. Any notice or communication shall be in writing and delivered in person, sent by facsimile, delivered by commercial courier service or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

if to the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor:

Gibraltar Industries, Inc.

3556 Lake Shore Road

Buffalo, New York 14219

Fax: (716) 826-1589

Attention: Kenneth W. Smith

with copies to:

Lippes Mathias Wexler Friedman LLP

665 Main Street, Suite 300

Buffalo, New York 14203

Fax: (716) 853-5199

Attention: Brian J. Bocketti

if to the Trustee:

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.

10161 Centurion Parkway, 2nd Floor

Jacksonville, Florida 32256

Fax: (904) 645-1921

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

The Company or the Trustee by written notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

Any notice or communication to the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be deemed to have been given or made as of the date so delivered if personally delivered; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and five calendar days after mailing if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid (except that a notice of change of address shall not be deemed to have been given until actually received by the addressee).

 

184


The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by unsecured e-mail, pdf, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods, provided, however, that the Trustee shall have received an incumbency certificate listing persons designated to give such instructions or directions and containing specimen signatures of such designated persons, which such incumbency certificate shall be amended and replaced whenever a person is to be added or deleted from the listing. If the Company elects to give the Trustee e-mail or facsimile instructions (or instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding such instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The Company agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk or interception and misuse by third parties.

Any notice or communication mailed to a registered Holder shall be mailed to the Holder at the Holder’s address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed.

Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except that notices to the Trustee shall be effective only upon receipt.

SECTION 14.3. Communication by Holders with other Holders. Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Securities. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).

SECTION 14.4. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

(1) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

(2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with (except that no such Opinion of Counsel shall be required in connection with the actions to be taken by the Trustee under this Indenture on the Issue Date).

SECTION 14.5. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture (other than pursuant to Section 3.16) shall include:

(1) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

185


(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with.

In giving such Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely as to factual matters on an Officers’ Certificate or on certificates of public officials.

SECTION 14.6. When Securities Disregarded. In determining whether the Holders of the required aggregate principal amount of Securities have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Securities owned by the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Affiliate of them shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Securities which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Also, subject to the foregoing, only Securities outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination.

SECTION 14.7. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by, or at meetings of, Holders. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.

SECTION 14.8. Legal Holidays. A “Legal Holiday” is a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions are authorized or required to be closed in New York, New York. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected.

SECTION 14.9. GOVERNING LAW. THIS INDENTURE AND THE SECURITIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE SECURITIES OR THE GUARANTEES.

SECTION 14.10. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE SECURITIES, THE GUARANTEES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

186


SECTION 14.11. No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Securities, this Indenture or a Subsidiary Guarantee or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Securities by accepting a Security waives and releases all such liability to the extent permitted by applicable law. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Securities. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws, and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

SECTION 14.12. Successors. All agreements of the Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor in this Indenture and the Securities shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

SECTION 14.13. Severability. In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Securities shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

SECTION 14.14. Multiple Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture.

SECTION 14.15. Facsimile and PDF Delivery of Signature Pages. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or portable document format (“PDF”) transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

SECTION 14.16. Qualification of Indenture. The Company shall qualify this Indenture under the TIA in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Company any such Officers’ Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the TIA.

SECTION 14.17. Table of Contents; Headings. The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

SECTION 14.18. Force Majeure. In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

 

187


SECTION 14.19. U.S.A. PATRIOT Act. The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act, the Trustee is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act.

SECTION 14.20. Payments Due on Non-Business Days. In any case where any interest payment date, redemption date or repurchase date or the Stated Maturity of the Securities shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of the Securities) payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Securities need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the interest payment date, redemption date or repurchase date, or at the Stated Maturity of the Securities, provided that no interest will accrue for the period from and after such interest payment date, redemption date, repurchase date or Stated Maturity, as the case may be.

 

188


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

GIBRALTAR INDUSTRIES, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Kenneth W. Smith

  Name: Kenneth W. Smith
  Title: Chief Financial Officer


AMICO HOLDING COMPANY, INC.

AIR VENT, INC.

ALABAMA METAL INDUSTRIES CORPORATION

APPLETON SUPPLY COMPANY, INC.

CONSTRUCTION METALS, INC.

DIAMOND PERFORATED METALS, INC.

D.S.B. HOLDING CORP.

FLORENCE CORPORATION

FLORENCE CORPORATION OF KANSAS

GSC FLIGHT SERVICES CORP.

GIBRALTAR STEEL CORPORATION OF NEW YORK

NOLL/NORWESCO, LLC

PACIFIC AWARD METALS, INC.

SEA SAFE, INC.

SEISMIC ENERGY PRODUCTS, INC.

SOLAR GROUP, INC.

SOUTHEASTERN METALS MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

THE D.S. BROWN COMPANY

By:

 

/s/ Kenneth W. Smith

  Name: Kenneth W. Smith
  Title: Chief Financial Officer


THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,

as Trustee

By

 

/s/ R. Tarnas

 

Name: R. Tarnas

 

Title: Vice President


SCHEDULE 3.8

EXISTING AFFILIATE TRANSACTIONS

None.


EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF FACE OF SERIES A NOTE]

[Applicable Restricted Securities Legend]

[Depository Legend, if applicable]

 

No.                     

   Principal Amount $             , as
  

revised by the Schedule of Increases and

  

Decreases in Global Security attached hereto

  

CUSIP NO.                                                      

  

ISIN:                                                              

GIBRALTAR INDUSTRIES, INC.

6.250% Senior Subordinated Note, Series A, due 2021

Gibraltar Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to Cede & Co., or its registered assigns, the principal sum of [                    ] DOLLARS, as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Security attached hereto, on February 1, 2021.

Interest Payment Dates: February 1 and August 1, commencing on August 1, 2013

Record Dates: January 15 and July 15

Additional provisions of this Security are set forth on the other side of this Security.

 

A-1


GIBRALTAR INDUSTRIES, INC.

By:

 

 

  Name:
  Title:

Date:

 

A-2


TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.

as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Securities referred to in this Indenture.

By:

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

Date:

 

A-3


[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF SERIES A NOTE]

GIBRALTAR INDUSTRIES, INC.

6.250% Senior Subordinated Note, Series A, due 2021

1. Interest

Gibraltar Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Security at the rate per annum shown above.

The Company will pay interest semi-annually on February 1 and August 1, commencing on August 1, 2013. Interest on the Securities will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Securities or, if no interest has been paid, from January 31, 2013. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal, and on overdue premium, if any (plus interest on such interest to the extent lawful), at the rate borne by the Securities to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

In the event that either (1) (a) the Company has not exchanged the Exchange Securities for all Securities validly tendered in accordance with the terms of the exchange offer (the “Exchange Offer”) or, if a shelf registration statement (the “Shelf Registration Statement”) is required by the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2013, among the Company and the Initial Purchasers (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) and is not declared effective, in each case on or prior to the 180th day after the Issue Date or (b) the Company receives a request by an Initial Purchaser to file a Shelf Registration Statement and it does not become effective by the later of the 180th day after the Issue Date or the 90th day following such request, or (2) if applicable, such Shelf Registration Statement covering resales of the Securities has been declared effective and such Shelf Registration Statement ceases to be effective or the prospectus contained therein ceases to be usable at any time during the required effectiveness period, and such failure to remain effective or be usable exists for more than 30 days (whether or not consecutive) or such Shelf Registration Statement ceases to be effective on more than two occasions, in each case, in any 12-month period (the 31st such day or such third occasion, as applicable the “Trigger Date”), then the interest rate on the Securities will be increased by (A) 0.25% per annum commencing on (a) the 180th day following the Issue Date, in the case of (1)(a) above, (b) the later of the 180th day after the Issue Date or the 90th day following such request, in the case of (1)(b) above or (c) the Trigger Date, in the case of (2) above and (B) an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period, in each case until the Exchange Offer is completed or the Shelf Registration Statement, if required by the Registration Rights Agreement, is declared effective by the SEC or the Shelf Registration Statement again becomes effective or the prospectus again becomes usable, as applicable, or such Securities cease to be “registrable securities”), up to a maximum of 1.00% per annum of additional interest.

 

A-1


The Holder of this Security is entitled to the benefits of the Registration Rights Agreement.

2. Method of Payment

By no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Security is due and payable, the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, and/or interest. The Company will pay interest (except Defaulted Interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Securities at the close of business on the January 15 or July 15 next preceding the interest payment date even if Securities are cancelled, repurchased or redeemed after the record date and on or before the interest payment date. Holders must surrender Securities to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company will pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of Securities represented by a Global Security (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) will be made by the transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company or any successor depository. The Company will make all payments in respect of a Definitive Security (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof; provided, however, that payments on the Securities may also be made, in the case of a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Securities, by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

3. Paying Agent and Registrar

Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (the “Trustee”) will act as Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice to any Holder. Any of the domestically organized Restricted Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.

4. Indenture

The Company issued the Securities under an Indenture dated as of January 31, 2013 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”), among the Company and the Trustee. The terms of the Securities include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “Act”). Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Securities are subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Act for a statement of those terms.

 

A-2


The Securities are general unsecured, senior subordinated obligations of the Company. The aggregate principal amount of securities that may be authenticated and delivered under the Indenture is unlimited. This Security is one of the 6.250% Senior Subordinated Notes, Series A, due 2021 referred to in the Indenture. The Securities include (i) $210,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 6.250% Senior Subordinated Notes, Series A, due 2021 issued under the Indenture on January 31, 2013 (herein called “Initial Securities”), (ii) if and when issued, additional 6.250% Senior Subordinated Notes, Series A, due 2021 or 6.250% Senior Subordinated Notes, Series B, due 2021 of the Company that may be issued from time to time under the Indenture subsequent to January 31, 2013 (herein called “Additional Securities”) and (iii) if and when issued, the Company’s 6.250% Senior Subordinated Notes, Series B, due 2021 that may be issued from time to time under the Indenture in exchange for Initial Securities or Additional Securities in an offer registered under the Securities Act as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement (herein called “Exchange Securities”). The Initial Securities, Additional Securities and Exchange Securities are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the incurrence of indebtedness, the making of restricted payments, the sale of assets and subsidiary stock, the incurrence of certain liens, affiliate transactions, the sale of capital stock of restricted subsidiaries, the making of payments for consents, the entering into of agreements that restrict distributions from restricted subsidiaries and the consummation of mergers and consolidations. The Indenture also imposes requirements with respect to the provision of financial information and the provision of guarantees of the Securities by certain subsidiaries.

To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal, premium, if any, and interest (including post-filing or post-petition interest) on the Securities and all other amounts payable by the Company under the Indenture and the Securities when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Securities and the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantors have fully, unconditionally and irrevocably Guaranteed (and future guarantors, together with the Subsidiary Guarantors, will fully, unconditionally and irrevocably Guarantee), jointly and severally, to each Holder of the Securities and the Trustee, the Guarantor Obligations pursuant to Article XI of the Indenture on a senior subordinated basis.

5. Redemption

Except as set forth below, the Securities will not be redeemable at the option of the Company prior to February 1, 2017. On and after such date, the Securities will be redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, at any time from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at the following redemption prices (expressed in percentages of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on February 1 of the years set forth below:

 

A-3


Period

   Percentage  

2017

     103.125

2018

     101.563

2019 and thereafter

     100.000

In addition, at any time and from time to time prior to February 1, 2016, the Company may redeem in the aggregate up to 35% of the original principal amount of the Securities (after giving effect to any future issuance of Additional Securities) with the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) of 106.250% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided, however, that at least 65% of the original principal amount of the Securities (after giving effect to any future issuance of Additional Securities) must remain outstanding after each such redemption; provided further, that each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of such Equity Offering.

In addition, at any time prior to February 1, 2017, the Company may redeem the Securities, in whole but not in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed or otherwise delivered to each Holder in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Securities, plus the Applicable Premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date.

If the optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name the Security is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders whose Securities will be subject to redemption by the Company.

In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Securities for redemption will be made in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Securities are listed or, if the Securities are not listed, then in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC, although no Securities of $2,000 in original principal amount or less will be redeemed in part. Any such notice to the Trustee may be cancelled at any time prior to notice of such redemption being mailed to any Holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect. If any Security is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such Security shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Security in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Security. On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on Securities or portions thereof called for redemption as long as the Company has deposited with the Paying Agent funds in satisfaction of the applicable redemption price pursuant to the Indenture.

 

A-4


6. Repurchase Provisions

If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem all of the Securities as described under paragraph 5 of the Securities, then such Change of Control shall constitute a triggering event which shall trigger the obligation of the Company to offer to repurchase from each Holder all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of such Holder’s Securities at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.

7. Subordination

The Securities are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness, as defined in the Indenture. To the extent provided in the Indenture, Senior Indebtedness must be paid before the Securities may be paid. The Company agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Security agrees, to the subordination provisions contained in the Indenture and authorizes the Trustee to give them effect and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for such purpose.

8. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

The Securities are in registered form without coupons in denominations of principal amount of $2,000 and whole multiples of $1,000. A Holder may transfer or exchange Securities in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other governmental taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange of any Security for a period beginning 15 days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Securities and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing. The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Security selected for redemption.

9. Persons Deemed Owners

The registered Holder of this Security may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

10. Unclaimed Money

Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Securities that remains unclaimed by the Holders thereof for two years, and, thereafter, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as unsecured general creditors.

11. Defeasance

Subject to certain exceptions and conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Securities and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

 

A-5


12. Amendment, Supplement, Waiver

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture and the Securities may be amended or supplemented by the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities and (ii) any default (other than with respect to nonpayment (except in accordance with Section 6.4 of the Indenture)) or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities, in each case other than in respect of a provision that cannot be amended without the written consent of each Holder affected. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Securities to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency; provide for the assumption by a successor corporation of the obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture; provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or in place of certificated Securities (provided that the uncertificated Securities are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code); add Guarantees with respect to the Securities or release a Subsidiary Guarantor upon its designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary (provided, however, that the designation is in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture); secure the Securities; add to the covenants of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the benefit of the Holders or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder; comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA; provide for the issuance of the Exchange Securities which shall have terms substantially identical in all respects to the Initial Securities or the Additional Securities, as the case may be (except that the transfer restrictions contained in the Initial Securities or the Additional Securities, as the case may be, shall be modified or eliminated as appropriate), and which shall be treated, together with any outstanding Initial Securities or Additional Securities, as a single class of securities; release a Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or the Indenture in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture; provide for the appointment of a successor trustee (provided that the successor trustee is otherwise qualified and eligible to act as such under the terms of the Indenture); conform the text of the Indenture or the Securities to any provision of the section entitled “Description of notes” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent such provision in was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture or the Securities; make any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of the Securities, as permitted by the Indenture; or make any change to the subordination provisions of Article X or Article XII of the Indenture or any other subordination provisions of the Indenture that would limit or terminate the benefits available to any holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Company or a holder of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness (or any Representative thereof) under such subordination provisions.

 

A-6


13. Defaults and Remedies

Under the Indenture, Events of Default include (each of which are more specifically described in the Indenture) (i) default in any payment of interest or additional interest (as required by the Registration Rights Agreement) on any Security when due, continued for 30 days, whether or not such payment is prohibited by the provisions of Article X and Article XII of the Indenture; (ii) default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, on any Security when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise, whether or not such payment is prohibited by the provisions of Article X and Article XII of the Indenture; (iii) failure by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply with its obligations under Section 4.1 of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the Company to comply for 30 days after notice with any of its obligations under Article III of the Indenture (in each case, other than a failure to purchase Securities which will constitute an Event of Default under clause (ii) and a failure to comply with Section 4.1 of the Indenture, which will constitute an Event of Default under clause (iii)); (v) failure by the Company to comply for 60 days after notice as provided below with its other agreements contained in the Indenture; (vi) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of the Indenture, which default (1) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness or (2) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its maturity, and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $30.0 million or more; (vii) certain events, set forth in Section 6.1(7) of the Indenture, of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law; (viii) failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $30.0 million (net of any amounts that a reputable and creditworthy insurance company has acknowledged liability for in writing), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; or (ix) any Subsidiary Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would constitute a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms of the Indenture) or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that taken together as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would constitute a Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms its obligations under the Indenture or its Subsidiary Guarantee. However, a default under clauses (iv) and (v) will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities notify the Company of the default and the Company does not cure such default within the time specified in clauses (iv) and (v) hereof after receipt of such notice.

 

A-7


If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in (vii) hereof) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities by notice to the Company and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Securities to be due and payable. If an Event of Default described in (vii) hereof occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Securities will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.

Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Securities except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Securities unless it receives indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest) if it determines in good faith that withholding notice is in their interest.

14. Trustee Dealings with the Company

Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors or their Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

15. No Recourse Against Others

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Securities, this Indenture or any Subsidiary Guarantee or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Securities by accepting a Security waives and releases all such liability to the extent permitted by applicable law. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Securities. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws, and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

16. Authentication

This Security shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Security.

 

A-8


17. Abbreviations

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

18. CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN Numbers

The Company has caused CUSIP, Common Code or ISIN numbers, if applicable, to be printed on the Securities and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP, Common Code or ISIN numbers, if applicable, in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

19. Governing Law

This Security shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

Gibraltar Industries, Inc.

3556 Lake Shore Road

Buffalo, New York 14219

Attention: Treasurer

 

A-9


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Security, fill in the form below:

I or we assign and transfer this Security to:

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

 

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. No.)

and irrevocably appoint             agent to transfer this Security on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

 

 

Date:       Your Signature:                                                                                                                                                                        
Signature Guarantee:    
                      (Signature must be guaranteed)

 

 

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security.

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to SEC Rule 17Ad-15.

In connection with any transfer or exchange of any of the Securities evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the date that is two years after the later of the date of original issuance of such Securities and the last date, if any, on which such Securities were owned by the Company, or any Affiliate of the Company, the undersigned confirms that such Securities are being:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW:

 

  1¨ acquired for the undersigned’s own account, without transfer; or

 

  2¨ transferred to the Company; or

 

  3¨ transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); or

 

  4¨ transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; or

 

  5¨ transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act; or

 

A-10


  6¨ transferred to an institutional “accredited investor” (within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act), that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements (the form of which letter appears as Section 2.7 of the Indenture); or

 

  7¨ transferred pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Securities evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the Trustee or the Company may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Securities, the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to each of them to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act.

 

   

 

    Signature

Signature Guarantee:

   
       

(Signature must be guaranteed)

    Signature

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to SEC Rule 17Ad-15.

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (1) OR (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Security for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

  
Dated:

 

A-11


[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES]

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES AND DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY

The following increases and decreases in this Global Security have been made:

 

Date of Decrease or Increase

   Amount of
decrease in
Principal Amount
of this Global
Security
   Amount of
increase in
Principal Amount
of this Global
Security
   Principal Amount
of this Global
Security following
such decrease or
increase
   Signature of
authorized
signatory of
Trustee or
Securities
Custodian

 

A-12


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you elect to have this Security purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3.5 or 3.9 of the Indenture, check either box:

 

¨            ¨

3.5         3.9

If you want to elect to have only part of this Security purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3.5 or Section 3.9 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount (must be integral multiple of $1,000): $                    

 

Date:       Your Signature:                                                                                                                                                                     
   

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Security)

Signature Guarantee:    
                      (Signature must be guaranteed)

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to SEC Rule 17Ad-15.

 

A-13


EXHIBIT B

[FORM OF FACE OF SERIES B NOTE]

[Depository Legend, if applicable]

 

No. [        ]

   Principal Amount $[                    ], as
  

revised by the Schedule of Increases and

  

Decreases in Global Security attached hereto

  

CUSIP NO.                                                  

  

ISIN:                                                      

GIBRALTAR INDUSTRIES, INC.

6.250% Senior Subordinated Note, Series B, due 2021

Gibraltar Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to Cede & Co., or its registered assigns, the principal sum of [            ] DOLLARS, as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Security attached hereto, on February 1, 2021.

Interest Payment Dates: February 1 and August 1, commencing on August 1, 2013

Record Dates: January 15 and July 15

Additional provisions of this Security are set forth on the other side of this Security.

 

B-1


GIBRALTAR INDUSTRIES, INC.

By:

 
 

 

  Name:
  Title:

Date:

 

B-2


TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF

        AUTHENTICATION

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.

as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Securities referred to in the Indenture.

By:  

   
  Authorized Signatory

Date:

 

B-3


[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF SERIES B NOTE]

GIBRALTAR INDUSTRIES, INC.

6.250% Senior Subordinated Note, Series B, due 2021

1. Interest

Gibraltar Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Security at the rate per annum shown above.

The Company will pay interest semi-annually on February 1 and August 1, commencing on August 1, 2013. Interest on the Securities will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Securities or, if no interest has been paid, from January 1, 2013. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal, and on overdue premium, if any (plus interest on such interest to the extent lawful), at the rate borne by the Securities to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

2. Method of Payment

By no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Security is due and payable, the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, and/or interest. The Company will pay interest (except Defaulted Interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Securities at the close of business on the January 15 or July 15 next preceding the interest payment date even if Securities are cancelled, repurchased or redeemed after the record date and on or before the interest payment date. Holders must surrender Securities to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company will pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of Securities represented by a Global Security (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) will be made by the transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company or any successor depository. The Company will make all payments in respect of a Definitive Security (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof; provided, however, that payments on the Securities may also be made, in the case of a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Securities, by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

 

B-4


3. Paying Agent and Registrar

Initially, The Bank of New York MellonTrust Company, N.A. (the “Trustee”) will act as Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice to any Holder. Any of the domestically organized Restricted Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.

4. Indenture

The Company issued the Securities under an Indenture dated as of January 31, 2013 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”), among the Company and the Trustee. The terms of the Securities include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “Act”). Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Securities are subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Act for a statement of those terms.

The Securities are general unsecured, senior subordinated obligations of the Company. The aggregate principal amount of securities that may be authenticated and delivered under the Indenture is unlimited. This Security is one of the 6.250% Senior Subordinated Notes, Series A, due 2021 referred to in the Indenture. The Securities include (i) $210,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 6.250% Senior Subordinated Notes, Series A, due 2021 issued under the Indenture on January 31, 2013 (herein called “Initial Securities”), (ii) if and when issued, additional 6.250% Senior Subordinated Notes, Series A, due 2021 or 6.250% Senior Subordinated Notes, Series B, due 2021 of the Company that may be issued from time to time under the Indenture subsequent to January 31, 2013 (herein called “Additional Securities”) and (iii) if and when issued, the Company’s 6.250% Senior Subordinated Notes, Series B, due 2021 that may be issued from time to time under the Indenture in exchange for Initial Securities or Additional Securities in an offer registered under the Securities Act as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement (herein called “Exchange Securities”). The Initial Securities, Additional Securities and Exchange Securities are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the incurrence of indebtedness, the making of restricted payments, the sale of assets and subsidiary stock, the incurrence of certain liens, affiliate transactions, the sale of capital stock of restricted subsidiaries, the making of payments for consents, the entering into of agreements that restrict distributions from restricted subsidiaries and the consummation of mergers and consolidations. The Indenture also imposes requirements with respect to the provision of financial information and the provision of guarantees of the Securities by certain subsidiaries.

To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal, premium, if any, and interest (including post-filing or post-petition interest) on the Securities and all other amounts payable by the Company under the Indenture and the Securities when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Securities and the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantors have fully, unconditionally and irrevocably Guaranteed (and future guarantors, together with the Subsidiary Guarantors, will fully, unconditionally and irrevocably Guarantee), jointly and severally, to each Holder of the Securities and the Trustee the Guarantor Obligations pursuant to Article XI of the Indenture on a senior subordinated basis.

 

B-5


5. Redemption

Except as set forth below, the Securities will not be redeemable at the option of the Company prior to February 1, 2017. On and after such date, the Securities will be redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, at any time from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at the following redemption prices (expressed in percentages of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on February 1 of the years set forth below:

 

Period

   Percentage  

2017

     103.125

2018

     101.563

2019 and thereafter

     100.000

In addition, at any time and from time to time prior to February 1, 2016, the Company may redeem in the aggregate up to 35% of the original principal amount of the Securities (after giving effect to any future issuance of Additional Securities) with the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) of 106.250% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided, however, that at least 65% of the original principal amount of the Securities (after giving effect to any future issuance of Additional Securities) must remain outstanding after each such redemption; provided further, that each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of such Equity Offering.

In addition, at any time prior to February 1, 2017, the Company may redeem the Securities, in whole but not in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed or otherwise delivered to each Holder in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Securities, plus the Applicable Premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date.

If the optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name the Security is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders whose Securities will be subject to redemption by the Company.

 

B-6


In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Securities for redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Securities are listed or, if the Securities are not listed, then on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall deem to be fair and appropriate, although no Securities of $2,000 in original principal amount or less will be redeemed in part. Any such notice to the Trustee may be cancelled at any time prior to notice of such redemption being mailed to any Holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect. If any Security is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such Security shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Security in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Security. On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on Securities or portions thereof called for redemption as long as the Company has deposited with the Paying Agent funds in satisfaction of the applicable redemption price pursuant to the Indenture.

6. Repurchase Provisions

If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem all of the Securities as described under paragraph 5 of the Securities, then such Change of Control shall constitute a triggering event which shall trigger the obligation of the Company to offer to repurchase from each Holder all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of such Holder’s Securities at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.

7. Subordination

The Securities are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness, as defined in the Indenture. To the extent provided in the Indenture, Senior Indebtedness must be paid before the Securities may be paid. The Company agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Security agrees, to the subordination provisions contained in the Indenture and authorizes the Trustee to give them effect and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for such purpose.

8. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

The Securities are in registered form without coupons in denominations of principal amount of $2,000 and whole multiples of $1,000. A Holder may transfer or exchange Securities in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other governmental taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange of any Security for a period beginning 15 days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Securities and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing. The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Security selected for redemption.

9. Persons Deemed Owners

The registered Holder of this Security may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

 

B-7


10. Unclaimed Money

Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Securities that remains unclaimed by the Holders thereof for two years, and, thereafter, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as unsecured general creditors.

11. Defeasance

Subject to certain exceptions and conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Securities and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

12. Amendment, Supplement, Waiver

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture and the Securities may be amended or supplemented by the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities and (ii) any default (other than with respect to nonpayment (except in accordance with Section 6.4 of the Indenture)) or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities, in each case other than in respect of a provision that cannot be amended without the written consent of each Holder affected. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Securities to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency; provide for the assumption by a successor corporation of the obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture; provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or in place of certificated Securities (provided that the uncertificated Securities are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Securities are described in Section 163(f) (2) (B) of the Code); add Guarantees with respect to the Securities or release a Subsidiary Guarantor upon its designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary (provided, however, that the designation is in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture); secure the Securities; add to the covenants of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the benefit of the Holders or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder; comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA; provide for the issuance of the Exchange Securities which shall have terms substantially identical in all respects to the Initial Securities or the Additional Securities, as the case may be (except that the transfer restrictions contained in the Initial Securities or the Additional Securities, as the case may be, shall be modified or eliminated as appropriate), and which shall be treated, together with any outstanding Initial Securities or Additional Securities, as a single class of securities; release a Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or the Indenture in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture; provide for the appointment of a successor trustee (provided that the successor trustee is otherwise qualified and eligible to act as such under the terms of the Indenture); conform the text of the Indenture or the Securities to any provision of the section entitled “Description of notes” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent such provision in was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture or the Securities; make any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of the Securities, as permitted by the Indenture; or make any change to the subordination provisions of Article X or Article XII of the Indenture or any other subordination provisions of the Indenture that would limit or terminate the benefits available to any holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Company or a holder of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness (or any Representative thereof) under such subordination provisions.

 

B-8


13. Defaults and Remedies

Under the Indenture, Events of Default include (each of which are more specifically described in the Indenture) (i) default in any payment of interest or additional interest (as required by the Registration Rights Agreement) on any Security when due, continued for 30 days, whether or not such payment is prohibited by the provisions of Article X and Article XII of the Indenture; (ii) default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, on any Security when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise, whether or not such payment is prohibited by the provisions of Article X and Article XII of the Indenture; (iii) failure by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply with its obligations under Section 4.1 of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the Company to comply for 30 days after notice with any of its obligations under Article III of the Indenture (in each case, other than a failure to purchase Securities which will constitute an Event of Default under clause (ii) and a failure to comply with Section 4.1 of the Indenture, which will constitute an Event of Default under clause (iii)); (v) failure by the Company to comply for 60 days after notice as provided below with its other agreements contained in the Indenture; (vi) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of the Indenture, which default (1) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness or (2) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its maturity, and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $30.0 million or more; (vii) certain events set forth in Section 6.1(7) of the Indenture of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law; (viii) failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $30.0 million (net of any amounts that a reputable and creditworthy insurance company has acknowledged liability for in writing), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; or (ix) any Subsidiary Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would constitute a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms of the Indenture) or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that taken together as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would constitute a Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms its obligations under the Indenture or its Subsidiary Guarantee. However, a default under clauses (iv) and (v) will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities notify the Company of the default and the Company does not cure such default within the time specified in clauses (iv) and (v) hereof after receipt of such notice.

 

B-9


If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in (vii) hereof) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities by notice to the Company and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Securities to be due and payable. If an Event of Default described in (vii) hereof occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Securities will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.

Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Securities except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Securities unless it receives indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest) if it determines in good faith that withholding notice is in their interest.

14. Trustee Dealings with the Company

Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors or their Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

15. No Recourse Against Others

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Securities, this Indenture or any Subsidiary Guarantee or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Securities by accepting a Security waives and releases all such liability to the extent permitted by applicable law. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Securities. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws, and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

 

B-10


16. Authentication

This Security shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Security.

17. Abbreviations

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

18. CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN Numbers

The Company has caused CUSIP, Common Code or ISIN numbers, if applicable, to be printed on the Securities and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP, Common Code or ISIN numbers, if applicable, in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

19. Governing Law

This Security shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

Gibraltar Industries, Inc.

3556 Lake Shore Road

Buffalo, New York 14219

Attention: Treasurer

 

B-11


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Security, fill in the form below:

I or we assign and transfer this Security to:

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

 

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. No.)

and irrevocably appoint             agent to transfer this Security on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

 

 

Date:       Your Signature:                                                                                                                                                                        
Signature Guarantee:    
                      (Signature must be guaranteed)

 

 

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security.

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to SEC Rule 17Ad-15.

 

B-12


[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES]

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES AND DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY

The following increases and decreases in this Global Security have been made:

 

Date of Decrease or Increase

   Amount of
decrease in
Principal Amount
of this Global
Security
   Amount of
increase in
Principal Amount
of this Global
Security
   Principal Amount
of this Global
Security following
such decrease or
increase
   Signature of
authorized
signatory of
Trustee or
Securities
Custodian

 

B-13


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you elect to have this Security purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3.5 or 3.9 of the Indenture, check either box:

 

¨            ¨

3.5          3.9

If you want to elect to have only part of this Security purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3.5 or Section 3.9 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount (must be integral multiple of $1,000): $                    

 

Date:         Your Signature:                                                                                                                                                                        
  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Security)
Signature Guarantee:    
 

(Signature must be guaranteed)

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to SEC Rule 17Ad-15.

 

B-14


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT TO ADD SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS

This Supplemental Indenture, dated as of             , 20    (this “Supplemental Indenture” or “Guarantee”), among [name of future Subsidiary Guarantor] (the “Guarantor”), Gibraltar Industries, Inc. (together with its successors and assigns, the “Company”), each other then-existing Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture referred to below, and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee under the Indenture referred to below.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee have heretofore executed and delivered an Indenture, dated as of January 31, 2013 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of 6.250% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2021 of the Company (the “Securities”);

WHEREAS, Section 3.11 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Company is required to cause each Restricted Subsidiary that Guarantees any Indebtedness of the Company or of any other Restricted Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary will unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint and several basis with the other Subsidiary Guarantors, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities on a senior subordinated basis; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 11.1 of the Indenture, the Trustee, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend or supplement the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guarantor, the Company, the other Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.1 Defined Terms. As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined, except that the term “Holders” in this Guarantee shall refer to the term “Holders” as defined in the Indenture and the Trustee acting on behalf or for the benefit of such Holders. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.


ARTICLE II

Agreement to be Bound; Guarantee

SECTION 2.1 Agreement to be Bound. The Guarantor hereby becomes a party to the Indenture as a Subsidiary Guarantor and as such will have all of the rights and be subject to all of the obligations and agreements of a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture. The Guarantor agrees to be bound by all of the provisions of the Indenture applicable to a Subsidiary Guarantor and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture.

SECTION 2.2 Guarantee. The Guarantor agrees, on a joint and several basis with all the existing Subsidiary Guarantors, to fully, unconditionally and irrevocably Guarantee to each Holder of the Securities and the Trustee the Guarantor Obligations pursuant to Article XI and Article XII of the Indenture on a senior subordinated basis.

ARTICLE III

Miscellaneous

SECTION 3.1 Notices. All notices and other communications to the Guarantor shall be given as provided in the Indenture to the Guarantor, at its address set forth below, with a copy to the Company as provided in the Indenture for notices to the Company.

SECTION 3.2 Parties. Nothing expressed or mentioned herein is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, firm or corporation, other than the Holders and the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture or any provision herein or therein contained.

SECTION 3.3 Governing Law. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

SECTION 3.4 Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Securities heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

SECTION 3.5 Counterparts. The parties hereto may sign one or more copies of this Supplemental Indenture in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

SECTION 3.6 Headings. The headings of the Articles and the Sections in this Guarantee are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof.

 

C-2


SECTION 3.7 Trustee. The Trustee makes no represenation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture. The recitals and statements herein are deemed to be those of the Guarantor and not of the Trustee.

 

C-3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

[SECURITIES GUARANTOR],
as a Guarantor
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
  [Address]

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.

as Trustee

By:    
  Name:
  Title:
GIBRALTAR INDUSTRIES, INC.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
[EXISTING GUARANTORS]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
EX-5.5

Exhibit 5.5

 

LOGO    www.stinson.com

July 19, 2013

Lippes Mathias Wexler Friedman LLP

665 Main Street, Suite 300

Buffalo, New York 14203-1425

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special counsel in the State of Kansas to Florence Corporation of Kansas, a Kansas corporation (the “Guarantor”), in connection with the issuance by Gibraltar Industries, Inc. (the “Company”), of $210,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 6.250% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2021 (the “Exchange Securities”) in exchange for $210,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s outstanding 6.250% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2021. This opinion letter is delivered to you at the request of the Guarantor to facilitate your provision of an opinion letter in accordance with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), with respect to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-189243) (the “Registration Statement”) filed by Gibraltar Industries, Inc. and certain subsidiary guarantors, including the Guarantor, with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Act.

I. Documents Reviewed and Covered Laws

In reaching the conclusions expressed in this opinion letter, we have reviewed originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of the following documents (collectively, the “Reviewed Documents”):

 

  (1) the Indenture, dated as of January 31, 2013 (the “Indenture”), among the Company, the Guarantor, the other guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, including the guarantee of the Guarantor set forth therein (the “Guarantee”);

 

  (2) the form of global note representing the Exchange Securities attached to the Indenture as Exhibit B (the “Exchange Global Note”);

 

  (3) a certificate, dated as of the date hereof, from an authorized representative of the Guarantor, which certificate contains, as attachments thereto, copies of (a) authorizing resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Guarantor with respect to the Indenture, including the Guarantee, (b) the Guarantor’s articles of incorporation, as amended to date (its “Articles”), (c) the Guarantor’s bylaws, as amended to date (its “Bylaws”), and (d) a certificate of good standing of recent date with respect to the Guarantor issued by the Kansas Secretary of State’s office (the “Good Standing Certificate”) (the Guarantor’s Articles and its Bylaws being collectively referred to herein as its “Organizational Documents”); and

 

1201 Walnut Street, Suite 2900 Kansas City, MO 64106-2150    816.842.8600
Kansas City | St. Louis | Jefferson City | Overland Park | Wichita | Omaha | Washington D.C. | Phoenix    816.691.3495


Lippes Mathias Wexler Friedman LLP

July 19, 2013

Page 2

 

  (4) such other certificates, documents and records of the Guarantor, certificates of public officials and certificates of officers and representatives of the Guarantor as we have deemed necessary or relevant as a basis for this opinion letter.

The Indenture, including the Guarantee, and the Exchange Global Note are referred to herein individually as a “Transaction Document” and collectively as the “Transaction Documents.”

We also have relied, with respect to certain factual matters relevant to this opinion letter, on the representations and warranties of the parties set forth in the Reviewed Documents and factual certificates or comparable documents of officers and other representatives of the Guarantor or its affiliates as we have deemed relevant or necessary to give the opinions and confirmations set forth below, all of which representations, warranties, certificates and documents we have assumed, without independent investigation on our part, to be true, correct and complete as of the date hereof.

Our opinions and statements expressed herein are restricted to matters governed by laws of the State of Kansas that we, based upon the scope of our representation of and our experience with the Guarantor, and exercising customary professional diligence, reasonably recognize as applicable to the Guarantor with respect to transactions of the type contemplated in the Transaction Documents (collectively, “Applicable Laws”). We express no opinion as to any matter arising under, and the term Applicable Laws shall not include, the laws of any other jurisdiction, including, without limitation, the statutes, ordinances, rules and regulations of any foreign country or subdivision thereof or the counties, towns, municipalities and special political subdivisions of any state of the United States of America. Other limitations on the laws covered by our opinions are contained in part IV below, entitled Qualifications and Other Limitations.

II. Assumptions

In rendering the opinions expressed below, we have made, with your consent, and without independent investigation on our part, the following assumptions:

a. (i) All of the Transaction Documents have been or will be, to the extent necessary, executed, acknowledged, delivered and accepted by each of the parties thereto, (ii) the execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents by each of the parties thereto do not violate any provision of any law applicable to such party or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or any governmental or regulatory authority applicable to such party, and (iii) no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any court or governmental or regulatory authority is required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents by each of the parties thereto.

b. All certifications made to us by public officials are accurate and complete.

c. Any natural person signing any of the Reviewed Documents has or had, at any relevant time, the competence and legal capacity to execute and deliver such Reviewed Document and, in the case of a natural person signing in a representative capacity, the authority to sign the Reviewed Documents on behalf of the applicable parties thereto.


Lippes Mathias Wexler Friedman LLP

July 19, 2013

Page 3

 

d. (i) All Reviewed Documents submitted to us as certified, conformed, photostatic, electronically mailed or facsimile copies conform to the original documents, and all such original documents are authentic, (ii) all Reviewed Documents submitted to us as originals are authentic, (iii) all unexecuted copies of Reviewed Documents submitted to us conform to the original executed documents, and all such original executed documents are authentic, (iv) all signatures appearing on Reviewed Documents furnished to us are genuine and (v) any blank spaces in any Transaction Documents that are relevant to the opinions expressed herein have been or shall be properly completed and all exhibits and schedules referred to therein that are relevant to the opinions expressed herein have been or shall be attached in their final forms, and none of the completions or attachments are or shall be inconsistent with the forms which we have reviewed.

e. The statements, recitals, representations and warranties as to matters of fact set forth in the Reviewed Documents are accurate and complete.

f. There is no agreement, understanding, course of dealing or performance, usage of trade or writing defining, supplementing, amending, modifying, waiving or qualifying the terms of any of the Reviewed Documents.

g. The conduct of each of the parties and their respective agents in connection with the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby has complied with any requirement of good faith, fair dealing and conscionability.

h. Each recipient of and any other party relying on this opinion letter has reasonably relied on the opinions and confirmations set forth herein in entering into any transactions relating to the Transaction Documents and, at the time of entering into such transactions, does not have knowledge or a reasonable basis to believe that any opinions or confirmations set forth herein are inaccurate.

i. The Guarantor and any other obligor under the Transaction Documents, has received adequate consideration for entering into the Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

j. All consents, approvals, authorizations, orders and registrations or qualifications required under applicable securities laws with respect to the Exchange Securities and the related Guarantee have been complied with and satisfied.

III. Opinions

Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the assumptions, qualifications and limitations set forth herein, we are of the opinion that as of this date:

1. The Guarantor is a corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Kansas.

2. The Guarantor has full corporate right, power and authority to execute and deliver each of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to perform its obligations thereunder; and all action required to be taken by the Guarantor for the due and proper authorization, execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby has been duly and validly taken.


Lippes Mathias Wexler Friedman LLP

July 19, 2013

Page 4

 

IV. Qualifications and Other Limitations

Our opinions and confirmations set forth above are subject to the following additional qualifications and limitations:

A. We render no opinion on tax, environmental, antitrust or securities laws or matters.

B. Our opinions set forth in paragraph number 1 above with respect to the Guarantor as to its valid existence and good standing in its jurisdiction of incorporation are based solely upon our review of and are given as of the date of the Good Standing Certificate, and we express no conclusions as to such matters beyond what are stated in the Good Standing Certificate.

C. We render no opinion with respect to the enforceability of any Transaction Document.

D. To the extent any opinion or confirmation expressed in this opinion letter concerns a factual matter, the opinion or confirmation is based upon and limited to our actual knowledge of the factual matter, including any such knowledge we have obtained pursuant to any inquiry we may have undertaken in connection with the issuance of this opinion letter. As used above, “actual knowledge” means the present conscious awareness of the factual matter by a current member or attorney of this law firm who has performed substantive legal work on behalf of the Guarantor within the past 24 months. Except as otherwise expressly noted in this opinion letter, we have not undertaken any independent investigation to determine the existence or absence of any factual matters, and any limited inquiry undertaken by us during the preparation of this opinion letter shall not impose any obligation on us to conduct any other inquiry or investigation to ascertain or confirm any factual matter. No inference as to our knowledge of any factual matters should be drawn from the fact of our representation of, or our role as counsel to, the Guarantor or any of its affiliates.

E. Terms defined in this opinion letter in the singular are to have a corresponding meaning when used in the plural, and vice versa. Pronouns such as “it” used in this opinion letter may refer to a natural person.

F. Our opinions and other statements set forth in this opinion letter are based upon the facts in existence and the laws in effect on the date hereof, and we expressly disclaim any obligation to update or supplement our opinions or other statements in response to changes in the law by legislative or regulatory action, judicial decision or otherwise becoming effective hereafter or future events or circumstances affecting the transactions described in the Transaction Documents and becoming known to us after the date hereof.

This opinion letter may be relied upon by Lippes Mathias Wexler Friedman LLP in connection with any opinions that it is issuing in connection with the issuance of the Exchange Securities. We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter as an Exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to this Form under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus comprising a part of the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Very truly yours,

                        Stinson Morrison Hecher LLP

EX-5.6

Exhibit 5.6

 

LOGO

 

LEO GOLD (1907-1987)

GEORGE B. HALL (1924 - 1971)

 

____________

 

CHARLES S. WEEMS, III 1

EUGENE J. SUES

EDWARD E. RUNDELL 2

SAM N. POOLE, JR.

PEGGY D. ST. JOHN 3

RAYMOND L. BROWN, JR. 4

RANDALL L. WILMORE

DORRELL J. BRISTER 1, 2, 5

GREGORY B. UPTON

RANDALL M. SEESER

MICHAEL J. O’SHEE

BRANDON A. SUES

LOTTIE L. BASH 6

TREVOR S. FRY 2

BRADLEY L. DRELL 7

STEVEN M. OXENHANDLER 8

STEPHEN A. LAFLEUR

HEATHER M. MATHEWS

SARAH SPRUILL COUVILLON

ANNALYNN S. MCDERMOTT

MICHAEL J. FLOYD

JOSEPH P. LANDRENEAU

JOSEPH H. L. PEREZ-MONTES

 

A PROFESSIONAL LAW CORPORATION  

 

2001 MACARTHUR DRIVE  

 

POST OFFICE BOX 6118  

 

ALEXANDRIA, LOUISIANA 71307-6118  

 

TELEPHONE (318) 445-6471  

 

FACSIMILE (318) 445-6476  

 

www.goldweems.com  

 

WRITERS EMAIL: @goldweems.com  

 

July 19, 2013  

 

 

CHRISTOPHER K. KINNISON

B. GENE TAYLOR, III

GREGORY B. ODOM, II

JONATHAN D. STOKES 9

LESLIE E. HALLE

LEISA B. LAWSON

 

OF COUNSEL:

CAMILLE F. GRAVEL (1915 - 2005)

HENRY B. BRUSER, III

ROBERT G. NIDA

 

____________

 

1     SPECIALIST IN TAXATION, CERTIFIED BY THE LOUISIANA BOARD OF LEGAL SPECIALIZATION

2    ALSO ADMITTED IN TEXAS

3    ALSO ADMITTED IN MARYLAND

4    BOARD CERTIFIED – CIVIL TRIAL ADVOCACY NATIONAL BOARD OF TRIAL ADVOCACY

5    SPECIALIST IN ESTATE PLANNING & ADMINISTRATION, CERTIFIED BY THE LOUISIANA BOARD OF LEGAL SPECIALIZATION

6    ALSO ADMITTED IN GEORGIA

7    SPECIALIST IN BUSINESS BANKRUPTCY, CERTIFIED BY THE LOUISIANA BOARD OF LEGAL SPECIALIZATION

8    ALSO ADMITTED IN FLORIDA

9    ALSO ADMITTED IN KANSAS

Lippes Mathias Wexler Friedman LLP

665 Main Street, Suite 300

Buffalo, NY 14203-1425

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have been engaged by the Law Firm of Lippes Mathias Wexler Friedman, LLP, Buffalo, New York, to render limited opinions regarding the guarantee obligations of Sea Safe, Inc. (the “Company”), a subsidiary corporation of Gibraltar Industries, Inc. incorporated in the State of Louisiana. The guarantee obligations of the Company are contained in Article XI of the Indenture by and among Gibraltar Industries, Inc, the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined therein) and the Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee, 6.250% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2021, dated as of January 31, 2012 (the “Guarantee Obligations”).

In rendering this opinion, we have examined copies of the following documents: (i) the Articles of Incorporation, and amendments thereto, of the Company on file with, and certified by, the Louisiana Secretary of State as of July 12, 2013; (ii) the Certificates of merger of the Company on file with, and certified, by the Louisiana Secretary of State as of July 12, 2013; (iii) the By-Laws of Sea Safe, Inc., dated October 3, 1978 (“By-Laws”); (iv) the Action by Consent In Lieu of a Meeting Of The Board of Directors of Sea Safe, Inc., dated January 14, 2013, and signed by Brian J. Lipke, the sole director (“Director Consent”); (v) the Action by Consent In Lieu of a Meeting of the Shareholders of Sea Safe, Inc., dated January 14, 2013, and signed by Timothy Murphy as secretary, and on behalf of, Alabama Metal Industries Corporation, the sole shareholder of Sea Safe, Inc. (“Shareholder Consent”); and (vi) the Indenture among Gibraltar Industries, Inc., the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee, 6.250% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2021, dated as of January 31, 2012 (the “Indenture”).

In such examination, we have assumed: the genuineness of all signatures on all documents; the legal capacity of all natural persons; the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals; the conformity to the original document of all the documents submitted to us as facsimile, electronic, or


photostatic copies and the authenticity of the originals of such copies; the correctness and accuracy of all facts set forth in all certificates; and that the certificates of public officials are properly given and are true and correct.

With your consent, we have relied upon the Officer’s Certificate executed by Timothy F. Murphy, Secretary of Company, dated July 19, 2013, attached hereto as Exhibit A.

We are members of the Bar of the State of Louisiana, and we do not express any opinion herein concerning any law other than the laws of the State of Louisiana.

Based on and subject to the foregoing, and as further qualified below, we are of the opinion that the Company is validly existing, has the power to create the Guarantee Obligation and has taken the required steps to authorize entering into the Guarantee Obligations under the laws of the State of Louisiana.

The opinions expressed in this opinion letter are limited to the matters stated in this opinion letter, and, without limiting the foregoing, no other opinions are to be inferred. Furthermore, the opinions expressed in this opinion letter are only as of the date of this opinion letter, and we are under no obligation, and do not undertake, to advise any person or entity either of any change of law or fact that occurs, or of any fact that comes to our attention, after the date of this opinion letter, even though such change or such fact may affect the legal analysis or a legal conclusion in this opinion letter.

You may rely on this opinion letter in your opinion letter to Gibraltar Industries, Inc. in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 12, 2013, as amended. We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter as an Exhibit to the Registration Statement, and we reference to our firm under the caption of “Legal Matters” in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement. This opinion letter may not be relied upon by, or furnished to, any other person or entity without our prior written consent, and without limiting the foregoing, other than as provided for herein, may not be quoted, published, or otherwise disseminated, without in each instance, our prior written consent.

 

Sincerely yours,
GOLD, WEEMS, BRUSER, SUES & RUNDELL
By:  
  Gregory B. Upton

GBU/dw


OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE

The undersigned hereby delivers this Officer’s Certificate this 19th day of July, 2013, on behalf of Sea Safe, Inc., a Louisiana corporation (the “Company”), to Gold, Weems, Bruser, Sues & Rundell (“Gold Weems”) for its use in connection with the delivery of an opinion letter to Lippes Mathias Wexler Friedman LLP (the “Opinion”) related to the execution and delivery by the Company of that certain Indenture dated as of January 31, 2013 (the “Indenture”) by and among Gibraltar Industries, Inc. the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined therein) and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. For purposes of this Officer’s Certificate, the date of execution by the Company of the Indenture (i.e., January 31, 2013) is referred to herein as the “Execution Date.”

The undersigned, in his officer capacity as set forth below, hereby certifies to Gold Weems as follows:

 

  1. I am the Secretary of the Company, and as such am authorized to execute this Officer’s Certificate on behalf of the Company.

 

  2. Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a true, correct and complete copy of an Action by Consent In Lieu of a Meeting of The Board Of The Board of Directors of the Company dated as of January 14, 2013 (the “Board Consent”). On January 14, 2013 and as of the Execution Date, the Board Consent was validly executed and Brian J. Lipke was the sole director of the Company, authorized to vote as director of the Company without consent of any third party.

 

  3. Attached hereto as Exhibit B is a true, correct and complete copy of an Action by Consent in lieu of a Meeting of the Shareholders of Sea Safe, Inc. dated January 14, 2013 (the “Shareholder Consent”).

 

  4. On January 14, 2013 and as of the Execution Date, Alabama Metal Industries Corporation was a duly authorized and validly existing corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware and was the sole shareholder of the Company.

 

  5. The Shareholder Consent was validly executed and is a binding act of Alabama Metal Industries Corporation under applicable law.

 

  6. Kenneth W. Smith, the individual signing the Indenture on behalf of the Company, was identified as a proper and authorized officer in the Shareholder Consent and the Board Consent to execute and deliver the Indenture, including the Guarantee obligations contained therein.

 

  7. The Indenture, as defined in the Shareholder Consent and the Board Consent, is the Indenture as defined in this Certificate.

 

  8. Attached hereto as Exhibit C is a true, correct and complete copy of the By-laws of the Company, dated October 3, 1978. The by-laws of the Company dated October 3, 1978 are in full force and effect and have not been amended or rescinded as of the date of this Certificate.


  9. The Board Consent and Shareholder Consent have not been amended or rescinded as of the date of the Opinion.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Officer’s Certificate of the date first set forth above.

 

By:   LOGO
  Timothy F. Murphy, Secretary of Sea Safe, Inc., a Louisiana corporation


EXHIBIT A

Action by Consent in Lieu of a Meeting of the Board of Directors of the Company

See attached.


ACTION BY CONSENT

IN LIEU OF A MEETING OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

OF

SEA SAFE, INC.

The undersigned, being the sole director of Sea Safe, Inc. (the “Company”) does hereby consent that a meeting of the directors of said Company be dispensed with for the purposes hereof, and does hereby adopt the following resolutions by written consent, pursuant to the provisions of the Louisiana Business Corporation Law:

1. TENDER OFFER. The following resolutions are adopted in connection with the proposal that the Company enter into certain agreements and assume certain obligations in connection with the proposal that Gibraltar Industries, Inc. make a tender offer to purchase its 8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015:

WHEREAS, Gibraltar Industries, Inc. (“Gibraltar”) intends to make a cash tender offer (together with any amendments, supplements or extensions thereof, the “Offer”) to purchase any and all of its 8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the “Securities”) and to solicit and pay for consents of holders of the Securities to the adoption of certain proposed amendments to that certain Indenture dated as of December 8, 2005 by and among the Company, each guarantor of the Securities a party thereto, and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. as trustee (the “Indenture”); and

WHEREAS, in connection with the Offer, the Company and certain other subsidiaries of Gibraltar may be required to modify, amend or extend the Indenture (the document or documents containing any such modification, amendment or extension being hereinafter referred to as the “Supplemental Indenture”) and execute and deliver the Supplemental Indenture to effect the modifications, amendments and/or extensions contemplated thereby; and

WHEREAS, the Company and Gibraltar are engaged in related businesses, and the Company will derive substantial direct and indirect benefit from the Offer.

NOW THEREFORE, be it:

RESOLVED, that the proper officers of the Company shall be, and each of them acting alone hereby is, authorized, empowered and directed to execute and deliver the Supplemental Indenture for and on behalf of the Company; and be it further

RESOLVED, that the terms and conditions of the Supplemental Indenture shall be such as are approved by the proper officers of the Company, the execution and


delivery of which by the proper officers of the Company of the Supplemental Indenture being conclusive evidence of the approval of the proper officers of the Company of the terms and conditions of the same; and it is further

RESOLVED, that all actions previously taken by any of the proper officers or. directors of the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by the foregoing resolutions, and the same hereby are approved ratified and confirmed in all respects; and it is further

RESOLVED, that the proper officers of the Company be, and each of them hereby is, acting singly, authorized and directed to do or to cause to be done all further acts and things as they or any of them shall deem necessary or advisable or convenient and proper in connection with or incidental to the consummation and carrying into effect the transactions contemplated by the foregoing resolutions, including the execution, acknowledgement and delivery of any and all agreements, certificates, instruments or documents which may be reasonably required or which may be considered supplemental thereto, and that all such actions so taken be and hereby are ratified, approved, confirmed and adopted; and it is further

RESOLVED, that the use of a facsimile or PDF signature of any authorized officer on any of the agreements, certificates, instruments or documents authorized by these resolutions shall be deemed to be an execution thereof on behalf of the Company by such authorized officer, and such facsimile is hereby adopted as the signature of such authorized officer; and it is further

RESOLVED, that the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, the President and Chief Operating Officer, the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and the Secretary are hereby designated the proper officers of the Company for purposes of these resolutions.

2. SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE OFFERING. The following resolutions are adopted in connection with the proposal that the Company enter into certain agreements and assume certain obligations in connection with the issuance and sale by Gibraltar Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation, of Senior Subordinated Notes due 2021 in an aggregate principal amount of up to $210,000,000:

WHEREAS, Gibraltar Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Gibraltar”) intends to issue and sell Senior Subordinated Notes due 2021 in an aggregate principal amount of up to $210,000,000 (the “Series A Notes”), such Series A Notes to be exchangeable for comparable registered notes (the “Series B Notes” and, collectively with the Series A Notes, the “Notes”) pursuant to an exchange offer as set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) to be entered into among Gibraltar, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC on its own behalf and on behalf of KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. and any co-managers


or other parties that may be identified as initial purchasers in the Purchase Agreement (as defined below) (J.P Morgan Securities LLC and KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. and any other such parties that may be identified as initial purchasers in the Purchase Agreement being hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Initial Purchasers”), and to have such other terms and provisions as set forth in the Indenture (the “Indenture”) to be entered into between the Company and the Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. as trustee (the “Trustee”), and to be sold pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement” and, collectively with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Indenture, the “Operative Agreements”) between Gibraltar and the Initial Purchasers, a form of each such Operative Agreement having been presented to and reviewed by this Board or in the case of the Indenture, or in the case of the Indenture, having been described in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum dated January 16, 2013 (the “Offering Memorandum”); and

WHEREAS, as a condition to the purchase of the Series A Notes by the Initial Purchasers, the Company and certain other subsidiaries of Gibraltar are required to execute and deliver each of the Operative Agreements and to execute and deliver a guarantee of payment and performance of Gibraltar’s obligations under the Indenture and the Notes (the “Guarantee”); and

WHEREAS, the Company and Gibraltar are engaged in related businesses, and the Company will derive substantial direct and indirect benefit from the issuance of the Notes.

NOW THEREFORE, be it;

RESOLVED, that pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, the Company shall fully and unconditionally guarantee to each holder of the Notes and the Trustee, the payment and performance of Gibraltar’s obligations under the Indenture and the Notes; and it is further

RESOLVED, that the proper officers of the Company be, and each of them acting alone hereby is, authorized, empowered and directed on behalf of the Company to negotiate, execute and deliver, on behalf of the Company, each of the Operative Agreements (including the Guarantee contained in the Indenture) and all other documents and other agreements or instruments required of the Company in connection with the Operative Agreements and the Guarantee containing terms and provisions acceptable to the proper officers executing the same and to take all appropriate to consummate the transactions required of the Company by the Operative Agreements and the Guarantee; and it is further

RESOLVED, that it is in the best interests of the Company that the proper officers of the Company negotiate and conclude the terms and provisions of each of the


Operative Agreements and the Guarantee and all other documents and other agreements or instruments required of the Company in connection with the issuance and sale of the Notes containing terms and provisions acceptable to the proper officers executing the same and to take all such other actions as such proper officers may deem necessary or appropriate to consummate the foregoing resolutions; and it is further

RESOLVED, that all actions previously taken by any of the proper officers or directors of the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by the foregoing resolutions, and the same hereby are approved ratified and confirmed in all respects; and it is further

RESOLVED, that the proper officers of the Company be, and each of them hereby is, acting singly, authorized and directed to do or to cause to be done all further acts and things as they or any of them shall deem necessary or advisable or convenient and proper in connection with or incidental to the consummation and carrying into effect the transactions contemplated by the foregoing resolutions, including the execution, acknowledgement and delivery of any and all agreements, certificates, instruments or documents which may be reasonably required or which may be considered supplemental thereto, and that all such actions so taken be and hereby are ratified, approved, confirmed and adopted; and it is further

RESOLVED, that the use of a facsimile or PDF signature of any authorized officer on any of the agreements, certificates, instruments or documents authorized by these resolutions shall be deemed to be an execution thereof on behalf of the Company by such authorized officer, and such facsimile is hereby adopted as the signature of such authorized officer; and it is further

RESOLVED, that the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer and the Secretary are hereby designated the proper officers of the Company for purposes of these resolutions.

Signature Page Follows


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have set his hand this 14 day of January, 2013.

 

LOGO

 

Brian J. Lipke, Director

Signature Page to Action by Consent


EXHIBIT B

Action by Consent in Lieu of a Meeting of the Shareholders of the Company

See attached.


ACTION BY CONSENT

IN LIEU OF A MEETING OF THE SHAREHOLDERS

OF

SEA SAFE, INC.

The undersigned, being the sole shareholder of Sea Safe, Inc. (the “Company”) does hereby consent that a meeting of the holders of the stock of said Company be dispensed with for the purposes hereof, and does hereby adopt the following resolutions by written consent, pursuant to the provisions of the Louisiana Business Corporation Law:

SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE OFFERING. The following resolutions are hereby consented to by the sole shareholder of the Company in connection with the proposal that the Company enter into certain agreements and assume certain obligations in connection with the issuance and sale by Gibraltar Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation, of Senior Subordinated Notes due 2021 in an aggregate principal amount of up to $210,000,000:

WHEREAS, Gibraltar Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Gibraltar”) intends to issue and sell Senior Subordinated Notes due 2021 in an aggregate principal amount of up to $210,000,000 (the “Series A Notes”), such Series A Notes to be exchangeable for comparable registered notes (the “Series B Notes” and, collectively with the Series A Notes, the “Notes”) pursuant to an exchange offer as set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) to be entered into among Gibraltar, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC on its own behalf and on behalf of KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. and any co- managers or other parties that may be identified as initial purchasers in the Purchase Agreement (as defined below) (J.P Morgan Securities LLC and KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. and any other such parties that may be identified as initial purchasers in the Purchase Agreement being hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Initial Purchasers”), and to have such other terms and provisions as set forth in the Indenture (the “Indenture”) to be entered into between the Company and the Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. as trustee (the “Trustee”), and to be sold pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement” and, collectively with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Indenture, the “Operative Agreements”) between Gibraltar and the Initial Purchasers, a form of each such Operative Agreement having been presented to and reviewed by this Board or in the case of the Indenture, or in the case of the Indenture, having been described in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum dated January 16, 2013 (the “Offering Memorandum”); and

WHEREAS, as a condition to the purchase of the Series A Notes by the Initial Purchasers, the Company and certain other subsidiaries of Gibraltar are required to execute and deliver each of the Operative Agreements and to execute and deliver a guarantee of payment and performance of Gibraltar’s obligations under the Indenture and the Notes (the “Guarantee”); and


WHEREAS, the Company and Gibraltar are engaged in related businesses, and the Company will derive substantial direct and indirect benefit from the issuance of the Note; and

WHEREAS, the Board deems it advisable and in the best interests of the Company and the sole shareholder to execute and deliver the Guarantee.

NOW THEREFORE, be it:

RESOLVED, that the Board deems it advisable and in the best interests of the Company and the sole shareholder to execute and deliver the Guarantee, fully and unconditionally guaranteeing to each holder of the Notes and the Trustee the payment and performance of Gibraltar’s obligations under the Indenture and the Notes, and the sole shareholder consents to the same; and it is further

RESOLVED, that the proper officers of the Company be, and each of them acting alone hereby is, authorized, empowered and directed on behalf of the Company to negotiate, execute and deliver, on behalf of the Company, each of the Operative Agreements (including the Guarantee contained in the Indenture) and all other documents and other agreements or instruments required of the Company in connection with the Operative Agreements and the Guarantee containing terms and provisions acceptable to the proper officers executing the same and to take all appropriate to consummate the transactions required of the Company by the Operative Agreements and the Guarantee; and it is further

RESOLVED, that it is in the best interests of the Company that the proper officers of the Company negotiate and conclude the terms and provisions of each of the Operative Agreements and the Guarantee and all other documents and other agreements or instruments required of the Company in connection with the issuance and sale of the Notes containing terms and provisions acceptable to the proper officers executing the same and to take all such other actions as such proper officers may deem necessary or appropriate to consummate the foregoing resolutions; and it is further

RESOLVED, that all actions previously taken by any of the proper officers or directors of the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by the foregoing resolutions, and the same hereby are approved ratified and confirmed in all respects; and it is further

RESOLVED, that the proper officers of the Company be, and each of them hereby is, acting singly, authorized and directed to do or to cause to be done all


further acts and things as they or any of them shall deem necessary or advisable or convenient and proper in connection with or incidental to the consummation and carrying into effect the transactions contemplated by the foregoing resolutions, including the execution, acknowledgement and delivery of any and all agreements, certificates, instruments or documents which may be reasonably required or which may be considered supplemental thereto, and that all such actions so taken be and hereby are ratified, approved, confirmed and adopted; and it is further

RESOLVED, that the use of a facsimile or PDF signature of any authorized officer on any of the agreements, certificates, instruments or documents authorized by these resolutions shall be deemed to be an execution thereof on behalf of the Company by such authorized officer, and such facsimile is hereby adopted as the signature of such authorized officer; and it is further

RESOLVED, that the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer and the Secretary are hereby designated the proper officers of the Company for purposes of these resolutions.

Signature Page Follows


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have set his hand this 14 day of January, 2013.

 

ALABAMA METAL INDUSTRIES CORPORATION
LOGO

 

Timothy Murphy, Secretary

Signature Page to Action by Consent


EXHIBIT C

By-laws of the Company

See attached.


BY-LAWS OF

SEA SAFE, INC.

ARTICLE I - OFFICERS

1.1 The officers of this Corporation shall be as stated in the Articles of Incorporation, and such other officers as may, from time to time, be elected or appointed by the Board of Directors. Any two officers may be combined in the same person. The officers of this Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors at its annual meeting held immediately following the annual membership meeting. Such officers shall be elected for a term of one (1) year to begin immediately upon election, or until such time as the successor-officers have been duly elected and qualified. The duties of the several officers shall be as follows:

1.2 President: The president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation; he shall preside, when present, at all meetings of the shareholders and directors; he shall have general and active management of the business of the corporation, and shall see that all orders or resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. He shall have authority to sign any document or instrument in the usual course of business of the corporation which the Board of Directors has authorized to be executed, except in cases where the signing and the execution thereof may be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation. He shall also have such duties and authority as usually apply to the office of president, and as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

1.3 Vice-President: The vice-president shall perform such duties as may be assigned to him by the president or by the Board of Directors or the shareholders. In the absence of the president, or in the event of the president’s death, disability, inability or refusal to act, he shall perform the duties of the president, and when so acting he shall have all of the powers of and be subject to all restrictions placed upon the president. If there be more than one vice-president, then the one designated as first vice-president shall fill the office of the president in the event of the president absence, death, disability, inability or refusal to act.

1.4 Secretary: The secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the shareholders and shall keep minutes of all such meetings, and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors under whose supervision he shall be. He shall be responsible for maintaining the corporate records and the names and addresses of all members of the corporation. He shall have custody of th seal of the corporation, and shall affix it to all instruments requiring it; and he shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or the president; and he shall perform all of the other duties incident to the office of secretary.

1.5 Treasurer: The treasurer shall have a general supervision over the care and custody of the funds and securities of the corporation. He shall receive and give receipt for monies due and payable to the corporation from any source whatsoever, and deposit such monies in the name of the corporation in any depository designated by the Board of Directors. He shall keep, or caus to be kept, full and accurate accounts of all receipts and disbursements of the corporation. He shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him, from time to time, by the president or the Board of Directors; and he shall perform all of the other duties incident to the office of treasurer.

 

- 1 -


1.6 The compensation of all officers and members of the Board of Directors shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

1.7 The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined, from time to time, by the Board of Directors.

1.8 The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their respective successors are elected and qualified in their stead. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed from office at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the whole Board of Directors, voting in person or by proxy, unless and except the procedure for such removal is provided for in the articles of incorporation. If the office of any officer or officers becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy shall be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the whole Board of Directors, unless and except where the procedure for such appointment or election shall be provided for in the articles of incorporation.

1.9 In case of the absence of any officer of the corporation, or for any other reason that the Board of Directors may deem sufficient, the Board may delegate, for the time being, the powers and duties, or any of them, of such officer to any other officer, or to any director, provided a majority of the entire Board, voting in person or by proxy, concurs therein.

ARTICLE II - BOARD OF DIRECTORS

2.1 Except as may be provided for in the articles of incorporation, the Board of Directors shall consist of not less than 1 nor more than 5 members who shall be nominated and elected at the annual meeting of the shareholders.

2.2 The Board of Directors shall be charged with the management of all of the affairs of the corporation, subject to the provisions of its charter and by-laws, or as may be imposed by law.

2.3 The first meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors shall be immediately following the annual meeting of the shareholders, and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the new elected directors. At the first meeting, or at any subsequent meeting called for the purpose, the directors shall elect the officers of this corporation.

2.4 Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such time and place as the directors may determine. Meetings of the Board may be called by the president or secretary on three (3) days’ notice to each director, wither personally, or by mail or telegram addressed to the director at his last known mailing address; special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in like manner and on like notice. Notice of the place, purposes and time of the special meeting of the Directors shall be delivered to each Director person or by mail or telegram addressed to the director at his last known mailing addr Regular or special meetings may be held at a place or places within or outside State of Louisiana as may be designated by the Board. The attendance of dire at a meeting, annual or special, of the Board of Directors shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, and in such event no written waiver of notice shall be required.

2.5 For the purpose of transacting the business of this corporation during the intervals between the meetings of the Board of Directors, the president, vice-president or vice-presidents, the secretary-treasurer, or secretary and treasurer, shall constitute the Executive Committee, with full authority to act.

2.6 A quorum of the directors shall constitute a majority of the directors in office and qualified to act. If a quorum be present, the director present may contains to act by a vote of a majority of the quorum until adjournment, notwithstanding the subsequent withdrawal of enough directors to leave less than a quorum or the refusal of any director present to vote.

 

- 2 -


2.7 The resignation of a Director shall take effect upon receipt thereof by the President or Secretary, or on any later date, not more than thirty (30) days after such receipt, specified therein.

2.8 The Board of Directors has the management of the business of this corporation, and subject to any restrictions imposed by law, the articles of incorporation or by these by-laws, may exercise all the powers of the corporation.

2.9 The directors shall receive salaries and/or reimbursement of expenses incurred on behalf of this corporation as may be fixed or otherwise authorized, from time to time, by resolution of the Board of Directors.

2.10 The corporation shall indemnity and bold harmless each director and officer now or hereafter serving the corporation from and against any and all claims and liabilities to which he may be or become subject by reason of his now or hereafter being or having heretofore been a director or officer of the corporation and/or by reason of his alleged acts or omissions as such director or officer, whether or not he continues to be such director or officer at the time when any such claim or liability is asserted, and shall reimburse each such director or officer at the time when any such claim or liability is assorted, and shall reimburse each such director or officer for all legal and other expenses reasonably incurred by him in connection with defending any or all such claims or liabilities, including amounts paid or agreed to be paid in connection with reasonable settlements made before final adjudication with the approval of the Board of Directors, whether or not he continues to be such director or officer at the time such expenses are incurred, provided, however, that no director or officer shall be indemnified against any claim or liability arising out of his own willful negligence, fault or misconduct or shall he be indemnified against or reimbursed for any expenses incurred in defending any or all such claims or liability or in settling the same unless in the judgment of the directors of the corporation the director or officer against whom such liability or claim is assorted has not been guilty of willful negligence, fault or misconduct. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of other rights to which any director or officer may be entitled as a matter of law.

ARTICLE III - COMMITTEES

3.1 There shall be such committees as appointed by the president or the Board of Directors as may be necessary, from time to time, to carry out the objects and purposes of this corporation. The persons serving thereon, their duties, purposes and responsibilities and the length of time they are to serve and their compensation, if any, shall be as determined by the president or the Board of Directors. Whenever the Board of Directors is not in session, the committees appointed by the president may act subject to ratification at the next meeting of the Board of Directors, at which the appointments made by the president may be either approved or disapproved.

3.2 The chairman of each committee shall make a written report to the Board of Directors whenever required by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE IV - SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

4.1 The annual meeting of the shareholders of the corporation shall be held on the 30th day of January at the principal office or the corporation, or at such other place as may be specified in the notice of the meeting.

4.2 Special meetings of the shareholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute, may be called by the president, or at the request, in writing, of the majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request, in writing, of shareholders owing a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding, and entitled to vote.

 

- 3 -


4.3 At the annual meeting of the shareholders of the corporation, th shareholders shall elect the directors, together with any and all other business on behalf of the corporation.

4.4 Immediately following the adjournment of the annual meeting of the shareholders, the new-elected directors shall hold a meeting for the purpose organization, election of officers and the transaction of any other business.

4.5 Not less than ten (10) days prior to the annual meeting of the shareholders and not less than three (3) days prior to a special meeting of the shareholders, a notice of such meeting shall be given to each sharehold either by mailing such notice to each shareholder at his last known mailing address as shown on the books of the corporation or by giving of such notice in person to the shareholder by any officer of this corporation. The notice of such special meeting shall state the purpose or purposes of the meeting. All meeting of the shareholders, however, may be called without notice, by written waiver of the right to such notice, by the owners of a majority of t total voting power of the capital stock. Any shareholder may waive notice of any meeting, annual or special. The attendance of a shareholder at any meet annual or special, shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, and s such event no written waiver of notice shall be required.

4.6 A quorum at any annual or special meeting of the shareholders sha consist of at least a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote and who are present in person or by proxy at any such meeting, and such shall constitute a quorum despite the subsequent withdrawal or refusal to vote by any shareholder.

4.7 Proxies shall be in writing and signed by the shareholder in the presence of no less than one (1) witness, and shall be delivered to either the president or secretary prior to or at the opening of any meeting, either annual or special.

4.8 Each shareholder shall have one vote for each share of stock having voting power, registered in his name on the books of the corporation. A complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at any shareholders’ meeting arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of each, and the number of voting shares held by each, shall be prepared by the secretary and filed in the office of the corporation at least three (3) days prior to each meeting, and shall at all times, during the normal business hours, and during the whole time of any such meeting, be open to examination by any shareholder.

4.9 All elections shall be had and questions decided by a majority of the voting power of the corporation present in person or by proxy.

4.10 Business transacted at all special meetings shall be confined to the objects stated in the call.

4.11 Order of business at shareholders’ meetings shall be, so far as applicable and practicable, as follows:

 

  (1) Organization;

 

  (2) Proof of notice of meeting or of waivers thereof (the certificate of the secretary of the corporation, or the affidavit of any other person who mailed the notice, caused the same to be mailed, or who gave same in person to the shareholder; being proof of service of notice by mail or in person);

 

  (3) Submission by the secretary, or by inspectors, if any shall have been elected or appointed, a list of shareholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy;

 

  (4) If an annual meeting, reading of unapproved minutes of preceding meetings and action thereon;

 

  (5) Reports;

 

  (6) If an annual meeting, or a meeting called for that purpose, the election of directors;

 

- 4 -


  (7) Unfinished business;

 

  (8) New business;

 

  (9) Adjournment.

ARTICLE V - CAPITAL STOCK

5.1 The certificates of stock of the corporation shall be numbered a shall be entered in the books of the corporation as they are issued. Each certificate shall state the holder’s name and number of shares, and each cer shall be signed by the president and Secretary.

5.2 Any person claiming a certificate of stock to be lost or destroy shall make an affidavit or affirmation of that fact, and the Board of Direct any, in its discretion, require the owner of the lost or destroyed certificate or his legal representative, to give the corporation a bond, in such sum as Board of Directors of the corporation may require to indemnify the corporat against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged lost any such certificate; a new certificate of the same tenor and for the same number of shares as the one alleged to be lost or destroyed, may be issued without requiring any bond when, in the judgment of the directors, it is proper to do so.

5.3 Shares of stock of the corporation are transferable only on its by the holders thereof in person or by their duly authorized attorneys or leg representatives, and upon such transfer, the old certificate shall be surrend to the secretary, by whom each such certificate shall be cancelled, and new certificates shall thereupon be issued. A record shall be made of each such transfer and maintained by the secretary.

5.4 The stock of this corporation may be donated, sold or otherwise alienated to any person, firm or corporation, unless otherwise provided in a Shareholders’ Agreement. Nothing contained in the Articles of this corporatio or its by-laws or Shareholders’ Agreement concerning the transfer of stock sha be considered so as to prevent the requisition by inheritance by the heir or of any shareholder; however, upon inheritance by the heir or heirs of any sha holder of such stock, the Shareholders’ Agreement, if there be any, relating the restrictions on the transfer of stock shall apply.

ARTICLE VI - DIVIDENDS

6.1 Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the articles of incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Bo of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law.

ARTICLE VII - AMENDMENTS

7.1 The shareholders or directors, at any regular or special meeting of the shareholders or directors called for that purpose, by affirmative vote of a majority of those present or represented, may amend, alter or repeal these by-laws; subject, however, to the right of the shareholders to change or repeal any such action relating to these by-laws made by action of the Board of Direc

ARTICLE VIII - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

8.1 All checks, drafts, or other orders for the payment of money, and notes or other evidence of indebtedness, issued in the name of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the corporatio and in such manner as shall, from time to time, be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

8.2 The fiscal year of the corporation begins on the 31st day of October.

 

- 5 -


Adopted by the Board of Directors at its organizational meeting held on the 3rd day of October, 1978.

 

 

   

 

SECRETARY     PRESIDENT

******

STATE OF LOUISIANA

PARISH OF LAFAYETTE

BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, personally come and appeared there hereinafter named and undersigned Secretary of this Corporation, who, after being duly sworn, deposed and declared that:

Appearer in the duly authorized and qualified Secretary of this Corporation and appearer does hereby certify that the above and foregoing by-laws of this Corporation were duly enacted at the meeting of the shareholders of this Corporation held at its corporate offices on the 3rd day of October 1978.

 

 

SECRETARY

SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED BEFORE ME, this 3rd day of October, 1978.

 

LOGO
NOTARY PUBLIC

 

- 6 -

EX-5.7

Exhibit 5.7

 

LOGO  

Hugh J. Bode

Direct Dial No. 216-430-2114

Hbode@reminger.com

July 19, 2013

Lippes Mathias Wexler Friedman LLP

665 Main Street, Suite 300

Buffalo, New York 14203-1425

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to The D. S. Brown Company, an Ohio corporation (“DSB”) in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the “Registration Statement”) filed by the Gibraltar Industries, Inc. (the “Company”) and the wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company identified as Co-Registrants therein (collectively the “Subsidiary Guarantors”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) relating to the issuance by the Company of $210 million aggregate principal amount of 6.25% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2021 (the “Exchange Notes”) and the guarantees of the Exchange Notes (the “Exchange Note Guarantees”) by the Subsidiary Guarantors. The Exchange Notes and the Exchange Note Guarantees are to be offered by the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, respectively, in exchange for $210 million aggregate principal amount of the Company’s outstanding 6.25% Senior Subordinated notes due 2021 (the “Original Notes”) and the guarantees of the Original Notes by the Subsidiary Guarantors (the “Original Guarantees”). The Exchange Notes and the Exchange Note Guarantees will be issued under an Indenture dated January 31, 2013 (the “Indenture”), by and among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and Bank of New York, as Trustee (the “Trustee”).

This opinion letter is being furnished in accordance with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”). We expressly permit the firm of Lippes Mathias Wexler Friedman LLP to rely on this opinion when rendering its opinion to the Company and consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

We have reviewed the following documents:

 

  (a) The Registration Statement.

 

  (b) An executed copy of the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of January 31, 2013, (the “Registration Agreement”) by and among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc., HSBC Securities Inc., and RBS Securities Inc.

 

LOGO


  (c) An executed copy of the Indenture, dated as of January 31, 2013.

 

  (d) The guarantee obligation whose terms are set forth in the Indenture (the “Guarantee Obligation”).

 

  (e) The Articles of Incorporation (and any amendments thereto) of DSB.

 

  (f) The Code of Regulations (and any amendments thereto) of DSB.

 

  (g) Resolutions of the Board of directors of DSB relating to, among other things, the issuance of the Guarantee Obligation, the Indenture, the Registration Agreement and related matters.

The Registration Statement, the Registration Agreement, the Indenture, the Original Notes, the Original Guarantees, the Exchange Notes and the Exchange Note Guarantees are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Transaction Documents.”

In acting as counsel to DSB, we have examined copies of the Transaction Documents executed and delivered by DSB, and we have also reviewed the Articles of Incorporation, Code of Regulations, and relevant minutes and actions by written consent of DSB’s shareholders and directors. We are familiar with the proceedings of DSB with respect to its authorization of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party. In addition to the foregoing, we have examined and relied upon (i) such other matters of law, and such documents, certificates and statements of public officials, (ii) such certificates, communications and representations of and from DSB and DSB’s officers, (iii) such certificates, communications and representations of and from the Company and the Company’s officers, and (iv) representations of DSB set forth in the Transaction Documents, as we have deemed relevant to rendering the opinions we express herein. In all of our examinations, we have assumed the accuracy of all information furnished to us, the genuineness of all documents submitted to us as original or certified documents, the conformity to original or certified documents of all copies submitted to us as conformed or photostatic copies, and the genuineness of all signatures on all documents, including without limitation the transaction documents.

We have further assumed with your permission that:

 

  (i) Each party to the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents (other than DSB), collectively the “Other Parties,” has satisfied all legal requirements that are applicable to such party to the extent necessary to make the documents to which they are a party enforceable against them.

 

  (ii) Each of the Other Parties has complied with all legal requirements pertaining to its status as such status relates to its right to enforce the documents to which it is a party.

 

  (iii) The Transaction Documents have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the Other Parties.

 

Page 2


  (iv) The conduct of the parties to the Transaction Documents, and to all transactions contemplated thereby, complies with all requirements of good faith, fair dealing and conscionability.

 

  (v) There has not been any mutual mistake of fact or understanding, fraud, duress or undue influence.

 

  (vi) The Transaction Documents constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Other Parties, legally enforceable against each of the Other Parties in accordance with their respective terms.

 

  (vii) Any consents or approvals of third parties (including governmental entities and/or agencies) required for the execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents by the Other Parties have been obtained.

 

  (viii) The Original Notes have been duly authorized by Company and have been duly issued, executed, authenticated, and delivered by Company.

 

  (ix) The Original Guarantees have been duly authorized, issued, executed, authenticated and delivered by each of the Subsidiary Guarantors other than DSB.

 

  (x) The Exchange Notes have been duly authorized by Company and have been duly issued, executed, authenticated, and delivered by Company.

 

  (xi) The Guarantee Obligations have been duly authorized, issued, executed, authenticated and delivered by each of the Subsidiary Guarantors other than DSB.

 

  (xii) The substantive laws of the State of New York, including without limitation all statutes, rules, regulations, court decisions and decisions of all administrative tribunals, are identical in all respects to the substantive laws of the State of Ohio.

We are licensed to practice law in the State of Ohio and express no opinion concerning any law other than the federal law of the United States of America and the law of the State of Ohio.

Whenever we indicate that our opinion with respect to the existence or absence of fact is based on our knowledge, or is stated to be to the best of our knowledge, our opinion is based solely on the current actual knowledge of the attorneys in this firm who are representing DSB in connection with the transactions described herein and contemplated thereby, and we have conducted no special investigation of factual matters in connection with this opinion.

The opinions set forth herein are subject to the following qualifications:

 

  (i) The effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium and other similar laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors generally;

 

  (ii) We do not express any opinion as to the applicability or effect of any fraudulent transfer, preference or similar law on the Indenture or any transactions contemplated thereby;

 

  (iii) The effects of general principles of equity, and the availability of equitable remedies, whether applied by a court of law or equity, with respect to the performance and enforcement of the Transaction Documents;

 

Page 3


  (iv) We express no opinion on the enforceability of any provisions contained in the Transaction Documents, or in any of the documents contemplated thereby, providing for the recovery of attorneys’ fees, the waiver of a jury trial or rights to indemnity and contribution; and

 

  (v) We express no opinion on the requirements of, or compliance with, applicable federal and state securities law (including without limitation the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the Trust Indenture Act and the securities laws of the State of Ohio.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, and to the last paragraph of this letter, it is our opinion that:

1. DSB is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Ohio.

2. DSB has the power to create the Guarantee Obligation and has taken the required steps to authorize entering into the Guarantee Obligation under the law of Ohio, the jurisdiction of organization.

Our opinions expressed herein are limited to the laws of the State of Ohio and we do not express any opinion herein concerning any other law. This opinion is given as of the date hereof, and we assume no obligation to advise you of changes that may hereafter be brought to our attention. This opinion is rendered solely for the purposes herein stated and should not be relied upon for any other purposes.

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are included in the category of persons whose consent is required under the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.

Very truly yours,

REMINGER CO., L.P.A.

Hugh J. Bode

HJB:ls

 

Page 4

EX-23.1

EXHIBIT 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” in Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement (Form S-4 No. 333-189243) and related Prospectus of Gibraltar Industries, Inc. for the registration of $210,000,000 of 6.25% Senior Subordinated Notes, due 2021, and to the incorporation by reference therein of our reports dated February 22, 2013, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Gibraltar Industries, Inc., and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Gibraltar Industries, Inc., included in its Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2012, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Buffalo, New York

July 19, 2013

EX-99.1

EXHIBIT 99.1

FORM OF LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

Gibraltar Industries, Inc.

OFFER TO EXCHANGE

Up to $210,000,000

aggregate principal amount of its 6.25%

Senior Subordinated Notes due 2021 that have been registered

under the Securities Act of 1933 for any and all

of its outstanding 6.25% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2021

Pursuant to the Prospectus dated July     , 2013

 

The Exchange Offer will expire at 12:00 a.m., New York City time, on August     , 2013, unless extended (the “Expiration Date”). Withdrawal rights for acceptances of the Exchange Offer will expire at that time, unless the Expiration Date is extended.

The Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer is:

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.

 

By Mail or Overnight Courier:   By Facsimile:   By Hand Delivery:
c/o The Bank of New York Mellon   c/o The Bank of New York Mellon   c/o The Bank of New York Mellon

111 Sanders Creek Parkway

 

832.667.9408

 

111 Sanders Creek Parkway

East Syracuse, NY 13057

  Reorganization Section  

East Syracuse, NY 13057

Reorganization Section   Attn: Dacia Brown-Jones   Reorganization Section
Attn: Dacia Brown-Jones     Attn: Dacia Brown-Jones

315.414.3349

   

315.414.3349

  Confirm by Telephone:  
 

315.414.3349

 
  For Information Telephone:  
 

315.414.3349

 

Delivery of this Letter of Transmittal to an address, or transmission of instructions via a fax number, other than as listed above, will not constitute a valid delivery. The instructions contained herein should be read carefully before this Letter of Transmittal is completed.


The undersigned acknowledges that he or she has received the Prospectus dated July         , 2013, (as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Prospectus”) of Gibraltar Industries, Inc. (the “Company”) and the Guarantors (defined below, and together with the Company, the “Issuers”), and this Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), which together constitute the Issuers’ offer (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange up to $210,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Company’s newly issued 6.25% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2021 (the “New Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), pursuant to a Registration Statement of which the Prospectus is a part, for a like principal amount of the Company’s outstanding 6.25% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2021 (the “Original Notes”) that have not been so registered. All capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.

The terms of the New Notes are identical in all material respects to the terms of the Original Notes for which they may be exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer, except that the New Notes are freely transferable by the Holder (as defined below) thereof (except as provided herein or in the Prospectus), are not subject to any covenant regarding registration under the Securities Act and are not subject to any covenant regarding additional interest payment provisions. Both the Original Notes and the New Notes are guaranteed on a secured basis by Air Vent Inc., Alabama Metal Industries Corporation, Amico Holding Company, Inc., Appleton Supply Company, Inc., Construction Metals LLC, Diamond Perforated Metals, Inc., D.S.B. Holding Corp., Florence Corporation, Florence Corporation of Kansas, Gibraltar Steel Corporation of New York, GSC Flight Services Corp, Noll/Norwesco, LLC, Pacific Award Metals, Inc., Sea Safe, Inc., Seismic Energy Products, Inc., Solar Group, Inc., Southeastern Metals Manufacturing Company, Inc., and The D.S. Brown Company (the “Guarantors”). The term “Holder” as used herein means any person in whose name Original Notes are registered on the books of the Company or any other person who has obtained a properly completed bond power from the registered holder.

The Issuers reserve the right, at any time and from time to time, to extend the Exchange Offer at their discretion, in which event the term “Expiration Date” shall mean the latest time and date to which the Exchange Offer is extended. The Issuers shall notify the Holders of the Original Notes of any extension by oral or written notice prior to 9:00 A.M., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled Expiration Date.

This Letter of Transmittal is to be used (a) if certificates representing Original Notes are to be forwarded herewith, (b) if delivery of Original Notes is to be made by book-entry transfer to an account maintained by The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (the “Exchange Agent”) at the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer — Procedures for Tendering” and “— Book-Entry Transfers; Tender of Notes Using DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program,” or (c) if delivery of Original Notes is to be made according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus under “The Exchange Offer — Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.” This Letter of Transmittal need not be used if Holders participate in the Exchange Offer through DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program, or ATOP. See “The Exchange Offer — Book-Entry Transfers; Tender of Notes Using DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program.”

Any Holders of Original Notes who wish to tender their Original Notes must, prior to the Expiration Date, either: (a) complete, sign and deliver this Letter of Transmittal, or a facsimile thereof, to the Exchange Agent, in person or to the address or facsimile number set forth herein, and tender (and not withdraw) their Original Notes, which tender may be made by book-entry transfer to the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC, in which case the Exchange Agent must receive a confirmation of book-entry transfer; or (b) if a tender of Original Notes is to be made through DTC’s ATOP program, cause a book-entry transfer of such Holder’s Original Notes to the account maintained by the Exchange Agent at DTC, and cause a confirmation of such book-entry transfer to be transmitted to the Exchange Agent, including by delivering an “Agent’s Message” (as defined below), in accordance with the procedures for tendering pursuant to ATOP. As used herein, the term “Agent’s Message” means, with respect to any tendered Original Notes, a message transmitted by DTC to and received by the Exchange Agent and forming part of a book-entry confirmation, stating that DTC has received an express

 

2


acknowledgment from the tendering participant identified in the message to the effect that, with respect to those Original Notes, the participant has received and agrees to be bound by this Letter of Transmittal and that the Issuers may enforce this Letter of Transmittal against the participant.

Holders whose Original Notes are not immediately available or who cannot deliver their Original Notes and all other documents required hereby to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date must tender their Original Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer — Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.”

Delivery of this Letter of Transmittal and any other required documents must be made to the Exchange Agent. Delivery of documents to DTC does not constitute delivery to the Exchange Agent.

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer, the acceptance for exchange of the Original Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn and the issuance of the New Notes will be made promptly following the Expiration Date. For the purposes of the Exchange Offer, the Issuers shall be deemed to have accepted for exchange validly tendered Original Notes when, as and if the Issuers have given notice thereof to the Exchange Agent.

The undersigned has provided the information requested, checked the appropriate boxes below and signed this Letter of Transmittal to indicate the action the undersigned desires to take with respect to the Exchange Offer.

Please read the entire Letter of Transmittal and the Prospectus carefully before checking any box below. Your bank or broker can assist you in completing this form. The instructions included with this Letter of Transmittal must be followed. Questions and requests for assistance or for additional copies of the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal may be directed to the Exchange Agent.

List below the Original Notes to which this Letter of Transmittal relates. If the space provided below is inadequate, the information should be listed on a separate signed schedule affixed hereto.

 

DESCRIPTION OF ORIGINAL NOTES TENDERED

Name(s) and Address(es) of Registered Holder(s)

(Please fill in if blank)

  Certificate
Number(s)*
  Aggregate Principal
Amount Represented
  Principal Amount
Tendered**
             
             
             
             
             
             
   

Total:

       

*  Need not be completed if Original Notes are being tendered by book-entry transfer.

**  Unless otherwise indicated, the Holder will be deemed to have tendered the full aggregate principal amount represented by such Original Notes. Tenders of Original Notes will be accepted only in denominations of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. See Instruction 2.

 

3


¨ Check here if tendered Original Notes are being delivered by book-entry transfer made to an account maintained by the Exchange Agent with DTC and complete the following:

 

Name of Tendering Institution(s):      
The Depository Trust Company Account Number:      
Transaction Code Number:      

 

¨ Check here if tendered Original Notes are being delivered pursuant to a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery previously sent to the Exchange Agent and complete the following (and enclose photocopy of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery previously sent):

 

Name of Registered Holder(s):      
Window Ticket Number (if any):      
Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery:      
Name of Eligible Institution that Guaranteed Delivery:      
If Guaranteed Delivery is to be made by Book-Entry Transfer:      
Name of Tendering Institution(s):      
The Depository Trust Company Account Number:      
Transaction Code Number:      

 

¨ Check here if you are a broker-dealer and wish to receive 10 additional copies of the Prospectus and 10 copies of any amendments or supplements thereto and complete the following:

 

Name: 

    

Address: 

    

 

¨ Check here if tendered Original Notes are enclosed herewith.

 

4


PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby tenders to the Issuers the principal amount of Original Notes indicated above. Subject to, and effective upon, the acceptance for exchange of the Original Notes tendered hereby, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Issuers all right, title and interest in and to the Original Notes tendered hereby.

The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent as its agent and attorney-in-fact (with full knowledge that the Exchange Agent is also acting as the agent of the Issuers and as trustee under the indenture for the Original Notes and the New Notes and in the other capacities for the Issuers as set forth in the Prospectus under “The Exchange Offer — Exchange Agent”) with respect to the tendered Original Notes, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, subject only to the right of withdrawal described in the Prospectus, to: (i) deliver certificates representing such Original Notes to, or to the order of, the Issuers, or transfer ownership of such Original Notes on the account books maintained by DTC, together, in any such case, with all accompanying evidence of transfer and authenticity to, or upon the order of, the Issuers upon receipt by the Exchange Agent, as the undersigned’s agent, of the New Notes to be issued in exchange for such Original Notes; (ii) present such Original Notes for transfer, and transfer such Original Notes, on the books of the Company; and (iii) receive all benefits and otherwise exercise all rights of beneficial ownership of such Original Notes, all in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer. The power of attorney granted in this paragraph shall be deemed irrevocable and coupled with an interest.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to tender, exchange, sell, assign and transfer the Original Notes tendered hereby and to acquire the New Notes issuable upon the exchange of such tendered Original Notes, and that the Issuers will acquire good, marketable and unencumbered title to the tendered Original Notes, free and clear of all security interests, liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claim or right or restriction or proxy of any kind, when the same are accepted for exchange by the Issuers.

The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that the Exchange Offer is being made in reliance upon interpretations by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) issued to unrelated third parties that the New Notes issued in exchange for the Original Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be offered for sale, resold and otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other than a broker-dealer who purchased such Original Notes directly from the Company for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, Regulation S or any other available exemption under the Securities Act or a holder that is an “affiliate” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, provided that such New Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holders’ businesses and such holders are not engaged in, do not intend to engage in, and have no arrangement or understanding with any person or entity to participate in, the distribution of such New Notes. However, the undersigned acknowledges and agrees that the SEC has not considered the Exchange Offer in the context of a no-action letter and there can be no assurance that the staff of the SEC would make a similar determination with respect to the Exchange Offer as in other circumstances.

The undersigned Holder hereby represents, warrants and agrees that:

the New Notes acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer are being acquired in the ordinary course of business of the undersigned or any beneficial owner of the Original Notes tendered hereby;

neither the undersigned Holder nor any beneficial owner of the Original Notes tendered hereby is engaged in, intends to engage in, or has any arrangement or understanding with any person or entity to participate in, a distribution of the New Notes within the meaning of the Securities Act;

neither the undersigned Holder nor any beneficial owner of the Original Notes tendered hereby is an “affiliate” of any of the Issuers within the meaning of Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act;

 

5


if the undersigned or any beneficial owner of the Original Notes tendered hereby is a broker-dealer, neither the undersigned nor any such beneficial owner purchased the Original Notes directly from the Company for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or any other available exemption from registration under the Securities Act;

if the undersigned or any beneficial owner of the Original Notes tendered hereby is a broker-dealer, the undersigned further represents, warrants and agrees that, if it or such other beneficial owner will receive New Notes for its own account in exchange for Original Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, the undersigned or such beneficial owner will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act (for which purposes, the delivery of the Prospectus, as the same may be hereafter supplemented or amended, shall be sufficient) in connection with any resale of New Notes received in the Exchange Offer; provided, however, that, by acknowledging that you or such beneficial owner, as such a broker-dealer, will deliver, and by delivering, a Prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of New Notes, you or such beneficial owner will not be deemed to admit that you are an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act; and

the undersigned Holder is not acting on behalf of any person or entity that could not truthfully make the foregoing representations, warranties and agreements.

If you cannot make all of the above representations, warranties and agreements, you cannot participate in the Exchange Offer.

The undersigned agrees that it will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Exchange Agent or the Issuers to be necessary or desirable to complete the sale, exchange, assignment and transfer of the Original Notes tendered hereby or to transfer ownership of such Original Notes on the account books maintained by DTC.

The Exchange Offer is subject to the conditions set forth in the section of the Prospectus captioned “The Exchange Offer — Conditions to the Exchange Offer.” The undersigned recognizes that, as a result of these conditions (which may be waived, in whole or in part, by the Issuers), as more particularly set forth in the Prospectus, the Issuers may not be required to accept for exchange any of the Original Notes tendered by this Letter of Transmittal.

For purposes of the Exchange Offer, the Issuers shall be deemed to have accepted validly tendered Original Notes when, as and if the Issuers have given notice thereof to the Exchange Agent. If any tendered Original Notes are not accepted for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer for any reason, such unaccepted or non-exchanged Original Notes will be returned to the address shown below the signature of the undersigned or at a different address as may be indicated herein under “Special Delivery Instructions” (or, in the case of tender by book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC pursuant to the book-entry transfer procedures described in the section of the Prospectus captioned “The Exchange Offer — Book-Entry Transfers; Tender of Notes Using DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program,” such unaccepted or non-exchanged Original Notes will be credited to an account maintained with DTC) promptly after the expiration or termination of the Exchange Offer.

The Issuers reserve the right in their sole discretion to purchase or make offers for any Original Notes that remain Original subsequent to the Expiration Date or, as set forth in the section of the Prospectus captioned “The Exchange Offer — Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendment,” to terminate the Exchange Offer and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, purchase Original Notes in the open market, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. The terms of any such purchases or offers could differ from the terms of the Exchange Offer.

Tenders of Original Notes pursuant to any one of the procedures described in the section of the Prospectus captioned “The Exchange Offer — Procedures for Tendering” and herein will,

 

6


upon the Issuers’ acceptance of the Original Notes for exchange, constitute a binding agreement between the undersigned and the Issuers upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer. The undersigned also agrees that acceptance of any tendered Original Notes by the Issuers and the issuance of New Notes in exchange therefor shall constitute performance in full by the Issuers of their obligations under the Exchange Offer and the registration rights agreement entered into by the Issuers and the initial purchasers of the Original Notes and that, upon the issuance of the New Notes, the Issuers will have no further obligations or liabilities thereunder (except in certain limited circumstances).

All authority conferred or agreed to be conferred by this Letter of Transmittal shall survive the death, incapacity, bankruptcy or dissolution of the undersigned and every obligation of the undersigned under this Letter of Transmittal shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, personal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, assigns, trustees in bankruptcy and other legal representatives.

This tender may be withdrawn only in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Prospectus and in this Letter of Transmittal.

By acceptance of the Exchange Offer, each Holder required to deliver the Prospectus in connection with any resale of the New Notes hereby acknowledges and agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Issuers of (i) the issuance by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement of which the Prospectus forms a part or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (ii) the happening of any event during the period the registration statement of which the Prospectus is a part is effective that makes any statement made in such registration statement or the Prospectus untrue in any material respect or that requires the making of any changes in such registration statement or Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any determination by the Issuers, in the exercise of their reasonable judgment, that (A) it is not in the best interests of the Issuers to disclose a possible acquisition or business combination or other transaction, business development or event involving the Issuers that may require disclosure in the registration statement of which the Prospectus is a part, or (B) obtaining any financial statements relating to an acquisition or business combination required to be included in the registration statement of which the Prospectus is a part would be impracticable, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of New Notes pursuant to the registration statement of which the Prospectus is a part, and the Prospectus, until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus or notice from the Issuers that dispositions of New Notes pursuant to the registration statement of which the Prospectus is a part may be resumed and, if so directed by the Issuers, such Holder will deliver to the Issuers all copies in its possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such New Notes that is current at the time of receipt of such notice.

Unless otherwise indicated under “Special Issuance Instructions” below, please issue the certificates representing the New Notes issued in exchange for the Original Notes accepted for exchange and return any Original Notes not tendered or not accepted for exchange, in the name(s) of the undersigned (or, in either such event, in the case of Original Notes tendered through DTC, by credit to the account indicated above maintained at DTC). Similarly, unless otherwise indicated under “Special Delivery Instructions” below, please send the certificates representing the New Notes issued in exchange for the Original Notes accepted for exchange and return any Original Notes not tendered or not accepted for exchange (and accompanying documents, as appropriate) to the undersigned at the address shown below the undersigned’s signature, unless, in either event, tender is being made through DTC. In the event that both “Special Issuance Instructions” and “Special Delivery Instructions” are completed, please issue the certificates representing the New Notes issued in exchange for the Original Notes accepted for exchange and return any Original Notes not tendered or not accepted for exchange in the name(s) of, and send said certificates to, the person(s) so indicated. The undersigned recognizes that the Issuers have no obligation pursuant to the “Special Issuance Instructions” and “Special Delivery Instructions” to transfer any Original Notes from the name of the registered holder(s) thereof if the Issuers do not accept for exchange any of the principal amounts of such Original Notes so tendered.

 

7


The undersigned acknowledges that the Exchange Offer is subject to the more detailed terms set forth in the Prospectus and, in case of any conflict between the terms of the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal, the terms of the Prospectus shall prevail.

The undersigned, by completing the box entitled “Description of Original Notes Tendered” above and signing this Letter of Transmittal, will be deemed to have tendered the Original Notes as set forth in such box above.

 

8


 

PLEASE COMPLETE AND SIGN BELOW

 

Signature(s):      
      

 

(If a Holder is tendering any Original Notes, this Letter of Transmittal must be signed by the registered Holder(s) as the name(s) appear(s) on the certificate(s) for the Original Notes or by any person(s) authorized to become registered Holder(s) by endorsements and documents transmitted herewith. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, please set forth full title. See Instruction 3.)

 

Dated: 

    

 

Name(s): 

    
(Please Print)

 

Capacity: 

    

 

Address: 

    
      

 

Telephone Number with Area Code: 

    

 

Tax Identification or Social Security Number: 

    

 

(Remember to Complete Accompanying Substitute Form W-9)

 

 

MEDALLION SIGNATURE GUARANTEE
(Only if Required — See Instruction 3)

 

Authorized Signature of Guarantor: 

    

 

Name: 

    
(Please Print)

 

Name of Firm: 

    

 

Address: 

    
      

 

Telephone Number with Area Code: 

    

 

Date: 

    

 

Place Seal Here: 

    

 

 

 

9


A. SPECIAL ISSUANCE

INSTRUCTIONS

(See Instructions 3 and 4)

To be completed ONLY if certificates for Original Notes not exchanged and/or New Notes are to be issued in the name of someone other than the person or persons whose signature(s) appear(s) on this Letter of Transmittal above, or if Original Notes delivered by book-entry transfer which are not accepted for exchange and/or New Notes are to be returned by credit to an account maintained at DTC other than the account indicated above.

Issue New Notes and/or Original Notes to:

 

Name:     
(Please Print)

 

Address: 

   
     
     
     
   

(Zip Code)

 

(Tax Identification or Social Security Number)

(See substitute Form W-9 herein)

 

DTC Account No.: 

   

 

Check box if New Notes are to be issued to the person indicated above:                ¨

 

Check box if unexchanged Original Notes are to be issued to the person indicated above:        ¨

 

B. SPECIAL DELIVERY

INSTRUCTIONS

(See Instructions 3 and 4)

 

To be completed ONLY if certificates for Original Notes not exchanged and/or New Notes are to be sent to someone other than the person or persons whose signature(s) appear(s) on this Letter of Transmittal above or to such person or persons at an address other than shown in the box entitled “Description of Original Notes Tendered” in this Letter of Transmittal above.

 

Mail New Notes and/or Original Notes to:

 

Name: 

   
(Please Print)

 

Address: 

   
     
     
     
   

(Zip Code)

 

(Tax Identification or Social Security Number)

(See substitute Form W-9 herein)

 

Check box if New Notes are to be delivered to the person indicated above:                ¨

 

Check box if unexchanged Original Notes are to be delivered to the person indicated above:        ¨

 

10


INSTRUCTIONS

Delivery of this Letter of Transmittal and Original Notes; Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.

This Letter of Transmittal is to be completed by Holders of Original Notes either if certificates are to be forwarded herewith or if tenders are to be made pursuant to the procedures for delivery by book-entry transfer set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer — Book-Entry Transfers; Tender of Notes Using DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program.” Certificates for all physically tendered Original Notes, or timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer, as the case may be, as well as a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or manually signed facsimile thereof), with any required signature guarantees, and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, must be received by the Exchange Agent at the address set forth herein on or prior to 12:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date, or the tendering Holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth below. Original Notes tendered hereby may be tendered in whole or in part in of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. Holders tendering pursuant to DTC’s ATOP program need not complete and deliver this Letter of Transmittal, but by tendering through ATOP, such Holders will have agreed to be bound by all the terms and conditions of this Letter of Transmittal as if such Holders had completed and delivered it.

Holders whose certificates for Original Notes are not immediately available or who cannot deliver their certificates and any other required documents to the Exchange Agent on or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date, or who cannot complete the procedures for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, may tender their Original Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer — Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.” Pursuant to such procedures: (i) such tender must be made through an Eligible Institution (as defined below); (ii) on or prior to 12:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent must receive from such Eligible Institution, a written or facsimile copy of a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, substantially in the form provided by the Issuers, setting forth the name and address of the Holder of Original Notes and the amount of Original Notes tendered, stating that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that within three New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) trading days after the date of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, the Eligible Institution will deliver to the Exchange Agent the certificates for all certificated Original Notes being tendered, in proper form for transfer, or a book-entry transfer confirmation, as the case may be, a written or facsimile copy of the Letter of Transmittal or a book-entry transfer confirmation, as the case may be, and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal; and (iii) the certificates for all certificated Original Notes, in proper form for transfer, or a book-entry transfer confirmation, as the case may be, and all other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, must be received by the Exchange Agent within three NYSE trading days after the date of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

The Notice of Guaranteed Delivery may be delivered by hand or transmitted by facsimile or mail to the Exchange Agent, and must include a guarantee by an Eligible Institution in the form set forth in such Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. For Original Notes to be properly tendered pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedure, the Exchange Agent must receive a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery on or prior to the Expiration Date. As used herein and in the Prospectus, “Eligible Institution” means a firm or other entity identified in Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as “an eligible guarantor institution,” including (as such terms are defined therein) (i) a bank; (ii) a broker, dealer, municipal securities broker or dealer or government securities broker or dealer; (iii) a credit union; (iv) a national securities exchange, registered securities association or clearing agency; or (v) a savings association that is a participant in a Securities Transfer Association.

The method of delivery of this Letter of Transmittal, the Original Notes and all other required documents is at the election and sole risk of the tendering Holder, and the delivery will be deemed made only when actually received by the Exchange Agent. If delivery is by mail, registered mail with return receipt requested, properly insured, is recommended. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure delivery to the Exchange Agent prior to 12:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. No Letter of Transmittal or Original Notes should be sent to the Issuers.

 

11


The Issuers will not accept any alternative, conditional or contingent tenders. Each tendering Holder, by execution of this Letter of Transmittal, or facsimile thereof, waives any right to receive any notice of the acceptance of such tender.

Partial Tenders.

Tenders of Original Notes will be accepted only in denominations of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. If less than all of the Original Notes evidenced by a submitted certificate are to be tendered, the tendering Holder(s) should fill in the aggregate principal amount of Original Notes to be tendered in the box above entitled “Description of Original Notes Tendered” under “Principal Amount Tendered.” A reissued certificate representing the balance of Original Notes not tendered will be sent to such tendering Holder, unless otherwise provided in the appropriate box on this Letter of Transmittal, promptly after the Expiration Date. All of the Original Notes delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise indicated.

Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal; Bond Powers and Endorsements; Guarantee of Signatures.

If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered Holder of the Original Notes tendered hereby, the signature must correspond exactly with the name as written on the face of the certificates without any change whatsoever.

If any tendered Original Notes are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal.

If any tendered Original Notes are registered in different names on several certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate Letters of Transmittal, or facsimiles thereof, as there are different registrations of certificates.

When this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered Holder(s) of the Original Notes specified herein and tendered hereby, no endorsements of certificates or separate bond powers are required. If, however, the New Notes are to be issued, or any Original Notes not tendered are to be reissued, to a person other than the registered Holder, then endorsements of any certificates transmitted hereby or separate bond powers are required. Signatures on such certificate(s) or bond powers must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered Holder(s) of any certificates specified herein, such certificates must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate bond powers, in either case signed exactly as the name or names of the registered Holder(s) appear(s) on the certificates and signatures on such certificates or bond powers must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution. Signatures on such certificates or bond powers must be accompanied by such opinions of counsel, certifications and other information as the Issuers may require in accordance with the restrictions on transfer applicable to the Original Notes.

If this Letter of Transmittal or any certificates or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and, unless waived by the Issuers, proper evidence satisfactory to the Issuers of their authority to so act must be submitted with this Letter of Transmittal.

Endorsements on certificates for Original Notes or signatures on bond powers required by this Instruction must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

Signatures on the Letter of Transmittal need not be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution if the Original Notes are tendered (i) by a registered holder of Original Notes (which term, for purposes of the Exchange Offer, includes any participant in DTC whose name appears on a security position listing as the holder of such Original Notes) who has not completed the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” in this Letter of Transmittal, or (ii) for the account of an Eligible Institution.

 

12


Special Issuance and Delivery Instructions.

Tendering Holders of Original Notes should indicate in the applicable box the name and address to which New Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer and/or substitute certificates evidencing Original Notes not tendered or not exchanged are to be issued or sent, if different from the name or address of the person signing this Letter of Transmittal. In the case of issuance in a different name, the taxpayer identification (“TIN”) or Social Security number of the person named must also be indicated and such person named must properly complete a Substitute Form W-9, a Form W-8BEN, a Form W-8ECI or a Form W-8IMY. Holders tendering Original Notes by book-entry transfer may request that Original Notes not tendered or not exchanged be credited to such account maintained at DTC as such

Holder may designate in the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions.” If no such instructions are given, such Original Notes not tendered or not exchanged will be returned to the name and address of the person signing this Letter of Transmittal.

Transfer Taxes.

Tendering Holders of Original Notes will not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes in connection with a tender of their Original Notes for exchange unless a Holder instructs the Issuers to issue New Notes in the name of, or request that Original Notes not tendered or not accepted in the Exchange Offer be returned to, a person other than the registered tendering Holder, in which event the registered tendering Holder will be responsible for the payment of any applicable transfer tax. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted with this Letter of Transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering Holder.

Substitute W-9.

Each tendering Holder (or other recipient of any New Notes) is required to provide the Exchange Agent with a correct TIN, generally the Holder’s Social Security or Federal Employer Identification Number, and with certain other information, on Substitute Form W-9, which is provided below, and to certify that the Holder (or other person) is not subject to backup withholding. Failure to provide the information on the Substitute Form W-9 may subject the tendering Holder (or other person) to a $50 penalty imposed by the Internal Revenue Service and federal income tax backup withholding. The box in Part 2 of the Substitute Form W-9 may be checked if the tendering Holder (or other person) has not been issued a TIN and has applied for a TIN or intends to apply for a TIN in the near future. If the box in Part 2 is checked and the Exchange Agent is not provided with a TIN by the time of payment, the Exchange Agent will withhold federal income tax on all reportable payments at the prescribed rate, if any, until a TIN is provided to the Exchange Agent. If the Original Notes are registered in more than one name or are not in the name of the actual owner, see the section of this Letter of Transmittal entitled “Guidelines for Request for Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9” for information on which TIN to report. The Issuers reserve the right in their sole discretion to take whatever steps are necessary to comply with the Issuers’ obligations regarding backup withholding.

Waiver of Conditions.

The Issuers reserve the absolute right to waive satisfaction of any or all conditions enumerated in the Prospectus.

No Conditional Tenders.

No alternative, conditional, irregular or contingent tenders will be accepted. All tendering Holders of Original Notes, by execution of this Letter of Transmittal, shall waive any right to receive notice of the acceptance of their Original Notes for exchange.

 

13


Although the Issuers intend to notify holders of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of Original Notes, neither the Issuers, the Exchange Agent nor any other person shall incur any liability for failure to give any such notice.

Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Original Notes.

Any holder whose Original Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed should contact the Exchange Agent at the address indicated herein for further instructions.

Withdrawal of Tenders.

Tenders of Original Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 12:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.

For a withdrawal of a tender of Original Notes to be effective, a written or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth above prior to 12:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. Any such notice of withdrawal must (i) specify the name of the person having deposited the Original Notes to be withdrawn (the “Depositor”); (ii) identify the specific Original Notes to be withdrawn (including the certificate number or numbers and principal amount of such Original Notes); (iii) be signed by the Holder in the same manner as the original signature on this Letter of Transmittal by which such Original Notes were tendered (including any required signature guarantees) or be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to register the transfer of such Original Notes into the name of the person withdrawing the tender; and (iv) specify the name in which any such Original Notes are to be registered, if different from that of the Depositor. Any Original Notes so properly withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the Exchange Offer. Any Original Notes which have been tendered for exchange but which are not exchanged for any reason will be returned to the Holder thereof without cost to such holder promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender, or termination of the Exchange Offer. Properly withdrawn Original Notes may be tendered again by following the procedures described in the Prospectus under “The Exchange Offer — Procedures for Tendering” at any time on or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.

Validity of Tenders.

All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of tendered Original Notes will be determined by the Issuers in their sole discretion, which determination will be final and binding on all parties. The Issuers reserve the absolute right to reject any and all Original Notes not properly tendered or any Original Notes the Issuers’ acceptance of which would, in the opinion of counsel for the Issuers, be unlawful. The Issuers also reserve the right to waive any defects or irregularities in, or conditions of, any tenders as to particular Original Notes. The Issuers’ interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including this Letter of Transmittal) will be final and binding on all parties.

Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies.

Questions and requests for assistance relating to the procedure for tendering, as well as requests for additional copies of the Prospectus, this Letter of Transmittal and other related documents may be directed to the Exchange Agent, at the address and telephone numbers indicated herein.

 

14


SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

REQUEST FOR TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER AND CERTIFICATION PAYER’S

NAME: U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

PAYEE INFORMATION

(Please print or type)

Individual or business name (if joint account list first and circle the name of person or entity whose number you furnish in Part 1 below):

Check appropriate box: ¨ Individual/Sole proprietor

  ¨ Corporation
  ¨ Partnership
  ¨ Limited Liability Company
  ¨ Other

 

Enter the tax classification (D = disregarded entity, C = corporation, P = partnership):

    
 
Address (Number, Street and Apt. or Suite No.)
 
City, State and Zip Code

 

 

PART 1: TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (“TIN”)

Enter your TIN below. For individuals, this is your social security number. For other entities, it is your employer identification number. Refer to the chart on page 1 of the Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9 (the “Guidelines”) for further clarification. If you do not have a TIN, see instructions on how to obtain a TIN on page 2 of the Guidelines, check the appropriate box below indicating that you have applied for a TIN and, in addition to the Part 3 Certification, sign the attached Certification of Awaiting Taxpayer Identification Number.

 

Social Security Number:

        -          -      

 

Employer Identification number:

        - ,      
 

PART 2: PAYEES EXEMPT FROM BACKUP WITHHOLDING

Check box (See page 2 of the Guidelines for further clarification. Even if you are exempt from backup withholding, you should still complete and sign the certification below):

 

  ¨ Exempt
 

PART 3: CERTIFICATION

Certification instructions: You must cross out item 2 below if you have been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that you are currently subject to backup withholding because of underreporting interest or dividends on your tax return.

Under penalties of perjury, I certify that:

 

  1. The number shown on this form is my correct taxpayer identification number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me).

 

  2. I am not subject to backup withholding because (i) I am exempt from backup withholding, (ii) I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends or (iii) the Internal Revenue Service has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding.

 

  3. I am a U.S. person (including a United States resident alien).

 

Signature          Date      

 

NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 MAY RESULT IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING OF 28% OF ANY PAYMENT MADE TO YOU PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER. PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED “GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9” FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS.

 

15


YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATION IF YOU CHECKED THE BOX “APPLIED FOR” IN PART 1 OF SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

 

CERTIFICATION OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

I certify, under penalties of perjury, that a TIN has not been issued to me, and either (i) I have mailed or delivered an application to receive a TIN to the appropriate Internal Revenue Service Center or Social Security Administration Office or (ii) I intend to mail or deliver an application in the near future. I understand that if I do not provide a TIN to the payor, the payor is required to withhold and remit to the Internal Revenue Service a percentage (currently 28%) of all reportable payments made to me until I furnish the payor with a TIN.

 

         
Signature       Date

 

NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS FORM MAY RESULT IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING AT THE APPLICABLE WITHHOLDING RATE (WHICH IS CURRENTLY 28%) ON ANY REPORTABLE PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU.

 

16


GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION

NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 PAGE 1

GUIDELINES FOR DETERMINING THE PROPER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER TO GIVE THE PAYER. Social Security numbers have nine digits separated by two hyphens: i.e., 000-00-0000. Employer identification numbers have nine digits separated by only one hyphen: i.e., 00-0000000. The table below will help determine the number to give the payer.

 

For this type of account

 

  

 

Give the name and

SOCIAL SECURITY

number of —

 

1.     

  An individual’s account    The individual

2.     

 

two or more individuals

(joint account)

   The actual owner of the account or, if combined funds, the first individual on the account(1)

3.     

  Custodian account of a minor (Uniform Gift to Minors Act)    The minor(2)

4.     

 

(a) The usual revocable savings trust account (grantor is also trustee)

   The grantor-trustee91)

5.     

  Sole proprietorship or single-owner LLC owned by an individual    The owner(3)

6.     

  Disregarded entity not owned by an individual    The owner

For this type of account

 

  

Give the name and

EMPLOYER

IDENTIFICATION

number of

 

  7.   A valid trust, estate, or pension trust    The legal entity (Do not furnish the identifying number of the personal representative or trustee unless the legal entity itself is not designated in the account title)(4)
  8.      Corporate or LLC electing corporate status on Form 8832    The corporation
  9.      Association, club, religious, charitable, or educational organization account    The organization
10.      partnership or multi-member LLC    The partnership
11.      A broker or registered nominee    The broker or nominee            
12.      Account with the Department of Agriculture in the name of a public entity (such as a State or local government, school district, or prison) that receives agricultural program payments    The public entity    
 

 

 

 

 

 

(1) List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish. If only one person on a joint account has a Social Security Number, that person’s number must be furnished.
(2) Circle the minor’s name and furnish the minor’s social security number.
(3) You must show your individual name and you may also enter your business or “DBA” name on the second line. You may use your Social Security Number or Employer Identification Number, if you are a sole proprietor, the IRS encourages you to use your Social Security Number.
(4) List first and circle the name of the legal trust, estate, or pension trust.

 

NOTE: If no name is circled when there is more than one name, the number will be considered to be that of the first name listed.

Obtaining a Number

If you don’t have a taxpayer identification number or you don’t know your number, obtain Form SS-5, Application for a Social Security Number Card, or Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, at the local office of the Social Security Administration or by accessing the internet website of the Social Security Administration at www.ssa.gov. or the Internal Revenue Service and apply for a number.

 

17


GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER

IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

PAGE 2

 

Payees Exempt from Backup Withholding

Payees specifically exempted from backup withholding on ALL payments include the following:

  An organization exempt from tax under section 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), an individual retirement account, or a custodial account under section 403(b)(7) of the Code if the account satisfies the requirements of section 401(f)(2) of the Code.
  The United States or any of its agencies or instrumentalities.
  A state, the District of Columbia, a possession of the United States or any of their political subdivisions or instrumentalities.
  A foreign government, or any of its political subdivisions, agencies or instrumentalities.
  An international organization or any of its agencies or instrumentalities. Other payees that may be exempt from backup withholding include the following:
  A corporation.
  A foreign central bank of issue.
  A dealer in securities or commodities required to register in the United States, the District of Columbia or a possession of the United States.
  A futures commission merchant registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
  A real estate investment trust.
  An entity registered at all times during the tax year under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
  A common trust fund operated by a bank under section 584(a) of the Code.
  A financial institution.
  A middleman known in the investment community as a nominee or custodian.
  A trust exempt from tax under section 664 of the Code or described in section 4947 of the Code. Payments of interest not generally subject to backup withholding include the following:
  Payments of interest on obligations issued by individuals. Note: You may be subject to backup withholding if this interest is $600 or more and is paid in the course of the payer’s trade or business and you have not provided your correct taxpayer identification number to the payer.
  Payments described in section 6049(b)(5) to non-resident aliens.
  Payments on tax-free covenant bonds under section 1451.
  Payments made by certain foreign organizations.
  Mortgage interest paid to an individual.

Exempt payees described above should file Form W-9 to avoid possible erroneous backup withholding. FILE THIS FORM WITH THE PAYER, FURNISH YOUR TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER, WRITE “EXEMPT” ON THE FACE OF THE FORM, AND RETURN IT TO THE PAYER. IF THE PAYMENT INCLUDES INTEREST, ALSO SIGN AND DATE THE FORM.

Privacy Act Notice — Section 6109 requires most recipients of dividend, interest, or other payments to give taxpayer identification numbers to payers who must report the payments to IRS. IRS uses the numbers for identification purposes. Payers must be given the numbers whether or not recipients are required to file tax returns. Payers must generally withhold 28% of taxable interest, dividend, and certain other payments to a payee who does not furnish a taxpayer identification number to a payer. Certain penalties may also apply.

Penalties

(1) Penalty for Failure to Furnish Taxpayer Identification Number — If you fail to furnish your correct taxpayer identification number to a requester, you are subject to a penalty of $50 for each such failure unless your failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.

(2) Civil Penalty for False Information With Respect to Withholding — If you make a false statement with no reasonable basis that results in no imposition of backup withholding, you are subject to a penalty of $500.

(3) Criminal Penalty For Falsifying Information — Willfully falsifying certifications or affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties including fines and/or imprisonment.

(4) Misuse of TINs — If the requester discloses of uses TINs in violation of federal law, the requester may be subject to civil and criminal penalties.

FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT YOUR TAX CONSULTANT OR THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE.

(this page intentionally left blank)

 

 

18


The Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer is:

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.

 

By Mail or Overnight Courier:   By Facsimile:   By Hand Delivery:
c/o The Bank of New York Mellon   c/o The Bank of New York Mellon   c/o The Bank of New York Mellon

111 Sanders Creek Parkway

 

832.667.9408

 

111 Sanders Creek Parkway

East Syracuse, NY 13057

  Reorganization Section  

East Syracuse, NY 13057

Reorganization Section   Attn: Dacia Brown-Jones   Reorganization Section
Attn: Dacia Brown-Jones     Attn: Dacia Brown-Jones

315.414.3349

   

315.414.3349

  Confirm by Telephone:  
 

315.414.3349

 
  For Information Telephone:  
 

315.414.3349

 
EX-99.2

EXHIBIT 99.2

FORM OF NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY

Gibraltar Industries, Inc.

OFFER TO EXCHANGE

Up to $210,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 6.25% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2021

that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933

for any and all of its outstanding 6.25% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2021

Pursuant to the Prospectus dated July         , 2013

This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery or one substantially equivalent to this form, must be used to accept the Exchange Offer (as defined below) if (i) certificates for the outstanding 6.25% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2021 (the “Original Notes”) are not immediately available, (ii) the Original Notes, the Letter of Transmittal and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal cannot be delivered to The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (the “Exchange Agent”) on or prior to 12:00 a.m., New York City time, on August         , 2013, or such later date and time to which the Exchange Offer may be extended (the “Expiration Date”) or (iii) the procedures for delivery by book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis. This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery or one substantially equivalent to this form may be delivered by hand, overnight courier or mail, or transmitted by facsimile transmission, to the Exchange Agent, and must be received by the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date. See “The Exchange Offer — Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” in the Prospectus.

 

The Exchange Offer will expire at 12:00 a.m., New York City time, on August         , 2013 unless extended (the “Expiration Date”). Withdrawal rights for acceptances of the Exchange Offer will expire at that time, unless the Expiration Date is extended.

 

The Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer is:

 

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.

 

By Mail or Overnight Courier:   By Facsimile:   By Hand Delivery:
c/o The Bank of New York Mellon   c/o The Bank of New York Mellon   c/o The Bank of New York Mellon

111 Sanders Creek Parkway

 

832.667.9408

 

111 Sanders Creek Parkway

East Syracuse, NY 13057

  Reorganization Section  

East Syracuse, NY 13057

Reorganization Section   Attn: Dacia Brown-Jones   Reorganization Section
Attn: Dacia Brown-Jones     Attn: Dacia Brown-Jones

315.414.3349

   

315.414.3349

  Confirm by Telephone:  
 

315.414.3349

 
  For Information Telephone:  
 

315.414.3349

 

Delivery of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery to an address, or transmission of instructions via a fax number, other than as listed above, will not constitute a valid delivery.

This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is not to be used to guarantee signatures. If a signature on a Letter of Transmittal is required to be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (as defined in the Letter of Transmittal), such signature guarantee must appear in the applicable space provided on the Letter of Transmittal for guarantee of signatures.


Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned hereby tenders to Gibraltar Industries, Inc., Air Vent Inc., Alabama Metal Industries Corporation, Amico Holding Company, Inc. Appleton Supply Company, Inc., Construction Metals LLC, Diamond Perforated Metals, Inc., D.S.B. Holding Corp., Florence Corporation, Florence Corporation of Kansas, Gibraltar Steel Corporation of New York, GSC Flight Services Corp, Noll/Norwesco, LLC, Pacific Award Metals, Inc., Sea Safe, Inc., Seismic Energy Products, Inc. Solar Group, Inc., Southeastern Metals Manufacturing Company, Inc., and The D.S. Brown Company (the “Issuers”) upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus dated June         , 2013 (as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Prospectus”), and the related Letter of Transmittal (which together with the Prospectus constitute the “Exchange Offer”), receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the aggregate principal amount of Original Notes indicated below pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer — Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.”

 

DESCRIPTION OF ORIGINAL NOTES TENDERED
Name(s) and Address(es) of Registered Holder(s)   Certificate
Number(s)
(if available)
 

Principal Amount

Tendered*

         
         
         
         
         
    Total:    

*  Tenders of Original Notes will be accepted only in denominations of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

¨ Check here if tendered Original Notes will be delivered by book-entry transfer and complete the following:

 

The Depository Trust Company Account Number: 

   

All authority conferred or agreed to be conferred by this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery shall survive the death, incapacity, bankruptcy or dissolution of the undersigned and every obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, personal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, assigns, trustees in bankruptcy and other legal representatives.

 

2


 

PLEASE COMPLETE AND SIGN BELOW

 

Signature(s): 

    
      

 

Must be signed by the registered Holder(s) as the name(s) appear(s) on the certificate(s) for the Original Notes or by any person(s) authorized to become registered Holder(s) by endorsements and documents transmitted herewith. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, please set forth full title and submit proper evidence satisfactory to the Issuers of the signatory’s authority to so act.

 

Dated:

    

Name(s): 

    
 
(Please Print)

Capacity: 

    

Address: 

    
 

Telephone Number with Area Code: 

    

 

GUARANTEE OF DELIVERY

(Not to be used for signature guarantee)

 

The undersigned, a firm or other entity identified in Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as an “eligible guarantor institution,” including (as such terms are defined therein): (i) a bank; (ii) a broker, dealer, municipal securities broker, government securities broker or government securities dealer; (iii) a credit union; (iv) a national securities exchange, registered securities association or clearing agency; or (v) a savings association that is a participant in a Securities Transfer Association (each of the foregoing being referred to as an “Eligible Institution”) hereby guarantees to deliver to the Exchange Agent at its address set forth herein the Original Notes tendered hereby in proper form for transfer (or a confirmation of book-entry transfer of such Original Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer set forth in the Prospectus), together with one or more properly completed and duly executed Letter(s) of Transmittal or facsimiles thereof (or a properly transmitted Agent’s Message in the case of a tender through DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”)), with any required signature guaranteed, and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the date of execution of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

 

The undersigned acknowledges that it must deliver the Letter(s) of Transmittal or facsimile thereof (or a properly transmitted Agent’s Message in the case of tender through ATOP) and the Original Notes tendered hereby to the Exchange Agent (or a properly transmitted confirmation of book-entry transfer in the case of a book-entry transfer of such Original Notes to the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC) within the time period set forth above and failure to do so could result in a financial loss to the undersigned.

        
Name of Institution      Authorized Signature
        
Address Line 1      Title
      
Address Line 2     
        
Area Code and Telephone Number      Date

Do not send Original Notes with this form. Original Notes should be sent to the Exchange Agent, together with a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal.

EX-99.3

EXHIBIT 99.3

FORM OF NOTICE TO INVESTORS

Gibraltar Industries, Inc.

OFFER TO EXCHANGE

Up to $210,000,000

aggregate principal amount of its 6.25%

Senior Subordinated Notes due 2021 that have been registered

under the Securities Act of 1933 for any and all

of its outstanding 6.25% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2021

 

This offer will expire at 12:00 a.m., New York City time, on August     , 2013 unless extended (the “Expiration Date”). Withdrawal rights for the acceptances of the Exchange Offer will expire at that time unless the Expiration Date is extended.

To our clients:

Enclosed for your consideration is a Prospectus, dated July     , 2013 (as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Prospectus”) and a form of Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”) relating to the offer by Gibraltar Industries, Inc. (the “Company”) and Air Vent Inc., Alabama Metal Industries Corporation, Amico Holding Company, Inc. Appleton Supply Company, Inc., Construction Metals LLC, Diamond Perforated Metals, Inc., D.S.B. Holding Corp., Florence Corporation, Florence Corporation of Kansas, Gibraltar Steel Corporation of New York, GSC Flight Services Corp, Noll/Norwesco, LLC, Pacific Award Metals, Inc., Sea Safe, Inc., Seismic Energy Products, Inc. Solar Group, Inc., Southeastern Metals Manufacturing Company, Inc., and The D.S. Brown Company (together with the Company, the “Issuers”) to exchange up to $210,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Company’s newly issued 6.25% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2021 (the “New Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), pursuant to a Registration Statement of which the Prospectus is a part, for a like principal amount of the Company’s outstanding 6.25% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2021 (the “Original Notes”) that have not been so registered, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal (which together constitute the “Exchange Offer”). As set forth in the Prospectus, the terms of the New Notes are identical in all material respects to those of the Original Notes, except for transfer restrictions, registration rights and rights to additional interest that do not apply to the New Notes. The Exchange Offer is subject to certain customary conditions. See “The Exchange Offer — Condition” in the Prospectus. The Original Notes may be tendered only in denominations of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

We have forwarded this material to you as the beneficial owner of Original Notes carried by us for your account or benefit but not registered in your name. A tender of any Original Notes may only be made by us as the registered holder and pursuant to your instructions.

We request instructions as to whether you wish us to tender any or all such Original Notes held by us for your account or benefit, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the Exchange Offer. We urge you to read carefully the Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal before instructing us to exchange your Original Notes.

Your instructions to us should be forwarded as promptly as possible in order to permit us to tender Original Notes on your behalf in accordance with the provisions of the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer expires at 12:00 a.m., New York City time, on August     , 2013, unless extended. Tenders of Original Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 12:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.

Your attention is directed to the following:

1. The Exchange Offer is for the exchange of $1,000 principal amount of the New Notes for each $1,000 principal amount of Original Notes. The terms of the New Notes are identical in all material respects to the


Original Notes, except that the New Notes will not contain certain transfer restrictions relating to the Original Notes and will not contain certain provisions relating to an increase in the interest rate under certain circumstances relating to, among other things, the timing of the Exchange Offer.

2. The Issuers have agreed to pay the expenses of the Exchange Offer.

3. Each holder who tenders its Original Notes (a “Holder”) for exchange will not be required to pay any transfer taxes, except that Holders who instruct the Issuers to register New Notes in the name of, or request that Original Notes not tendered or not accepted in the Exchange Offer be returned to, a person other than the registered tendering Holder, will be responsible for paying any applicable transfer tax.

4. Pursuant to the Letter of transmittal, each Holder will represent, warrant to, and agree with, the Issuers that:

(i) the New Notes acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer are being acquired in the ordinary course of business of the Holders or any beneficial owner of the Original Notes tendered;

(ii) neither the Holder nor any beneficial owner of the Original Notes tendered is engaged in, intends to engage in, or has any arrangement or understanding with any person or entity to participate in, a distribution of the New Notes within the meaning of the Securities Act;

(iii) neither the Holder nor any beneficial owner of the Original Notes tendered is an “affiliate” of any of the Issuers within the meaning of Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act;

(iv) if the Holder or any beneficial owner of the Original Notes tendered is a broker-dealer, neither such Holder nor any such beneficial owner purchased the Original Notes directly from the Company for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or any other available exemption from registration under the Securities Act;

(v) if the Holder or any beneficial owner of the Original Notes tendered is a broker-dealer, the Holder will further represent, warrant and agree that, if it or such other beneficial owner will receive New Notes for its own account in exchange for Original Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, the Holder or such beneficial owner will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act (for which purposes, the delivery of the Prospectus, as the same may be hereafter supplemented or amended, shall be sufficient) in connection with any resale of New Notes received in the Exchange Offer; provided, however, that, by acknowledging that such Holder or such beneficial owner, as such a broker-dealer, will deliver, and by delivering, a Prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of New Notes, such Holder or such beneficial owner will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act; and

(vi) the Holder is not acting on behalf of any person or entity that could not truthfully make the foregoing representations, warranties and agreements.

The Exchange Offer is not being made to (nor will tenders be accepted from or on behalf of) Holders residing in any jurisdiction in which the making of the Exchange Offer or acceptance thereof would not be in compliance with the laws of such jurisdiction.

If you wish to exchange any or all of your Original Notes held by us for your account or benefit, please so instruct us by completing, executing and returning to us the instruction form that appears below. The accompanying Letter of Transmittal is furnished to you for informational purposes only and may not be used by you to exchange Original Notes held by us and registered in our name for your account or benefit.

 

2


INSTRUCTIONS

The undersigned acknowledge(s) receipt of your letter and the enclosed material referred to therein relating to the Exchange Offer of the Issuers.

THIS WILL INSTRUCT YOU TO EXCHANGE THE AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL NOTES INDICATED BELOW (OR, IF NO AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT IS INDICATED BELOW, ALL ORIGINAL NOTES) HELD BY YOU FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF THE UNDERSIGNED, PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF AND CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN THE PROSPECTUS AND THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

 

¨ Please TENDER my Original Notes held by you for the account or benefit of the undersigned. I have identified on a signed schedule attached hereto the principal amount of Original Notes to be tendered if I wish to tender less than all of my Original Notes.

 

¨ Please DO NOT TENDER my Original Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned.

 

 
Signature(s)
 
 
Please print name(s) here
 
 
 
Please type or print address
 
Area Code and Telephone Number
Date:         ,    2006
 

Taxpayer Identification or

Social Security Number

 
My Account Number with You

Unless otherwise indicated, it will be assumed that all of your Original Notes are to be exchanged.

 

3

EX-99.4

EXHIBIT 99.4

FORM OF NOTICE TO BROKER DEALERS

Gibraltar Industries, Inc.

OFFER TO EXCHANGE

Up to $210,000,000

aggregate principal amount of its 6.25%

Senior Subordinated Notes due 2021 that have been registered

under the Securities Act of 1933 for any and all

of its outstanding 6.25% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2021

July     , 2013

To Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees:

Enclosed for your consideration is a Prospectus, dated July     , 2013 (as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Prospectus”) and a form of Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”) relating to the offer Gibraltar Industries, Inc. (the “Company”) and Air Vent Inc., Alabama Metal Industries Corporation, Amico Holding Company, Inc. Appleton Supply Company, Inc., Construction Metals LLC, Diamond Perforated Metals, Inc., D.S.B. Holding Corp., Florence Corporation, Florence Corporation of Kansas, Gibraltar Steel Corporation of New York, GSC Flight Services Corp, Noll/Norwesco, LLC, Pacific Award Metals, Inc., Sea Safe, Inc., Seismic Energy Products, Inc. Solar Group, Inc., Southeastern Metals Manufacturing Company, Inc., and The D.S. Brown Company (together with the Company, the “Issuers”) to exchange up to $210,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Company’s newly issued 6.25% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2021 (the “New Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, pursuant to a Registration Statement of which the Prospectus is a part, for a like principal amount of the Company’s outstanding 6.25% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2021 (the “Original Notes”) that have not been so registered, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal (which together constitute the “Exchange Offer”). As set forth in the Prospectus, the terms of the New Notes are identical in all material respects to those of the Original Notes, except for transfer restrictions, registration rights and rights to additional interest that do not apply to the New Notes. Original Notes may only be tendered only in denominations of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

We are asking you to contact your clients for whom you hold Original Notes registered in your name or in the name of your nominee. In addition, we ask you to contact your clients who, to your knowledge, hold Original Notes registered in their own name. The Issuers will not pay any fees or commissions to brokers, dealers or other persons for soliciting exchanges of the Original Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. You will, however, be reimbursed by the Issuers for customary mailing and handling expenses incurred by you for forwarding any of the enclosed materials to your clients. Holders who tender their Original Notes for exchange will not be required to pay any transfer taxes, except that Holders who instruct the Issuers to register New Notes in the name of, or request that Original Notes not tendered or not accepted in the Exchange Offer be returned to, a person other than the registered tendering Holder, will be responsible for paying any applicable transfer tax.

Enclosed herewith for your information and forwarding to your clients are copies of the following documents:

1. the Prospectus, dated July     , 2013;

2. a Letter of Transmittal for your use in the exchange of Original Notes and for the information of your clients. Facsimile copies of the Letter of Transmittal may be used to exchange the Original Notes;

3. a form of letter which may be sent to your clients for whose accounts you hold Original Notes registered in your name or in the name of your nominee, with space provided for obtaining such client’s instructions with regard to the Exchange Offer;

4. a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery; and

5. a return envelope addressed to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., Exchange Agent.


Your prompt attention is requested. We urge you to contact your clients as promptly as possible. Please note the Exchange Offer will expire at 12:00 a.m., New York City time, on August     , 2013, unless extended. Please furnish copies of the enclosed materials to those of your clients for whom you hold Original Notes registered in your name or your nominee as quickly as possible.

In most cases, exchanges of Original Notes accepted for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be made only after timely receipt by the Exchange Agent of (a) certificates representing such Original Notes, (b) a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof) with any required signature guarantees, and (c) any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal.

If holders of Original Notes wish to tender, but it is impracticable for them to forward their certificates for Original Notes prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offer or to comply with the book-entry transfer procedures on a timely basis, a tender may be made according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer — Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.”

The Exchange Offer is not being made to (nor will tenders be accepted from or on behalf of) holders of Original Notes residing in any jurisdiction in which the making of the Exchange Offer or the acceptance thereof would not be in compliance with the laws of such jurisdiction.

Questions and requests for assistance with respect to the Exchange Offer or for copies of the Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal may be directed to the Exchange Agent at its address set forth in the Prospectus.

 

 

Nothing contained herein or in the enclosed documents shall constitute you or any other person to be deemed to be the agent of the Issuers, or any affiliate thereof, or of the Exchange Agent, or any affiliate thereof, or authorize you or any other person to give any information or make any representation on behalf of any of them with respect to the Exchange Offer other than the enclosed documents and the statements contained therein.

 

2